“Operating, servicing and maintaining
a passenger vehicle or off-road
vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which
are known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do
not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated
area and wear gloves or wash your
hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-
vehicle.”
WARNING
– California
Proposition 65
FOREWORD
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with excep
-
tional value, Kia is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that
exceeds your expectations.
An authorized Kia dealership where factory-trained technicians, recommended spe
-
cial tools, and genuine Kia replacement parts are provided can help if you need tech
-
nical assistance.
This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment
that are either standard or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance
needs of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find some descriptions and illustrations not
applicable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow
the instructions and recommendations. Please always keep this manual in the vehicle
for your, and any subsequent owner's, reference.
All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publica
-
tion. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company
reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligations.
Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!
2021 Kia America, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia
America, Inc.
Printed in U.S.A.
How to use this manual
We want to help you get the great
-
est possible driving pleasure from
your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual
can assist you in many ways.
We strongly recommend that you
read the entire manual. In order to
minimize the chance of death or
injury, you must read the WARNING
and CAUTION sections in the man
-
ual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how
to enjoy your vehicle. By reading
your manual, you learn about fea
-
tures, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject. The index
has an alphabetical listing of all
information in your manual.
Chapters: This manual has nine
chapters plus an index. Each chapter
begins with a brief list of contents
so you can tell at a glance if that
chapter has the information you
want.
You will find various WARNINGS,
CAUTIONS, and NOTICES in this
manual. These WARNINGS were
prepared to enhance your personal
safety. You should carefully read
and follow ALL procedures and rec
-
ommendations provided in these
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being pro
-
vided.
1Introduction
Introduction
Fuel requirements....................................................................1-2
Vehicle modifications...............................................................1-4
Vehicle break-in process.........................................................1-5
Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle..................1-5
Vehicle handling instructions..................................................1-6
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders..............1-6
Introduction
21
Fuel requirements
Introduction
Fuel requirements
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having a pump
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. (Do not use methanol blend-
ed fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-
mize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified. (Consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.)
Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the Check Engine
light will illuminate.
WARNING
Refueling
Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off. Attempts
to force more fuel into the tank
can cause fuel overflow onto you
and the ground causing a risk of
fire.
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage, especially in the event of
an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alco
-
hol), and gasoline or gasohol con
-
taining methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to Environmental Protec
-
tion Agency (EPA) regulations, etha
-
nol may be used in your vehicle.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Ethanol provides less
energy than gasoline and it attracts
water, and it is thus likely to reduce
your fuel efficiency and could lower
your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability
problems and damage to the fuel
system, engine control system and
emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability prob
-
lems may not be covered by the
manufacturer's warranty if they
result from the use of:
1.Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2.Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3.Gasohol containing more than
15% ethanol.
3
1
1
IntroductionFuel requirements
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel
comprised of 85% ethanol and 15%
gasoline, and is manufactured
exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel
Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible
with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may
result in poor engine performance
and damage to your vehicle's engine
and fuel system. Kia recommends
that customers do not use fuel with
an ethanol content exceeding 15%.
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel
system or any performance prob
-
lems caused by the use of "E85"
fuel.
NOTICE
Never use any fuel containing meth
-
anol. Discontinue use of any metha
-
nol containing product which may
inhibit proper drivability.
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene
(Fe), and Other metalic additives,
may cause vehicle and engine dam
-
age or cause misfiring, poor acceler
-
ation, engine stalling, catalyst
melting, clogging, abnormal corro
-
sion, life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or per
-
formance problem caused by the
use of these fuels may not be cov
-
ered by your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese- based fuel additives
Such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadie
-
nyl Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia
does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing MMT. This type
of fuel can reduce vehicle perfor
-
mance and affect your emission
control system. The Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on the cluster
may come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with
Introduction
41
Vehicle modifications
detergent additives such as TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help
prevent deposit formation in the
engine. These gasolines will help the
engine run cleaner and enhance
performance of the emission control
system.
For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com) For
customers who do not use TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline regularly, and
have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, addi
-
tives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of additive
should be added to the fuel tank at
every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or
every engine oil change is recom
-
mended. Additives are available
from your authorized Kia dealer
along with information on how to
use them. Do not mix other addi
-
tives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate gov
-
ernmental safety and emissions
regulations. In addition, damage or
performance problems resulting
from any modification may not be
covered under warranty.
If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle
to operate abnormally, wire dam-
age, battery discharge and fire.
For your safety, do not use unau
-
thorized electronic devices.
5
1
1
IntroductionVehicle break-in process
Vehicle break-in process
By following a few simple precau
-
tions for the first 600 miles (1,000
km) you may add to the perfor
-
mance, economy and life of your
vehicle.
Do not race the engine.
While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
Avoid hard stops, except in emer
-
gencies, to allow the brakes to
seat properly.
Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera
-
tion.
Fuel economy and engine perfor
-
mance may vary depending on
vehicle break-in process and be
stabilized after 4,000 miles (6,000
km). New engines may consume
more oil during the vehicle break-
in period.
Risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle
Do not park or stop the vehicle
near flammable items such as
leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such
items placed near the exhaust
system can become a fire hazard.
When an engine idles at a high
rpm with the rear side of the
vehicle in close proximity of the
wall, heat of the exhaust gas can
cause discoloration or fire. Keep
enough space between the rear
part of the vehicle and the wall.
Be sure not to touch the exhaust/
catalytic systems while the
engine is running or right after
the engine is turned off. There is
a risk of burns since the systems
are extremely hot.
Introduction
61
Vehicle handling instructions
Vehicle handling instructions
As with other vehicles of this type,
failure to operate this vehicle cor
-
rectly may result in loss of control,
an accident or vehicle rollover. Spe
-
cific design characteristics (higher
ground clearance, track, etc.) give
this vehicle a higher center of grav
-
ity than other types of vehicles. In
other words they are not designed
for cornering at the same speeds as
conventional 2-wheel drive vehicles.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu
-
vers. Again, failure to operate this
vehicle correctly may result in loss
of control, an accident or vehicle
rollover. Be sure to read the "Reduc
-
ing the risk of a rollover" on page 5-
150 of this manual.
Vehicle data collection and Event
Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The main
purpose of an EDR is to record, in
certain crash or near crash-like sit
-
uations, such as an air bag deploy
-
ment or hitting a road obstacle,
data that will assist in understand
-
ing how a vehicle's systems per
-
formed. The EDR is designed to
record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a
short period of time, typically 30
seconds or less. The EDR in this
vehicle is designed to record such
data as:
How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
How fast the vehicle was travel
-
ing.
These data can help provide a bet
-
ter understanding of the circum
-
stances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs;
no data are recorded by the EDR
under normal driving conditions and
no personal data (e.g., name, gen
-
7
1
1
IntroductionVehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders
der, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties,
such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the type
of personally identifying data rou
-
tinely acquired during a crash inves
-
tigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
2Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview......................................................................2-2
Interior overview.......................................................................2-5
Instrument panel overview.....................................................2-7
Engine compartment...............................................................2-9
Your vehicle at a glance
22
Exterior overview
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview
Front view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Hood 4-42
2.Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-119
Head lamp (Maintenance) 7-65
3.Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-122
Front fog lamp (Maintenance) 7-67
4.Wheel and tire (Maintenance) 7-35
Wheel and tire (Specification) 8-5
5.Outside rearview mirror 4-68
6.Dual Wide Sunroof4-48
Sunroof4-54
OON011001L
Your vehicle at a glance
42
Exterior overview
Rear view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Door locks 4-16
2.Fuel filler door 4-44
3.Rear combination lamp (Maintenance) 7-68, 7-69
4.High Mounted Stop Lamp (Maintenance) 7-69
5.Rear window wiper blade 4-129, 7-31
6.Liftgate 4-24, 4-26
7.Antenna 4-173
8.Liftgate open switch 4-24, 4-28
9.Rear view camera4-107
10.Rear ultrasonic sensors4-110, 4-113
OON011002L
5
2
2
Your vehicle at a glanceInterior overview
Interior overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Inside door handle 4-17
2.Driver position memory button 3-12
3.Outside rearview mirror folding 4-69
4.Outside rearview mirror selection 4-69
5.Outside rearview mirror control 4-69
6.Central Door lock/unlock switch 4-18
7.Power window switch 4-39
8.Power window lock switch 4-40
Electronic Child Safety Lock switch 4-19
9.Instrument panel illumination control switch 4-73
10.Blind-Spot Safety button5-76
11.Lane Safety button5-70
12.ESC Off button 5-36
OON011003L
7
2
2
Your vehicle at a glanceInstrument panel overview
Instrument panel overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Driver's front air bag 3-65
2.Horn 4-62
3.Instrument cluster 4-72
4.Wiper and washer control lever 4-126
5.ENGINE START/STOP button 5-8
6.Driving Assist button5-95
7.Hazard warning flasher 6-2
8.Climate control system 4-134, 4-139
9.Shift lever 5-12
10.Front seat warmer switch 4-159
11.Front seat air ventilation switch 4-160
12.Power outlet 4-162
13.USB port 4-173
OON011006
Your vehicle at a glance
82
Instrument panel overview
14.USB charger 4-163
15.AWD mode dial 5-18
Drive mode dial 5-47, 5-51
16.AUTO HOLD button 5-31
17.EPB switch 5-28
18.Parking Safety button4-114
19.Parking/View button4-109
20.ISG system Off button 5-43
21.AC inverter 4-164
22.Center console storage box 4-155
23.Cup holder 4-157
24.Glove box 4-156
25.Passenger's front air bag 3-65
26.Lighting control lever 4-119
9
2
2
Your vehicle at a glanceEngine compartment
Engine compartment
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
* The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1.Engine coolant reservoir 7-21
2.Engine oil filler cap 7-19
3.Brake fluid reservoir 7-24
4.Air cleaner 7-26
5.Fuse box 7-51
6.Negative battery terminal 6-6, 7-32
7.Positive battery terminal 6-6, 7-32
8.Engine oil dipstick 7-19
9.Radiator cap 6-7, 7-21
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7-25
OON071001L
3Safety features of your vehicle
Safety features of your vehicle
Important safety precautions................................................3-3
Seat.............................................................................................3-5
Feature of Seat Leather........................................................3-9
Front seat adjustment for manual seat ............................3-9
Front seat adjustment for power seat............................3-11
Driver position memory system for power seat............3-12
Headrest for front seat.......................................................3-15
Seatback pocket (if equipped)............................................3-18
Seatback hook.......................................................................3-18
Headrest for rear seat ........................................................3-19
Armrest..................................................................................3-21
Folding the rear seat............................................................3-21
Seat belts.................................................................................3-27
Seat belt restraint system.................................................3-27
Driver's seat belt warning...................................................3-28
Front passenger's seat belt warning................................3-29
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking
retractor.................................................................................3-30
Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system
with combination locking retractor...................................3-31
Rear center seat belt (3rd row).........................................3-35
Pre-tensioner seat belt.......................................................3-37
Seat belt precautions...........................................................3-39
Care of seat belts.................................................................3-41
Child Restraint System (CRS)...............................................3-42
Children always in the rear.................................................3-42
Selecting a CRS.....................................................................3-44
Installing a CRS......................................................................3-45
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System.......3-53
3Safety features of your vehicle
How does the air bag system operate? ...........................3-54
Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's
seat.........................................................................................3-55
Air bag warning light............................................................3-56
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components and
functions................................................................................3-56
Occupant Detection System (ODS)....................................3-59
Driver's and passenger's front air bag..............................3-65
Side air bag............................................................................3-68
Curtain air bag.......................................................................3-70
Air bag collision sensors......................................................3-72
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and
non-inflation conditions of the air bag)............................3-73
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) care....................3-76
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle.....................................................................................3-77
Air bag warning label...........................................................3-77
3
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleImportant safety precautions
Safety features of your vehi
-
cle
For the safety of the driver and
vehicle passengers, you should
become familiar with the vehicle's
safety features.
Important safety precautions
You will find many safety precau
-
tions and recommendations
throughout this section, and
throughout this manual.
The safety precautions in this sec
-
tion are among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air
bags, ALWAYS make sure you and
your passengers always wear their
seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain all children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat.
Infants and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
Air bag hazards
While air bags can save lives, they
can also cause serious or fatal inju
-
ries to occupants who sit too close
to them, or who are not properly
restrained. Infants, young children,
and shorter adults are at the great
-
est risk of being injured by an inflat
-
ing air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
Driver distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, espe
-
cially for inexperienced drivers.
Safety should be the first concern
when behind the wheel and drivers
need to be aware of the wide array
of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects,
eating, personal grooming, other
passengers, and using cellular
phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention
off the road or their hands off the
wheel to focus on activities other
than driving. To reduce your risk of
distraction or getting into an acci
-
dent:
ALWAYS set up your mobile
devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,
navigation units, etc.) when your
vehicle is parked or safely
stopped.
Safety features of your vehicle
43
Important safety precautions
ONLY use your mobile device
when allowed by laws and when
conditions permit safe use.
NEVER text or email while driving.
Most states have laws prohibiting
drivers from texting. Some states
and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving.
You have a responsibility to your
passengers and others on the
road to always drive safely, with
your hands on the wheel as well
as your eyes and attention on the
road.
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater
the risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current con
-
ditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechani
-
cal failure can be extremely hazard
-
ous. To reduce the possibility of
such problems, check your tire pres
-
sures and condition frequently, and
perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
5
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Seat
8 Seats
Front seat
1.Forward and backward
2.Seatback angle
3.Seat cushion height*
4.Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*
5.Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
6.Driver position memory system*
7.Headrest
2nd row seat
8.Forward and backward
9.Walk-in switch
10.Seatback angle
11.Headrest
12.Walk-in strap for emergency
3rd row seat
13.Seatback angle strap
14.2nd row seat remote folding
button
15.Headrest
*: if equipped
OON038038NR
Safety features of your vehicle
63
Seat
7 Seats
Front seat
1.Forward and backward
2.Seatback angle
3.Seat cushion height*
4.Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*
5.Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
6.Driver position memory system*
7.Headrest
2nd row seat
8.Forward and backward
9.Walk-in switch
10.Seatback angle
11.Headrest
12.Walk-in strap for emergency
3rd row seat
13.Seatback angle strap
14.2nd row seat remote folding
button
15.Headrest
* : if equipped
WARNING
Loose objects
Do not place anything in the driver's
footwell or under the front seats.
Loose objects in the driver's foot
OON038039NR
7
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
area could interfere with the opera
-
tion of the foot pedals.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
Do not press the release lever on a
manual seatback without holding
and controlling the seatback. The
seatback will spring upright possibly
impacting you or other passengers.
WARNING
Driver responsibility for passengers
The driver must advise the passen
-
gers to keep the seatback in an
upright position whenever the vehi
-
cle is in motion. If a seat is reclined
during an accident, the restraint
system's ability to restrain will be
greatly reduced.
WARNING
Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on after
-
market seat cushions or sitting
cushions. The passenger Occupant
Detection System may not operate
properly, or passenger's hips may
slide under the lap portion of the
seat belt during an accident or a
sudden stop.
WARNING
Driver's seat
Never attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control of
your vehicle.
Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position of the
seatback. Storing items against
the seatback could result in seri
-
ous or fatal injury in a sudden
stop or collision.
Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable control
of the your vehicle. A distance of
at least 10 inches (25 cm) from
your chest to the steering wheel
is recommended. Failure to do so
can result in air bag inflation inju
-
ries to the driver.
ODEEV058002NR
Safety features of your vehicle
83
Seat
WARNING
Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback
before driving. Failure to do so could
result in passengers or objects being
thrown forward injuring vehicle
occupants.
WARNING
Unexpected Seat Movement
After adjusting a manual seat,
always check that it is locked by
shifting your weight to the front
and back. Sudden or unexpected
movement of the driver's seat could
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
WARNING
Seat adjustment
Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
Do not place your hand near the
seat bottom or seat track while
adjusting the seat. Your hand
could get caught in the seat
mechanism.
WARNING
Luggage and Cargo
Do not stack/pile luggage or cargo
higher than the seatback in the
cargo area. In an accident the cargo
could strike and injure a passenger.
If objects are large, heavy or must
be piled, they must be secured in
the cargo area.
WARNING
Cargo Area
Do not allow passengers to ride in
the cargo area under any circum
-
stance. The cargo area is solely for
the purpose of transporting luggage
or cargo.
WARNING
Small Objects
Use extreme caution when picking
up small objects trapped under the
seats or between the seat and the
center console. Your hands might be
cut or injured by the sharp edges of
the seats mechanism.
9
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Feature of Seat Leather
Leather is made from the outer skin
of an animal, which goes through a
special process to be available for
use. Since it is a natural substance,
each part differs in thickness or
density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature
and humidity.
The seat cover is made of
stretchable material to improve
comfort of passengers.
The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
CAUTION
Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat fab
-
ric.
Make sure not to wet the seat. It
may change the nature of natural
leather.
Jeans or clothes which contain
bleach may contaminate the sur
-
face of the seat covering fabric.
NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions may appear
naturally from usage. It is not a
fault of product. Wrinkles or abra
-
sions are not covered by warranty.
Front seat adjustment for manual
seat
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control levers located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
Moving forward and backward
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked
securely by trying to move forward
and backward without using the
lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
To move the seat forward or back
-
ward:
1.Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2.Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3.Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
OON038001NR
Safety features of your vehicle
103
Seat
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1.Lean forward slightly and lift up
the seatback recline lever.
2.Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
3.Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its
original position for the seatback
to lock.)
WARNING
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dan
-
gerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint sys
-
tem (seat belts and/or air bags) is
greatly reduced by reclining your
seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against
your hips and chest to work prop
-
erly. When the seatback is reclined,
the shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, caus
-
ing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger's
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger's neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
Changing seat cushion height (if
equipped)
To change the height of the seat
cushion, push the lever upwards or
downwards.
To lower the seat cushion, push
down the lever several times.
To raise the seat cushion, pull up
the lever several times.
OON038002NR
OON038003NR
11
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Front seat adjustment for power
seat (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located
on the outside of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to
the proper position so you can easily
control the steering wheel, pedals
and switches on the instrument
panel.
CAUTION
Power seating adjustments
The power seating controls func
-
tion by electronic motor. Exces
-
sive operation may cause damage
to the electrical equipment.
Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
damage the power seat motor or
electrical components.
Moving forward and backward
To move the seat forward or back
-
ward:
1.Push the control switch forward
or backward to move the seat to
the desired position.
2.Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1.Push the control switch forward
or backward to move the seat
-
back to the desired angle
2.Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
OON038004NR
OON038006NR
Safety features of your vehicle
123
Seat
Changing seat cushion tilt and
height
To change the height of the seat:
1.Pull the front portion (1) of the
control switch up to raise or press
down to lower the front part of
the seat cushion.
2.Pull the rear portion (2) of the
control switch up to raise or press
down to lower the seat cushion.
3.Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Adjusting lumbar support for
driver's seat (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch on the side of the seat.
1.Press the front portion of the
switch to increase support, or the
rear portion of the switch, to
decrease support.
2.Release the switch once it
reaches the desired position.
Adjusting cushion extension for
driver's seat (if equipped)
1.Press the front portion of the
switch to raise the cushion exten
-
sion, or the rear portion of the
switch to lower it.
2.Release the switch once the cush
-
ion extension reaches the desired
position.
Driver position memory system for
power seat (if equipped)
A driver position memory system is
provided to store and recall the
driver seat, outside rearview mirror
and Head-Up Display (HUD) position
with a simple button operation.
OON038007NR
OON038008NR
OON038005NR
13
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
By saving the desired position into
the system memory, different driv
-
ers can reposition the driver seat
based upon their driving prefer
-
ence. If the battery is disconnected,
the desired seat position memory
will need to be re-saved.
Driver seat/outside rearview mir
-
ror: location
Head-Up Display (HUD): height
WARNING
Driver position memory system
Never attempt to operate the driver
position memory system while the
vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control,
and an accident causing death or
serious injury.
CAUTION
The driver position memory system
requires a large amount of electric
power.
Refrain from using the system
when the engine is stopped to pre
-
vent battery discharge.
Storing driver's seat positions
1.Place the ENGINE START/STOP
button is ON while the vehicle
stop.
2.Adjust the driver's seat and out
-
side rearview mirror comfortable
for the driver.
3.Press SET button on the control
panel. The system will beep once.
4.Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 4 seconds after
pressing the SET button. The sys
-
tem will beep twice when mem
-
ory has been successfully stored.
When recalling an adjustment mem
-
ory button while sitting in the vehi
-
cle, you can be surprised by the
setting chosen if the memory has
been adjusted by someone else. If
that occurs, immediately push the
seat position control switch in the
direction of the desired position to
stop further undesired movement.
Recalling positions from memory
Operate the following steps while
the vehicle is stopped:
To recall a position already stored
in the memory, press the desired
memory button (1 or 2). The sys
-
tem will beep once, then the
driver's seat will automatically
adjust to the stored position.
OON031009
Safety features of your vehicle
143
Seat
If you adjust the control switch for
the driver's seat while the system is
recalling the stored position, the
seat will stop and then move in the
direction that the control switch is
moved.
Setting the easy access function (if
equipped)
The driver position memory system
will move the driver's seat automat
-
ically as follows:
The driver can turn off or set the
driver's seat settings in the user
settings mode in the instrument
cluster.
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Convenience → Seat Easy
Access → OFF/Normal/Extend'
and 'Convenience → Seat upward/
downward' with the MOVE switch
( / ) and the OK button on
the steering wheel.
It will move the driver's seat rear
-
ward when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is changed to the
OFF position.
It will move the driver's seat for
-
ward when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is changed to the
ACC or START position and front
driver's door is opened.
It will move the driver's seat for
-
ward and upward when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
ON. It will move the driver's seat
backward and downward when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in OFF.
You can activate or deactivate this
feature. Refer to "User Settings
mode" on page 4-80.
WARNING
Upward/downward movement of
the seat may not work when pas
-
sengers get on/off the vehicle in
order to prevent foot injuries in cer
-
tain places.
Resetting the driver position mem
-
ory system
If the driver position memory sys
-
tem reset fails to work, initialize the
system as follows.
How to initialize:
1.Stop the car and open the driver's
door with the ENGINE START/
STOP button in ON and the auto
-
matic shift lever in P (parking)
position.
2.Pull the driver's seat forward as
far as possible and have the seat
-
back upright as much as possible
using driver's seat forward/back
-
ward adjustment and seatback
angle (recline) movement
switches.
15
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
3.Push SET button and seat for
-
ward movement switch button
for 2 seconds simultaneously.
Initialization in the process:
1.Initialization begins as the alarm
sounds.
2.The seat and seatback will auto
-
matically move backwards. The
alarm sound will continue while
the system is in operation.
3.Initialization will be all set after
the seat and seatback move to
the center with alarm sound being
raised.
However, the initialization process
will come to a stop and the alarm
sound will stop as well.
When pushing driving position
memory system button
When pushing driver's seat
height adjustment switch
When the driving speed exceeds
2 mph (3 km/h)
When the driver's door is closed
NOTICE
When the operation of the driver's
seat and alarm sound stop during
the initialization process, start the
process again.
Make sure that there are no
obstacles around the driver's seat
before starting initialization.
When the initialization is finished,
adjust the seat to a position com
-
fortable for the driver and save it
to the driver position memory
system.
Headrest for front seat
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and com
-
fort.
The headrest not only provides
comfort for the driver and front
passenger, but also helps protect
the head and neck in the event of a
rear collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is as high as the center of
gravity of an occupant's head. Gen
-
erally, the center of gravity of most
people's head is similar with the
height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea
-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
OON038108NR
Safety features of your vehicle
163
Seat
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
WARNING
Headrest removal/adjustment
Do not operate the vehicle with
the headrests removed. Head
-
rests can provide critical neck and
head support in a crash.
Do not adjust the headrest height
while the vehicle is in motion.
Driver may lose control of the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing may
damage the headrest.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest:
1.Pull it up to the desired position
(1).
2.To lower the headrest, push and
hold the release button (2) on the
headrest support.
3.Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and
seat cushion raised, the headrest
may come in contact with the sun
visor or other parts of the vehicle.
Removing headrest
Type A
OON030126NR
ODEEV058008NR
OON038011NR
17
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Type B
To remove the headrest:
1.Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2.Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3.Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up
(4).
WARNING
Removing headrest
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed or
reversed. Headrests can provide
critical neck and head support in a
crash.
Reinstalling headrest
Type A
Type B
To reinstall the headrest:
1.Put the headrest poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the
release button (1).
2.Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3).
3.Adjust the headrest to the appro
-
priate height.
WARNING
Headrest Reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to the
head or neck, always make sure the
OON038012NR
OON038013NR
OON038014NR
Safety features of your vehicle
183
Seat
headrest is locked into position and
adjusted properly after reinstalling.
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger's
and driver's seatbacks.
WARNING
Seatback pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in
the seatback pockets. In an accident
they could come loose from the
pocket and injure vehicle occupants.
Seatback hook
1st row
3rd row
Use it when hanging light shopping
-
bags.
CAUTION
Hanging heavy clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
they may damage the hook.
OON038015NR
OON038100NR
OON038101NR
19
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Headrest for rear seat
The rear seat is equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the occupant's safety and com
-
fort.
The headrest not only provides
comfort for passengers, but also
helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
To maximize the effectiveness in
case of accidents, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle of
the headrest is as high as the center
of gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the center of gravity of
most people's heads is similar with
the height as the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea
-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and down
(2nd row seat and 3rd row center
seat)
2nd row
3rd row center
To raise the headrest, pull it up to
the desired position (1).
To lower the headrest, push and
hold the release button (2) on the
headrest support and lower the
headrest to the desired position
(3).
OON038018NR
OON038019NR
OON038103NR
Safety features of your vehicle
203
Seat
Removing/reinstalling headrest
(2nd row seat and 3rd row center
seat)
2nd row
3rd row center
To remove the headrest, raise it
as far as it can go then press the
release button (1) While pulling
the headrest upward (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button
(1).
Then adjust it to the appropriate
height and ensure that it locks in
position.
Folding 3rd row headrest (except
for center)
The headrest will fold down auto
-
matically when folding the seatback.
To fold the headrest manually:
Pull the strap.
To fold the headrest manually:
Raise the headrest manually.
Always be sure the headrest has
locked into position after you return
the seatback.
WARNING
Close the liftgate carefully when the
third-row seats are occupied. If you
OON038020NR
OON038020NR
OON038105NR
OON038106NR
21
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
close the liftgate too aggressively
while the seat is occupied, you may
hit the passenger in the head and
cause injuries.
Armrest
For 7 seats
The 2nd row seats have the armrest
located on the side of seatback.
To use the armrest, swing down
the armrest to the lowest posi
-
tion.
Then, adjust the armrest to the
desired position while raising it.
When adjusting the position, the
operating sound will be heard. This
indicates normal operation, not mal
-
function.
For 8 seats
To use the armrest, pull it forward
from the seatback.
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks may be folded
to facilitate carrying long items or
to increase the luggage capacity of
the vehicle.
WARNING
Folded Seatback
The purpose of the fold-down rear
seatbacks is to allow you to carry
OON038109NR
OON038021NR
OON038055NR
Safety features of your vehicle
223
Seat
longer objects that could not other
-
wise be accommodated.
Never allow a passenger to sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the car is moving. This is not
a proper seating position since no
seat belts are available for use.
This could result in serious injury
or death in case of an accident or
sudden stop.
WARNING
When folding the seatback, be sure
to hold the seatback or headrest
with your hands.
CAUTION
When folding or unfolding a rear
seat, make sure to lower the seat's
headrest as much as possible and
put the seatback of the seat in front
of the rear seat in the upright posi
-
tion.
If there is any interference when
folding or unfolding the seat, the
interfered area of the seat may be
damaged.
Folding down the rear seatback
1.Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
2.Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
WARNING
Objects
Objects carried on the folded down
seatback should not extend higher
than the top of the front seatbacks.
This could allow cargo to slide for
-
ward and cause injury or damage
during sudden stops.
CAUTION
When the seats in the 2nd-row are
folded to use the area as a cargo
compartment, be sure to turn off
the seat heater. (if equipped)
3.When folding the seatback, insert
the rear seat belt buckle in the
pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion. Make sure both seat
belts do not interfere with stowed
luggage and cargo. Then, the seat
belt webbing should be placed in
the webbing guide to prevent the
seat belt from being damaged by
loaded cargo, etc. If the seat belt
is loose, it may cause damage or
noise. In that case, return the
seatback to the upright position
and put the webbing out from the
guide to realign it.
4.Pull on the seatback folding lever
(for 2nd row) or strap (for 3rd
row), then fold the seat toward
the front of the vehicle. When you
return the seatback to its upright
position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on
the top of the seatback.
23
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by pulling
on the folding lever (for 2nd row)
or strap (for 3rd row). Pull the
seatback firmly until it clicks into
place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place.
6.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
Unfolding the rear seat
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
1.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward. Pull the
seatback firmly until it clicks into
place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place. When you return
the seatback to its upright posi
-
tion, always be sure it has locked
into position by pushing on the
top of the seatback.
If you cannot see the red line at
the bottom of folding lever, it
means the seatback is locked
completely.
OON038028NR
OON038029NR
OON038030NR
OON038031NR
Safety features of your vehicle
243
Seat
2.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
3.When the seatback is completely
installed, check the seatback fold
-
ing lever again.
Folding 2nd row seat
This feature allows you to fold seats
in the 2nd row while the liftgate is
open.
1.Press the folding switch of the
seatback located on the left and
right sides of the liftgate.
L: Folding the left seat in the
2nd-row
R: Folding the right seat in the
2nd-row
You can use additional space by
folding the seatback forward.
2.If the seatback is not fully folded,
try folding againto make it com
-
pletely folded.
WARNING
Rear seat folding
Do not fold the rear seats (2nd &
3rd row seats), if passengers, pets
or luggage are in the rear seats.
It may cause injury or damage to
passengers, pets, luggage.
WARNING
Never attempt to adjust using the
2nd row seat walk-in switch or
strap while the vehicle is moving or
seat is occupied as the seat may
OON038032NR
OON038025NR
OON038026NR
25
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
suddenly move and cause the pas
-
senger on the seat to be injured.
7 seat
8 seat
If the folding switch (1 or 2) in the
2nd row (in the upper part of the
2nd row seatback or the outer
part of the seat) does not work,
pull the strap (3) on the bottom
left of the seat in the 2nd row. It
works just like the folding switch
and you can move the seat for
-
ward along with the seatback.
WARNING
Do not pull the strap (3) when the
2nd-row seat(s) is/are occupied.
Sudden movement of the seat(s)
may result in injury. Use the strap
only when the folding switch in the
2nd row (in the upper part of the
second-row seatback or the outer
part of the seat) does not work.
This strap (3) is for 3rd row pas
-
sengers to exit the vehicle even if
when the vehicle's battery power
is in run-out emergency condition
in an accident.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback
and return it slowly. If the seatback
is returned without holding it, the
back of the seat could spring for
-
ward, resulting in injury caused by
being struck by the seatback.
WARNING
Rear seatback
To ensure maximum protection in
the event of an accident or sudden
stop, when returning the rear seat
to the upright position:
Be careful not to damage the seat
belt webbing or buckle.
OON038027NR
OON038086NR
Safety features of your vehicle
263
Seat
Do not allow the seat belt web
-
bing or buckle to become pinched
or caught in the rear seat.
Ensure the seatback is completely
locked into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seat
-
back.
Failure to adhere to any of these
instructions could result in serious
injury or death in the event of a
crash.
CAUTION
Damaging rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seatback,
insert the buckle between the rear
seatback and cushion. Doing so can
prevent the buckle from being dam
-
aged by the rear seatback.
CAUTION
Rear seat belts
When returning the rear seatbacks
to the upright position, remember
to return the rear shoulder belts to
their proper position.
WARNING
Unless the driver's position is prop
-
erly set according to the driver's
physical figure, do not fold the rear
seat. It may increase bodily injuries
in a sudden stop or collision.
CAUTION
Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger seats to
prevent damage to the vehicle inte
-
rior.
WARNING
Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about
the vehicle in a collision and causing
injury to the vehicle occupants. Do
not place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit the front seat
occupants in a collision.
Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
transmission is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is securely applied
whenever loading or unloading
cargo. Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move if the
shift lever is inadvertently moved to
another position.
27
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
Seat belts
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders.
Seat belt restraint system
For maximum restraint system pro
-
tection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving.
A properly positioned shoulder
belt should be positioned midway
over your shoulder across your
collarbone.
Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See "Child
Restraint System (CRS)" on page
3-42 for further discussion.
WARNING
Twisted seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not
twisted when worn. A twisted seat
belt may not properly protect you in
an accident and could even cut into
your body.
WARNING
Shoulder Belt
Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back. An improperly positioned
shoulder belt cannot protect the
occupant in a crash.
Always wear both the shoulder
portion and lap portion of the lap/
shoulder belt.
WARNING
Damaged seat belt
Any damage in webbing or hardware
may lead to serious injury or death
in a crash. For your safety, replace
the entire seat belt assembly when
any part of the webbing or hard
-
ware is damaged.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
as applicable; wearing the lap sec
-
tion of the belt across the abdomi
-
nal area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection
for which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid con
-
tamination of the webbing with pol
-
ishes, oils and chemicals, and
particularly battery acid. Cleaning
may safely be carried out using mild
soap and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
Safety features of your vehicle
283
Seat belts
No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
would either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating
to remove slack, or prevent the
seat belt assembly from being
adjusted to remove slack.
When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt
in buckles of other seats. It is very
dangerous and you may not be
protected by the seat belt prop
-
erly.
Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not fasten and unfasten the
seat belt repeatedly while driving.
This could result in loss of control,
and an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property dam
-
age.
When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are
hard or can break easily.
WARNING
Seat belt buckle
Do not allow foreign material (gum,
crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle. This
may prevent the seat belt from fas
-
tening securely.
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the
driver's seat belt warning lights will
illuminate for approximately 6 sec
-
onds each time you turn the ENGINE
START/STOP button ON regardless
of belt fastening. If the seatbelt is
not fastened, the warning chime will
sound for about 6 seconds.
If you start to drive without the
seat belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive over 5
mph (9 km/h) and less than 12 mph
(20 km/h), the corresponding warn
-
ing light will illuminate. The warning
light will turn off when the vehicle
speed drops below 5 mph (9 km/h).
If you start to drive without the
seat belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive 12
mph (20 km/h) and faster, the
warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately
100 seconds. When the seat belt is
unfastened during driving, the
warning light will illuminate when
OON031034L
29
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
the speed is under 12 mph (20 km/
h). When the speed is 12 mph (20
km/h) and faster, the warning light
will blink and warning chime will
sound for approximately 100 sec
-
onds.
Front passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing
As a reminder to the front passen
-
ger, the front passenger's seat belt
warning lights will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button ON regardless of belt fas
-
tening. If you start to drive without
the passenger seat belt fastened or
the passenger unfastens the seat
belt when you drive over 5 mph (9
km/h) and less than 12 mph (20 km/
h), the corresponding warning light
will illuminate. The warning light will
turn off when the vehicle speed
drops below 5 mph (9 km/h).
If you start to drive without the
passenger seat belt fastened or you
unfasten the seat belt when you
drive 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster,
the warning light will blink and
warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds. When
the passenger seat belt is unfas
-
tened during driving, the warning
light will illuminate when the speed
is under 12 mph (20 km/h). When
the speed is 12 mph (20 km/h) and
faster, the warning light will blink
and warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds.
NOTICE
Even if the front passenger seat
is not occupied, the seat belt
warning light will illuminate for 6
seconds.
The front passenger's seat belt
warning may operate when lug
-
gage is placed on the front pas
-
senger seat.
OON038091NR
Safety features of your vehicle
303
Seat belts
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
The following explains how to fas
-
ten and adjust the driver's seat belt.
Fastening the your seat belt:
Pull it out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab (1) into the
buckle (2).
There will be an audible "click"
when the tab locks into the
buckle.
WARNING
You should place the lap belt portion
as low as possible and snugly across
your hips. If the lap belt is located
too high on your waist, it may
increase the chance of injury in the
event of a collision.
The arm closest to the seat belt
buckle should be over the belt while
the other arm should be under the
belt as shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under the
arm closest to the door.
The seat belt automatically adjusts
to the proper length only after the
lap belt portion is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your
hips. If you lean forward in a slow,
easy motion, the belt will extend
and let you move around. If there is
a sudden stop or impact, however,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward
too quickly.
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. Then
you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.
ODEEV058025NR
ODEEV058026NR
31
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
Adjusting the height of shoulder
belt
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoul
-
der near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate posi
-
tion.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it
up (1).
To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster but
-
ton (2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING
Shoulder belt positioning
Verify the shoulder belt anchor is
locked into position at the appropri
-
ate height. Never position the shoul
-
der belt across your neck or face.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING
Seat belt replacement
Replace your seat belts after being
in an accident. Failure to replace
seat belts after an accident could
leave you with damaged seat belts
that will not provide protection in
the event of another collision.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
The following explains how to fas
-
ten the passenger's and rear seat
belt.
Fastening your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat
belts are installed in the rear seat
positions to help accommodate the
installation of Child Restraint Sys
-
tem. Although a combination
ODEEV058027NR
Safety features of your vehicle
323
Seat belts
retractor is also installed in the
front passenger seat position, it is
strongly recommended that children
always be seated in the rear seat.
NEVER place any infant restraint
system in the front seat of the
vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency
locking retractor seat belt and an
automatic locking retractor seat
belt.
Pull it out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab into the
buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates
in the same way as the driver's
seat belt (emergency locking
retractor type).
It automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt
portion of the seat belt is adjusted
manually so that it fits snugly
around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the
installation of a Child Restraint Sys
-
tem, the seat belt operation
changes to allow the belt to retract,
but not to extend (automatic locking
retractor type). Refer to "Securing a
child restraint with a lap/shoulder
belt" on page 3-50.
NOTICE
Although the combination retractor
provides the same level of protec
-
tion for seated passengers in either
emergency or automatic locking
modes, have the seated passengers
use the emergency locking feature
for improved convenience. The
automatic locking function is
intended to facilitate child restraint
installation. To convert from the
automatic locking feature to the
emergency locking operation mode,
allow the unbuckled seat belt to
fully retract.
CAUTION
Do NOT fold down the left portion of
the rear seatback when the rear
center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS
UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt
before folding down the left portion
of the rear seatback. If the rear cen
-
ter seat belt is buckled when the
left portion of the rear seatback is
folded down, distortion and damage
to the top portion of the seatback
and seat belt garnish may result,
causing the seatback to lock into the
folded down position.
The seat belt should be locked into
the buckle on each seat cushion to
be properly fastened.
33
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
1.Rear right seat belt fastening
buckle
2.Rear center seat belt fastening
buckle
3.Rear left seat belt fastening
buckle
WARNING
Prior to fastening the rear seat
belts, ensure the latch matches the
seat belt buckle. Forcefully fasten
-
ing the left or right seat belt to the
center buckle can result in an
improper fastening scenario that
will not protect you in an accident.
When using the rear center seat
belt, the buckle with the "CENTER"
mark must be used.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
OON038051NR
OON038052NR
OON039053NR
OON039041NR
Safety features of your vehicle
343
Seat belts
Stowing the rear seat belt
The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not
in use.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
1.Route the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides.
It will help keep the belts from
being trapped behind or under the
seats.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
2.After inserting the seat belt,
tighten the belt webbing by pull
-
ing it up.
CAUTION
When pulling out to wear the seat
belt, the tongue should be slowly
pulled out of the seat belt guide so
that the seat belt guide does not
come off the trim.
OON039115NR
OON039036NR
OON039116NR
OON039037NR
35
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
WARNING
3rd center seat belt
Do not separate the mini tongue (1)
and mini buckle (2) even if there is
not an occupant.
If it is separated, It may hit the rear
seat occupants in a collision or sud
-
den stops.
Releasing the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by
pressing the release button (1) on
the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back
into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to make sure it is not twisted,
then try again.
Rear center seat belt (3rd row)
To fasten your seatbelt:
1.Extract the tongue plate (A) from
the hole on the belt assembly
cover.
2.Insert the tongue plate (A) into
the buckle (A') until an audible
"click" is heard, indicating the latch
is locked. Make sure the belt is not
twisted.
OON038054NR
ODEEV058078NR
OON039042NR
OON039122NR
Safety features of your vehicle
363
Seat belts
3.Pull out the tongue plate (B) from
the pocket. Pull the tongue plate
(B) and insert it into the buckle
(B') until an audible "click" is heard,
indicating the latch is locked.
Make sure the belt is not twisted.
When using the rear center seat
belt, the buckle with the "CEN
-
TER" mark must be used.
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
safety belt from the retractor,
firmly pull the belt out and release
it. After release, you will be able to
pull the belt out smoothly.
To release your seatbelt:
1.Press the release button on the
buckle (B') and remove the tongue
plate (B).
2.To retract the rear center seat
-
belt, insert the tongue plate into
the web release hole (A' ). Pull up
on the seat belt web and allow
the web- bing to retract auto
-
matically. Insert the tongue plate
(A) into the hole on the belt
assembly cover.
OON039117NR
OON039118NR
OON039119NR
37
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with pre-
tensioner seat belts at the front
outboard seating positions.
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is
to make sure that the seat belts fit
tightly against the occupant's body
in certain collisions.
The pre-tensioner seat belts may
be activated in a collision when the
collision is severe enough.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor
will lock into position. In certain
frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt
into tighter contact against the
occupant's body
If the system senses excessive ten
-
sion on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner
activates, the load limiter inside the
pre-tensioner will release some of
the pressure on the affected seat
belt. (if equipped)
WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the
belt webbing is not loose or twisted
and always sit properly on your
seat.
NOTICE
The pre-tensioner may activate not
only in a frontal collision but also in a
side collision, if the vehicle is
equipped with a side or curtain air
bag.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following
components. Their locations are
shown in the illustration:
1.Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) air bag warning light
2.Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3.SRS Control Module
OON038092NR
OON039121NR
Safety features of your vehicle
383
Seat belts
WARNING
For optimal usage pre-tensioner
seat belt:
1.The seatbelt must be working
correctly and adjusted to the
proper position. Please read and
follow all of the important infor
-
mation and precautions about
your vehicle's occupant safety
features including seat belts and
air bags that are provided in this
manual.
2.Be sure you and your passengers
always wear seat belts properly.
NOTICE
When the pre-tensioner seat
belts are activated, a loud noise
may be heard and fine dust, which
may appear to be smoke, may be
visible in the passenger compart
-
ment. These are normal operating
conditions and are not hazardous.
Although it is harmless, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation and
should not be breathed for pro
-
longed periods. Wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly after an
accident in which the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belts were activated.
Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate
for approximately 6 seconds after
the ENGINE START/STOP button
has been turned to the "ON" posi
-
tion, and then it should turn off.
CAUTION
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not
working properly, the SRS air bag
warning light will illuminate even if
there is no malfunction of the SRS
air bag. If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to ON, or if it remains illumi
-
nated after illuminating for approxi
-
mately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates
while the vehicle is being driven,
have the system inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Pre-tensioners seat belts sys
-
tems are designed to operate
only one time. After activation,
pre-tensioner seat belts must be
replaced. All seat belts, of any
type, should always be replaced
after they have been worn during
a collision.
The pre-tensioner seat belt
assembly mechanisms become
hot during activation. Do not
touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated.
39
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat
belts yourself. Have the system
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat belt
system in any manner.
Improper handling of the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belt assemblies, and
failure to heed the warnings not
to strike, modify, inspect, replace,
service or repair the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belt assemblies may
lead to improper operation or
inadvertent activation and serious
injury.
Always wear the seat belts when
driving or riding in a motor vehicle.
If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
seat belt must be discarded, con
-
tact a professional workshop. Kia
recommends to visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Body work on the front area of
the vehicle may damage the pre-
tensioner seat belt system.
Therefore, have the system ser
-
viced by an authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belt precautions
Take the following precautions
when using seat belts.
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint
laws. You should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state.
Child and/or infant seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. For more information
about the use of these restraints,
refer to "Child Restraint System
(CRS)" on page 3-42.
NOTICE
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a Child Restraint System that
meets the requirements of the Fed
-
eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(FMVSS). Before buying any Child
Restraint System, make sure that it
has a label certifying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan
-
dard 213. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child's height
and weight. Check the label on the
child restraint for this information.
Refer to "Child Restraint System
(CRS)" on page 3-42.
Larger children
Children who are too large for Child
Restraint System should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and snug
on the hips as low as possible. Check
Safety features of your vehicle
403
Seat belts
periodically to insure that the belt
fits. A child's squirming could put the
belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event
of an accident when they are
restrained by a proper restraint
system in the rear seat. If a larger
child (over age 13) must be seated
in the front seat, the child should be
securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat
should be placed in the rearmost
position. Children age 13 and under
should be restrained securely in the
rear seat. NEVER place a child age
13 and under in the front seat.
NEVER place a rear facing child seat
in the front seat of a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt
still touches their face or neck they
need to be returned to a Child
Restraint System.
WARNING
Small children
Do not allow small children to ride in
the vehicle without an appropriate
Child Restraint System. If the shoul
-
der belt comes in contact with your
child's neck or face your child is too
small to ride in the vehicle. In a crash
the seat belt will inflict injury to
your child's neck, throat and face.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear lap/
shoulder belt assemblies whenever
possible according to specific rec
-
ommendations by their doctors. The
lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE.
WARNING
Pregnant women
Pregnant women must never place
the lap portion of the seat belt
above or on the abdomen where the
fetus is located. The force of the
seat belt during a collision will crush
the fetus.
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommen
-
dations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an
accident.
41
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front
and rear seats should be in an
upright position when the vehicle is
moving. A seat belt cannot provide
proper protection if the person is
lying down in the rear seat or if the
front and rear seats are in a reclined
position.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addi
-
tion, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware
are not damaged by seat hinges,
doors or other abuse.
WARNING
Pinched seat belt
Make sure that the webbing and/or
buckle does not get caught or
pinched in the rear seat when
returning the rear seatback to its
upright position. A caught or pinched
webbing/buckle may become dam
-
aged and could fail during a collision
or sudden stop.
WARNING
Seatbelts can become hot in a vehi
-
cle that has been closed up in sunny
weather. They could burn infants
and children.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can
be cleaned by using a mild soap
solution and warm water. Bleach,
dye, strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assem
-
bly or assemblies should be replaced
if the vehicle has been involved in an
accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt
operation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
Safety features of your vehicle
423
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must
be restrained in an appropriate
rear-facing or forward-facing Child
Restraint System (CRS) that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Please refer
to your state or federal laws for
child seating requirements in the
operation of a motor vehicle.
Children always in the rear
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to
minimize the risk of injury in an
accident, sudden stop or sudden
maneuver.
WARNING
Restraint Location
Never install a child or infant seat on
the front passenger's seat. A child
riding in the front passenger seat
can be forcefully struck by an inflat
-
ing airbag and seriously injured.
WARNING
Hot Child Restraint
A Child Restraint System can
become very hot if it is left in a
closed vehicle on a sunny day. Be
sure to check the seat cover, buckles
and latches before placing a child in
the restraint system.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Even with air bags,
children can be seriously injured or
killed. Children too large for a child
restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint
laws which require children to travel
in approved child restraint devices.
The laws governing the age or
height/weight restrictions at which
seat belts can be used instead of
child restraints differs among
states, so you should be aware of
the specific requirements in your
state, and where you are travelling.
The CRS must be properly placed
and installed in the rear seat. You
must use a commercially available
CRS that meets the requirements of
the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).
A CRS is generally designed to be
secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt
portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by
a LATCH system in the rear seats of
the vehicle.
43
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must
be restrained in an appropriate
rear-facing or forward-facing CRS
that has first been properly secured
to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read
and comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the CRS.
WARNING
Child Restraint Installation
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk of
serious injury or death in an acci
-
dent. Always take the following pre
-
cautions when using a Child
Restraint System:
Always follow the Child Restraint
System manufacturer's instruc
-
tions for installation and use.
Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
If the vehicle head restraint pre
-
vents proper installation of a child
seat (as described in the Child
Restraint System manual), the
head restraint of the respective
seating position shall be read
-
justed or entirely removed.
Do not use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks"
over a seatback as it may not
provide adequate protection in an
accident.
Be especially careful when install
-
ing a child restraint on the center
seating position in the second row
as it is narrow- er than the out
-
board positions. A wide child
restraint installed on the center
seat may cover the safety belt
buckles for the other seating
positions. Do not allow someone
to ride in a seating position where
the safety belt buckle is covered
by a child restraint.
A child restraint in the center
seating position may also con-
tact or push up against the safety
belt buckles, which can damage
the buckles and make them unus
-
able or unsafe. Always check that
the child restraint does not con
-
tact any of the safety belt buck
-
les. Check the placement of the
child restraint regularly to make
sure that it has not shift- ed and
come into contact with any of the
safety belt buckles.
NOTICE
After an accident, have a Kia dealer
check the Child Restraint System,
seat belts, tether anchors and lower
anchors.
Safety features of your vehicle
443
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Selecting a CRS
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
Select a child restraint based on
your child's height and weight.
The required label or the instruc
-
tions for use typically provide this
information.
Select a child restraint that fits
the vehicle seating position where
it will be used.
Read and comply with the warn
-
ings and instructions for installa
-
tion and use provided with the
CRS.
WARNING
Holding Children
Never hold a child in your arms or
lap when riding in a vehicle. The vio
-
lent forces created during a crash
will tear the child from your arms
and throw the child against the car's
interior. Always use a Child Restraint
System which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
WARNING
Unattended Children
Never leave children unattended in a
vehicle. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in injuries to the
child in the vehicle.
WARNING
Seat Belt Use
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time. This
will eliminate any safety benefit
provided by the seat belt to the
occupants.
CRS types
There are three main types of the
CRS: rear-facing seats, forward-
facing seats, and booster seats.
They are classified according to the
child's age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The
harness system holds the child in
place, and in an accident, acts to
keep the child positioned in the seat
ODEEV058035NR
45
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)
and reduces the stress to the neck
and spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rear-facing infant
child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats
typically have higher height and
weight limits for the rear-facing
position, allowing you to keep your
child rear-facing for a longer period
of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child
seat for as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufac
-
turer. It's the best way to keep
them safe. Once your child has out
-
grown the rear-facing child
restraint, your child is ready for a
forward-facing child restraint with a
harness.
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a
harness. Keep children in a forward-
facing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child
restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the for
-
ward- facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's seat belt system. A booster
seat positions the seat belt so that
it fits properly over the lap of your
child.
Keep your child in a booster seat
until they are big enough to sit in
the seat without a booster and still
have the seat belt fit properly. For a
seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt
must lie snugly across the upper
thighs, not the stomach. The shoul
-
der belt should lie snug across the
shoulder and chest and not across
the neck or face. Children under age
13 must always ride in the rear
seats and must always be properly
restrained to minimize the risk of
injury.
Installing a CRS
After selecting a proper child seat
for your child, check to make sure it
fits properly in your vehicle.
Follow the instructions provided by
the manufacturer when installing
the child seat. Note these general
steps when installing the seat to
your vehicle:
ODEEV058036NR
Safety features of your vehicle
463
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Properly secure the child restraint
to the vehicle. All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle
with the lap part of a lap/shoulder
belt or with the LATCH system.
Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward and
from side-to-side to verify that it
is securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly
as possible. However, some side-
to-side movement can be
expected.
Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manu
-
facturer instructions.
Lower Anchors and Tether for CHil
-
dren (LATCH) system
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an
accident. This system is designed to
make installation of the child
restraint easier and reduce the pos
-
sibility of improperly installing your
child restraint. The LATCH system
uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the child restraint.
The LATCH system eliminates the
need to use seat belts to secure the
child restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attach
-
ments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will
provide you with instructions on
how to use the child seat with its
attachments for the LATCH lower
anchors.
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard of 2nd
row and the left outboard of 3rd
row seating positions. Their loca
-
tions are shown in the illustration.
For 8-seater vehicles, LATCH is not
provided for the middle seat in the
2nd row.
For 7- or 8-seater vehicles, LATCH is
not provided for the right seat in
the 3rd row.
OON039114NR
47
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)
WARNING
LATCH Lower Anchors
Never attempt to attach a LATCH
equipped seat in the center seating
position. LATCH lower anchors are
only to be used in the left and right
outboard of 2nd row and the left
outboard of 3rd row seating posi
-
tions. You may damage the anchors
or the anchors may fail and break in
a collision if the seat is in the center
seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right 2nd row rear seatbacks to
identify the position of the lower
anchors in your vehicle (see arrows
in illustration).
7 seats 2nd row
8 seats 2nd row
3rd row seat
1.Lower Anchor position indicator
2.Lower Anchor
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the left and right out
-
board of 2nd row and the left out
-
board of 3rd row seating positions.
Two LATCH anchors are also applied
to the left of the 3rd row seats.
OON038057NR
OON038060NR
OON039111NR
Safety features of your vehicle
483
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Securing a child restraint with the
LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear out
-
board seating positions:
1.Move the seat belt buckle away
from the lower anchors. Other
-
wise, the webbing or buckle can
be damaged by the latch anchor,
which can make them become
unusable or unsafe. (Especially
3rd row left outboard seating
positions)
2.Move any other objects away
from the anchors that could pre
-
vent a secure connection between
the child restraint and the lower
anchors.
3.Adjust the seat back to the full
rearward position.
4.Place child restraint on the vehicle
seat, then attach the seat to the
lower anchors according to the
instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
5.If the child seat includes a top
tether strap, attach the tether
connector to the seat tether
anchor according to the instruc
-
tions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
6.Rotate the seat back forward to a
locked position that ensures good
contact between the seat back
and child restraint.
7.Then follow the child restraint
instructions for properly adjusting
and tightening the attachments
on the child restraint to the
LATCH anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your
Child Restraint System.
To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of the unused
seat belts, buckle all unused rear
seat belts before the child is
placed into the vehicle. Lock each
unused seatbelt following the
instructions in the "automatic
locking mode" subsection, and
place the webbing behind the child
seat or against an unused seat
-
back. Children can be strangled if
a shoulder belt becomes wrapped
around their neck and the seat
belt tightens.
NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor. This
could cause the anchor or attach
-
ment to come loose or break.
Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized Kia
dealer after an accident. An acci
-
dent can damage the LATCH sys
-
tem and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended maximum
weight for the LATCH system is 65
lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper
child restraint, consider that the
49
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)
maximum total weight of the child
plus the child restraint should be
less than 65 lbs. (30 kg).
As a guide, the MAX child restraint
weight should be determined by the
following calculation:
Child Restraint Weight = 65 - (child's
total weight in lbs.)
Securing a child restraint seat with
"Tether Anchor" system
7 seats
8 seats
3rd row seat
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the
seat belt. If the child restraint man
-
ufacturer recommends that the top
tether strap be attached, attach
and tighten the top tether strap to
the top tether strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the shelf behind the rear
seats.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your
Child Restraint System.
NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single tether anchor.
This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or
break.
Do not attach the tether strap to
anything other than the correct
tether anchor. It may not work
OON038059NR
OON039112NR
OON039113NR
Safety features of your vehicle
503
Child Restraint System (CRS)
properly if attached to something
else.
Do not use the tether anchors for
adult seat belts or harnesses, or
for attaching other items or
equipment to the vehicle.
Always fasten the seat belts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to secure
the child seat. Failure to do so
may result in child strangulation.
To install the tether anchor:
1.Route the child restraint tether
strap over the child restraint
seatback. Route the tether strap
under the head restraint and
between the head restraint posts,
or route the tether strap over the
top of the vehicle seatback. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
2.Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor, then tighten
the tether strap according to the
child seat manufacturer's instruc
-
tions to firmly secure the child
restraint to the seat.
3.Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat for
-
ward and from side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with a
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured
to a vehicle rear seat with the lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic locking mode
All passenger seat belts move freely
under normal conditions and only
lock under extreme or emergency
conditions (emergency locking
mode). So, in order to secure a child
restraint, you must manually pull
the seat belt all the way out to shift
the retractor to the "automatic
locking" mode.
The "automatic locking" mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from caus
-
ing the seat belt to loosen and com
-
promise the CRS.
ODEEV058040NR
ODEEV058041NR
51
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)
To install a CRS on the rear seats, do
the following:
1.Place the CRS on a rear seat and
route the lap/shoulder belt
around or through the child
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
2.Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis
-
tinct "click" sound.
Position the release button so
that it is easy to access in case of
an emergency.
3.Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When
the shoulder portion of the seat
belt is fully extended, it will shift
the retractor to the "automatic
locking" (child restraint) mode.
4.Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and lis
-
ten for an audible "clicking" or
"ratcheting" sound. This indicates
that the retractor is in the "auto
-
matic locking" mode. If no distinct
sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and
4.
5.Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the CRS while feeding the
shoulder belt back into the
retractor.
6.Push and pull on the CRS to con
-
firm that the seat belt is holding it
firmly in place. If it is not, release
the seat belt and repeat steps 2
through 6.
ODEEV058042NR
ODEEV058043NR
ODEEV058044NR
Safety features of your vehicle
523
Child Restraint System (CRS)
7.Double check that the retractor is
in the "automatic locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If
you cannot, the retractor is in the
"automatic locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs
or recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to "Securing a child restraint
with the LATCH anchors system" on
page 3-48 for more information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the "automatic locking"
mode to the emergency lock mode
for normal adult usage.
WARNING
Auto lock mode
Set the retractor to Automatic Lock
mode when installing any Child
Restraint System. If the retractor is
not in the automatic locking mode,
the child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops sud
-
denly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint
is not properly anchored in the car.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap/shoulder belt
out of the restraint and allow the
seat belt to retract fully.
53
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1.Driver's front air bag
2.Passenger's front air bag
3.Side air bag
4.Curtain air bag
5.Driver's knee air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear
the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury
in the event of a collision or rollover.
OON038084NR
Safety features of your vehicle
543
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
How does the air bag system oper
-
ate?
Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
has been turned to the ON posi
-
tion.
The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occu
-
pants from serious physical
injury.
There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate. Generally,
air bags are designed to inflate
based upon the severity of a colli
-
sion and its direction, etc. Several
factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment / inflation signal.
Air bags will not deploy in every
crash or collision situations. Air
bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehi
-
cle speed, angles of impact, and,
the density and stiffness of the
vehicles or objects which your
vehicle hits in the collision. The
determining factors are not lim
-
ited to those mentioned above.
The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It
is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident. It is much more likely
that you will simply see the
deflated air bags hanging out of
their storage compartments after
the collision.
In addition to inflating in serious
side collisions, side and/or curtain
air bags will inflate if the sensing
system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side
and/or curtain airbags will remain
inflated longer. This helps provide
protection from ejection, espe
-
cially when used in conjunction
with the seat belts.
In order to help provide protec
-
tion, the air bags must inflate
rapidly. The airbag inflates
extremely fast between the
occupant and the vehicle struc
-
tures before the occupant
impacts the vehicle structures.
This speed of inflation reduces
the risk of serious or life-threat
-
ening injuries and is thus a neces
-
sary part of the air bag design.
However, airbag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
fascial abrasions, bruises and bro
-
ken bones. This is because the
rapid inflation also causes the air
-
bags to expand with a great deal
of force.
There are even circumstances
under which contact with the
steering wheel or passenger air
bag can cause fatal injuries, espe
-
cially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the steering
wheel or passenger air bag.
55
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
WARNING
Airbag inflation
Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintain
-
ing comfortable control of the vehi
-
cle. A distance of at least 10 inches
(25 cm) from your chest to the
steering wheel is recommended.
Failure to do so can result in airbag
inflation injuries to the driver.
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a
loud noise and leave smoke and
powder in the air inside the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After
the air bag inflates, you may feel
substantial discomfort in breathing
due to the contact of your chest
with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after impact in order to reduce dis
-
comfort and prevent prolonged
exposure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non
-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult
a doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING
Hot components
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components immedi
-
ately after airbag inflation. The air
bag related parts in the steering
wheel, instrument panel and the
roof rails above the front and rear
doors are very hot. Hot components
can result in burn injuries.
WARNING
Do not install or place any accesso
-
ries near air bag deployment areas,
such as the instrument panel, win
-
dows, pillars, and roof rails.
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger's seat
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger's
seat.
If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child
ODEEV058046NR
Safety features of your vehicle
563
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
restraint, causing serious or fatal
injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passen
-
ger's seat. If the front passenger air
bag inflates, it could cause serious
or fatal injuries to the child.
WARNING
Air bag deployment
When children are seated in the rear
outboard seats of a vehicle equipped
with side and/or curtain air bags,
install the Child Restraint System as
far away from the door side as pos
-
sible. Inflation of the side and/or
curtain air bags could impact the
child.
Air bag warning light
The purpose of air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert
you of a potential problem with
your air bag system, which could
include your side and/or curtain air
bags used for rollover protection.
If the air bag warning light is illumi
-
nated for more than 6 seconds after
the ENGINE START/STOP button has
been turned to the ON position, or if
it illuminates during vehicle opera
-
tion, an SRS component may not be
functioning properly and you should
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
If any of the following conditions
occur, this indicates a malfunction in
the air bag system. Have an autho
-
rized Kia dealer inspect the air bag
system as soon as possible.
The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON
position.
The light stays on after illuminat
-
ing for approximately 6 seconds.
The light comes on while the vehi
-
cle is in motion.
The light blinks when the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON
position.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) components and functions
* The actual position of SRS compo
-
nents may differ from the illus
-
tration.
ODEEV068100NR
OON038094NR
57
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1.Driver's front air bag module
2.Passenger's front air bag module
3.Side air bag modules
4.Curtain air bag modules
5.Retractor pre-tensioner assem
-
blies (if equipped)
6.Air bag warning light
7.SRS Control Module (SRSCM) /
rollover sensor
8.Front impact sensors
9.Side impact sensors (if equipped)
10.Side pressure sensors (if
equipped)
11.Occupant Detection System
12.Driver's knee air bag module
*: if equipped
Driver's front air bag (1)
The front air bag modules are
located both in the center of the
steering wheel and in the front pas
-
senger's panel above the glove box.
When the SRSCM detects a suffi
-
ciently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically
deploy the front air bags.
Driver's front air bag (2)
Upon deployment, tear seams
molded directly into the pad covers
will separate under pressure from
the expansion of the air bags. Fur
-
ther opening of the covers then
allows full inflation of the air bags.
Driver's front air bag (3)
A fully inflated airbag (with a prop
-
erly fastened seat belt) slows the
forward motion of the driver or pas
-
senger, reducing the risk of head
and chest injury.
ODEEV058048NR
ODEEV058049NR
ODEEV058050NR
Safety features of your vehicle
583
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating,
enabling the driver to maintain for
-
ward visibility and the ability to
steer or operate other controls.
Passenger's front air bag
WARNING
Air bag obstructions
Do not install or place any accesso
-
ries on the steering wheel, instru
-
ment panel, or on the front
passenger's panel above the glove
box in a vehicle. Such objects may
become dangerous projectiles if the
air bag deploys.
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat. Such
objects may become dangerous
projectiles if the side airbag inflates.
If an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise followed by a fine
dust released in the vehicle. These
conditions are normal and are not
hazardous - the air bags are
packed in this fine powder. The
dust generated during air bag
deployment may cause skin or
eye irritation as well as aggravate
asthma for some persons. Always
wash all exposed skin areas thor
-
oughly with cold water and a mild
soap after an accident in which
the air bags were deployed.
The SRS can function only when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ON position. The SRS is
not working properly if any of the
following situations occur:
-the SRS airbag warning light
does not illuminate
-the SRS airbag warning light
remains on continuously after
illuminating for about 6 seconds
when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to the ON
position or after the vehicle is in
ready mode
-the SRS airbag warning light
comes on while driving
If this occurs, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or discon
-
nect a battery terminal, change the
ODEEV058051NR
59
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
OFF position. Never remove or
replace the air bag related fuse(s)
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is ON position. Failure to heed
this warning will cause the SRS air
bag warning light to illuminate.
Occupant Detection System (ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Detection System (ODS) in
the front passenger's seat.
The ODS is designed to detect the
presence of a properly-seated front
passenger and determine if the
passenger's front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not. Only
the front passenger front air bag is
controlled by the ODS.
Do not put anything in front of the
passenger air bag "" indicator.
Main components of the ODS
A detection device is located
within the front passenger seat
cushion.
An electronic system which
determines whether the passen
-
ger air bag systems should be
activated or deactivated.
An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illumi
-
nates the words PASSENGER AIR
BAG "" indicates the front pas
-
senger air bag system is deacti
-
vated.
The instrument panel air bag
warning light is interconnected
with the ODS.
If the front passenger seat is occu
-
pied by a person that the system
determines to be of appropriate
size, and he/she sits properly (sit
-
ting upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor), the PASSENGER
AIR BAG "" indicator will turn off
and the front passenger's air bag
will be able to inflate, if necessary,
in frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG "" indicator on the center
fascia panel. This system detects
the conditions 1~4 in the following
table and activates or deactivates
OON038095NR
Safety features of your vehicle
603
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
the front passenger air bag based
on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all
vehicle occupants are seated and
restrained properly (sitting upright
with the seat in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion, with
the person's legs comfortably
extended, feet on the floor, and
wearing the safety belt properly)
for the most effective protection by
the air bag and the safety belt.
The ODS may not function properly
if the passenger takes actions which
can defeat the detection system.
These include:
1.Failing to sit in an upright position.
2.Leaning against the door or cen
-
ter console.
3.Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
4.Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
5.Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
6.Reclining the seatback.
61
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Conditions and operation of the front passenger ODS
WARNING
Do not install a child restraint seat
in the passenger seat when the
seat is heavily soaked with any
type of liquid.
Do not alter or remodel the Occu
-
pant Detection System (ODS).
This may damage the system and
prevent its proper function in a
collision.
NOTICE
Do not use car seat cushions that
cover up the surface of the seat
and aftermarket manufactured
passenger seat heaters.
After conducting car interior
cleaning using steam or deter
-
gent, the seat should be dried
properly. Afterward, check for
normal operation of the PASSEN
-
GER AIR BAG "OFF" and air bag
warning lights.
Any service related to the pas
-
senger seat and the ODS must be
Condition detected by the
occupant classification sys
-
tem
Indicator/Warning lightDevices
"PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF"
indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult
*1
OffOffActivated
2. Child Restraint System
(CRS) with child under 12
months old
*2*3*4
OnOffDeactivated
3. UnoccupiedOnOffDeactivated
4. Malfunction in the systemOffOnActivated
*1.The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in
the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depend
-
ing on his/her physique and posture.
*2.Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who
has outgrown a CRS sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize
him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3.Never install a CRS on the front passenger seat.
*4.The PASSENGER AIR BAG "" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12
months to 12 years old (with or without a CRS) sits in the front passenger seat.
This is a normal condition.
Safety features of your vehicle
623
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
done at an authorized Kia dealer
-
ship.
After the passenger seat has
been removed or installed for
repair purposes, check for normal
operation of the PASSENGER AIR
BAG "" and air bag warning
lights with a person seated or not
seated in the passenger seat.
WARNING
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG ""
symbol is illuminated, the passenger
air bag system will not operate. The
passenger air bag system will oper
-
ate when necessary if the symbol is
not illuminated.
NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place any
-
thing on or attach anything such as
a blanket, front seat cover or after
-
market seat heater to the front
passenger seat. This can adversely
affect the Occupant Detection Sys
-
tem.
WARNING
Occupant Detection System
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the Occupant
Detection System and may result in
the deactivation of the front pas
-
senger airbag. It is important for the
driver to instruct the passenger as
to the proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
Do not place a heavy load in the
front passenger seatback pocket
or on the front passenger seat.
Do not place feet on the front
passenger seatback.
ODEEV058055NR
ODEEV058056NR
63
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Never sit with hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
Never place feet on the dash
-
board.
Never lean on the door or center
console.
Never sit on one side of the front
passenger seat.
Do not sit on the passenger seat
wearing heavily padded clothes
such as ski wear and hip protec
-
tor.
Do not place electronic devices
such as laptops, DVD player, or
conductive materials such as
water bottles on the passenger
seat.
Do not use electronic devices such
as laptops and satellite radios
which use inverter chargers.
OON039120NR
ODEEV058002NR
ODEEV058059NR
ODEEV058060NR
ODEEV058061NR
Safety features of your vehicle
643
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Wet passenger seat
Do not spill liquid in the passenger
seat. Spilled liquid on the passen
-
ger seat may cause the air bag
warning light to illuminate or mal
-
function. If any liquid is spilled,
make sure the seat has been
completely dried before driving
the vehicle.
Proper position
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG "" indicator is on, change
the ENGINE START/STOP button to
the OFF position and ask the pas
-
senger to sit properly (sitting
upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor). Restart the vehi
-
cle and have the person remain in
that position. This will allow the sys
-
tem to detect the person and to
enable the passenger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG "" indi
-
cator is still on, ask the passenger to
move to the rear seat.
ODEEV058062NR
ODEEV058063NR
ODEEV058064NR
65
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
WARNING
PASSENGER AIR BAG "" light
Do not allow an adult passenger to
ride in the front seat when the PAS
-
SENGER AIR BAG "" indicator is
illuminated, because the air bag will
not deploy in the event of a crash.
The driver must instruct the pas
-
senger to reposition himself in the
seat. Failure to properly position
yourself may lead to air bag deacti
-
vation resulting in air bag non-
deployment in a collision. If the PAS
-
SENGER AIR BAG "" indicator
remains illuminated after the pas
-
senger repositions themselves
properly and the car is restarted, it
is recommended that passenger
move to the rear seat because the
passenger's front air bag will not
deploy.
NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG "" indi
-
cator illuminates for about 4 sec
-
onds after the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to the ON position
after the vehicle is started. If the
front passenger seat is occupied,
the occupant detection sensor will
then classify the front passenger
after several more seconds.
Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the Occupant
Detection System, never install a
Child Restraint System in the
front passenger's seat. A deploy
-
ing air bag can forcefully strike a
child resulting in serious injuries or
death.
Any child age 12 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children
of all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat.
If the ODS is not working properly,
the Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate
because the passenger's front air
bag is connected with the ODS. If
there is a malfunction of the ODS
the PASSENGER AIRBAG "" indica
-
tor will not illuminate. In this case,
the passenger's front airbag will
inflate in frontal impact crashes
even if there is no occupant in the
front passenger seat.
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
advanced supplemental restraint
(air bag) system and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passen
-
ger seating position.
Safety features of your vehicle
663
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Driver's front air bag
Driver's knee air bag
Passenger's front air bag
The indication of the system's pres
-
ence are the letters "AIR BAG"
located on the air bag pad cover on
the steering wheel and the passen
-
ger's side front panel pad above the
glove box.
The Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) consists of air bags installed
under the pad covers in the center
of the steering wheel and the pas
-
senger's side front panel above the
glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protec
-
tion than that offered by the seat
belt system alone in case of a fron
-
tal impact of sufficient severity. The
SRS uses sensors to gather infor
-
mation about the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt usage and
impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensor deter
-
mines if the front passenger's seat
belt is fastened.
These sensors provide the ability to
control the SRS deployment based
on whether or not the seat belts are
fastened, and how severe the
impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation with
two levels. A first stage level is pro
-
vided for moderate-severity
impacts. A second stage level is pro
-
vided for more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity
and seat belt usage, the SRS Control
OON031063L
OON031064L
OON038065NR
67
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an Occupant Detection System
(ODS) in the front passenger's seat.
The ODS detects the presence of a
passenger in the front passenger's
seat and will turn off the front pas
-
senger's air bag under certain condi
-
tions. For more detail, see "Occupant
Detection System (ODS)" on page 3-
59.
WARNING
Modification to the seat structure
can cause the air bag to deploy at a
different level than should be pro
-
vided.
Manufacturers are required by gov
-
ernment regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifica
-
tions to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle's advanced air bag
system. That contact is Kia's toll-
free Customer Assistance center at
1-800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does
not endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure of
the vehicle that could affect the
advanced air bag system, including
the ODS.
WARNING
Replacement/modifications
The front passenger seat, dash
-
board or door should not be replaced
except by an authorized Kia dealer
using original Kia parts designed for
this vehicle and model. Any other
such replacement or modification
could adversely affect the operation
of the Occupant Detection System
and your advanced air bags.
Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to
help provide enhanced occupant
protection in frontal crashes. Front
air bags are not intended to deploy
in collisions in which sufficient pro
-
tection can be provided by the seat
belt.
NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once
have an authorized Kia dealer
replace the air bag immediately
after deployment.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact
or rollover crashes. However, when
frontal deployment threshold is sat
-
isfied at side-impact, front air bags
may deploy. In addition, front air
bags will not deploy in frontal
crashes below the deployment
threshold.
Safety features of your vehicle
683
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
WARNING
SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring or other components of
the SRS system. Doing so could
result in injury, due to accidental
deployment of the air bags or by
rendering the SRS inoperative.
WARNING
No attaching objects
No objects (such as crash pad cover,
cellular phone holder, cup holder,
perfume or stickers) should be
placed over or near the air bag mod
-
ules on the steering wheel, instru
-
ment panel, windshield glass, and
the front passenger's panel above
the glove box. Such objects could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the
air bags to deploy.
Do not place any objects over the air
bag or between the air bag and
yourself.
Additionally, never place or insert
any object into any small opening
near side airbag labels attached to
the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may affect the deployment and
result in unexpected accident or
bodily harm.
Side air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
The purpose of the air bag is to pro
-
vide the vehicle's driver and/or the
front passenger with additional pro
-
tection than that offered by the
seat belt alone.
The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity of impact.
OON038066NR
OON038067NR
69
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
The side air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
The side and/or curtain air bags
on both sides of the vehicle will
deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected.
The side air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or roll
-
over situations.
WARNING
Unexpected deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact air
-
bag sensor when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON to pre
-
vent unexpected deployment of the
side air bag.
The side air bag is supplemental
to the driver's and the passen
-
ger's seat belt systems and is not
a substitute for them. Therefore
your seat belts must be worn at
all times while the vehicle is in
operation.
For best protection from the side
air bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air
bag, both front seat occupants
should sit in an upright position
with the seat belt properly fas
-
tened. The driver's hands should
be placed on the steering wheel at
the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The
passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
WARNING
Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the side or
near the side air bag as this may
affect the deployment of the side
air bags.
If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer. Inform the dealer that
your vehicle is equipped with side
air bags and an Occupant Detec
-
tion System (ODS).
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat. Such
objects may become dangerous
projectiles if the side airbag inflates.
WARNING
No attaching objects
Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag and
yourself. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air
bag inflates such as the door, side
door glass, front and rear pillar.
Do not put any objects between
the side airbag label and seat
cushion. It could cause harm if the
Safety features of your vehicle
703
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
vehicle is in a crash severe enough
to cause the air bags to deploy.
Never place or insert any object
into any small opening near side
airbag labels attached to the vehi
-
cle seats. When the air bag
deploys, the object may affect
the deployment and result in
unexpected accident or bodily
harm.
Do not install any accessories on
the side or near the side air bags.
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above
the front and rear doors.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
They are designed to help protect
occupants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from
ejecting out of the vehicle as a result
of a rollover, especially when the
seatbelts are also in use.
The curtain air bags are designed
to deploy during certain side
impact collisions, depending on
the severity of impact. However,
when side deployment threshold
is satisfied at front-impact, side
air bags may deploy.
The curtain air bags may deploy
on the side of the impact or on
both sides.
Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in
certain rollover situations.
The curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies against the
OON038068NR
OON038069NR
71
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
doors, put their arms on the doors,
stretch their arms out of the win
-
dow or place objects between the
doors and passengers when they
are seated on seats equipped with
side impact and/or curtain air bags.
NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any
components of the side and curtain
air bag system. This should only be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
No attaching objects
Do not place any objects over the
air bag. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air
bag inflates such as the door, side
door glass, front and rear pillar,
roof side rail.
Do not hang hard, breakable, or
heavy objects on the coat hooks
for safety reasons.
Safety features of your vehicle
723
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Air bag collision sensors
The air bag collision sensors are located in the following positions
* The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.
1.Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module / rollover sensor
2.Front impact sensor
3.Side pressure sensor
4.Side impact sensor
5.Side impact sensor
OON031070L
OON031071
OON031072
OON031073
OON038087NR
OON038074NR
73
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
WARNING
Air bag sensors
Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air
bag deployment, which could
result in serious personal injury or
death.
If the installation location or angle
of the sensors is altered in any
way, the air bags may deploy
when they should not or they
may not deploy when they
should.
Therefore, do not try to perform
maintenance on or around the air
bag sensors. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Do not arbitrarily touch the front
impact sensor. When the angle of
the sensor is changed, the air bag
system may malfunction.
Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed due
to the deformation of the front
bumper, front end module, body or
front doors where side collision sen
-
sors are installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side
step or running board) or replacing a
bumper (or front door module) with
non-genuine parts may adversely
affect your vehicle's collision and air
bag deployment performance.
Why didn't my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla
-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional pro
-
tection.
These include rear impacts, second
or third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed
impacts.
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to
inflate in a frontal collision depend
-
ing on several factors, including the
severity of impact of the front colli
-
sion.
OON031075L
Safety features of your vehicle
743
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Side and/or curtain air bags
* The actual air bags in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
Side and/or curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact
is detected by side collision sensors
depending on several factors,
including the severity of impact
resulting from a side impact colli
-
sion.
Also, the side and curtain air bags
are designed to inflate when a roll
-
over is detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver's
and front passenger's air bags) are
primarily designed to inflate in fron
-
tal collisions, they may inflate in
other types of collisions if the front
impact sensors detect a sufficient
frontal force in another type of
impact.
Similarly, although side and curtain
air bags are designed to inflate in
certain side impact collisions, they
may inflate in other types of colli
-
sions where a side force is detected
by the sensors. For instance, side air
bag and/or curtain air bags may
inflate if rollover sensors indicate
the possibility of a rollover occurring
(even if none actually occurs) or in
other situations, including when the
vehicle is tilted while being towed.
Even if side and/or curtain air bags
do not provide impact protection in
a rollover, they will deploy to pre
-
vent ejection of occupants, espe
-
cially those who are restrained with
seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy.
Drive carefully on unimproved roads
or on surfaces not designed for
vehicle traffic to prevent unintended
air bag deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
Air bags may not deploy in certain
low-speed collisions where the air
bag would not add any benefit
beyond the protection already
offered by the seat belts.
OON031076L
OON038067NR
75
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward
by the force of the impact. In this
case, inflated air bags would not
be able to provide any additional
benefit.
Front airbags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
passengers move in the direction
of the collision. Thus, in side
impacts, frontal airbag deploy
-
ment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants
in a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the
vehicle causing it to "ride" under a
vehicle with a higher ground
clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this "under-ride" situa
-
tion because deceleration forces
that are detected by sensors may
OON031077L
OON031078
OON031076L
OON039123NR
Safety features of your vehicle
763
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
be significantly reduced by such
"under-ride" collisions.
Front air bags may not inflate in
all rollover accidents when the
SRS Control Module (SRSCM) indi
-
cates that the front air bag
deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
Airbags may not inflate if the
vehicle collides with an object such
as a utility pole or tree. This is
because the point of impact is
concentrated in one area and the
full force of the impact is not
delivered to the sensors.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) care
The Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) is virtually maintenance-free
and so there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself.
If the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate, or continuously
remains on, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS, such as
removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS may result in
serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one
which has been moistened with
plain water. Solvents or cleaners
could adversely affect the air bag
OON039081NR
OON039124NR
OON031082
77
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
covers and proper deployment of
the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
authorized Kia dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to
follow these precautions and proce
-
dures could increase the risk of
bodily injury.
WARNING
Tampering with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring or other components of
the SRS system. Doing so could
result in the accidental inflation of
the air bag or render the SRS inop
-
erative.
WARNING
Towing Vehicle
Always have the ignition off when
your vehicle is being towed. The side
air bags may inflate if the vehicle is
tilted such as when being towed
because of the rollover sensors in
the vehicle.
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by chang
-
ing your vehicle's frame, bumper
system, front end or side sheet
metal or ride height, this may affect
the operation of your vehicle's air
bag system.
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some
required by the U.S. National High
-
way Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), are attached to the sun
visor to alert the driver and passen
-
gers of potential risks of the air bag
system.
OON031096
4Features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Smart key...................................................................................4-7
Replacing smart key battery .............................................4-12
Smart key immobilizer system..........................................4-13
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.......4-13
Theft-alarm system..............................................................4-14
Armed stage..........................................................................4-14
Theft-alarm stage...............................................................4-15
Disarmed stage.....................................................................4-15
Door locks.................................................................................4-16
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle...............4-16
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle..................4-17
Door lock/unlock features...................................................4-19
Electronic child safety lock system...................................4-19
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)..........................................................4-20
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system...................................4-22
Manual liftgate........................................................................4-24
Opening the manual liftgate...............................................4-24
Closing the manual liftgate.................................................4-25
Opening the manual liftgate in emergency.....................4-25
Power liftgate.........................................................................4-26
Opening the power liftgate ................................................4-28
Closing the power liftgate ..................................................4-29
Power liftgate non-opening conditions............................4-29
Automatic reversal...............................................................4-31
Setting the speed of opening/closing of power liftgate4-31
Resetting the power liftgate..............................................4-32
Setting the opening height of the power liftgate..........4-32
Smart Power Liftgate............................................................4-33
Using the smart power liftgate.........................................4-33
4Features of your vehicle
Deactivating the smart power liftgate with the smart
key...........................................................................................4-35
Detecting area.......................................................................4-35
Windows...................................................................................4-37
Window opening and closing...............................................4-39
Power window lock switch..................................................4-40
Hood..........................................................................................4-42
Opening the hood.................................................................4-42
Closing the hood...................................................................4-43
Fuel filler door.........................................................................4-44
Opening the fuel filler door.................................................4-44
Closing the fuel filler door...................................................4-45
Dual Wide Sunroof..................................................................4-48
Sunshade (Front)/Power sunshade (Rear) ......................4-49
Tilt open/close (Front).........................................................4-50
Slide open/close (Front).......................................................4-51
Automatic reversal...............................................................4-51
Resetting the sunroof.........................................................4-52
Sunroof open warning.........................................................4-53
Sunroof.....................................................................................4-54
Sunshade................................................................................4-54
Tilt open/close.......................................................................4-55
Slide open/close....................................................................4-55
Automatic reversal...............................................................4-56
Resetting the sunroof.........................................................4-57
Sunroof open warning.........................................................4-58
Steering wheel.........................................................................4-58
Electric Power Steering (EPS) system..............................4-58
Tilt & telescopic steering wheel.........................................4-60
4Features of your vehicle
Heated steering wheel........................................................4-61
Horn........................................................................................4-62
Mirrors......................................................................................4-62
Inside rearview mirror.........................................................4-62
Outside rearview mirror......................................................4-68
Instrument cluster..................................................................4-72
Instrument cluster control..................................................4-73
Gauges....................................................................................4-73
Transmission shift indicator...............................................4-76
LCD display...............................................................................4-77
LCD Display Control..............................................................4-77
LCD Display Modes...............................................................4-78
LCD displays.............................................................................4-87
Trip information (trip computer).......................................4-87
Drive mode ............................................................................4-89
Service Mode.........................................................................4-90
Driving info display...............................................................4-90
LCD display messages.........................................................4-91
Warning and indicator lights.................................................4-95
Warning lights.......................................................................4-95
Indicator lights....................................................................4-101
Head-Up Display (HUD)........................................................4-105
Rear View Monitor (RVM)....................................................4-107
Rear View Monitor Top view.........................................4-108
Surround View Monitor (SVM)............................................4-109
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW).......................4-110
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW).......4-113
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM).........................................4-118
4Features of your vehicle
To turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor.............................. 4-118
To turn off Blind-Spot View Monitor............................. 4-118
Lighting..................................................................................4-119
Battery saver function.....................................................4-119
Daytime Running Light (DRL)..........................................4-119
Lighting control..................................................................4-119
Operating high beam........................................................4-121
Operating turn signals and lane change signals...........4-121
Operating front fog light.................................................. 4-122
High Beam Assist (HBA)...................................................4-123
Wipers and washers............................................................4-126
Operating windshield washer..........................................4-128
Operating rear window wiper and washer switch.......4-129
Interior lights........................................................................ 4-129
Automatic turn off function............................................4-129
Map lamp ............................................................................ 4-129
Room lamp..........................................................................4-130
Liftgate room lamp........................................................... 4-130
Vanity mirror lamp............................................................4-131
Glove box lamp...................................................................4-131
Welcome system..................................................................4-132
Defroster...............................................................................4-133
Operating rear window defroster................................... 4-133
Operating outside mirror defroster...............................4-134
Climate control system.......................................................4-134
System operation..............................................................4-134
Climate control air filter...................................................4-136
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant........................................................ 4-137
4Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning refrigerant label.....................................4-138
Automatic climate control system....................................4-139
Heating and air conditioning automatically...................4-140
Heating and air conditioning manually...........................4-141
Controlling rear climate.....................................................4-146
Windshield defrosting and defogging...............................4-150
Defogging inside windshield with manual climate control
system..................................................................................4-150
Defrosting outside windshield with manual climate control
system..................................................................................4-151
Defogging inside windshield with the automatic climate
control..................................................................................4-151
Defrosting outside windshield with automatic climate con
-
trol.........................................................................................4-152
Defogging logic ...................................................................4-152
Auto Defogging System (ADS) (only for automatic climate
control system)...................................................................4-153
Additional features of climate control..............................4-154
Sunroof inside air recirculation........................................4-154
Automatic ventilation........................................................4-154
Storage compartment.........................................................4-155
Center console storage.....................................................4-155
Glove box..............................................................................4-156
Sunglass holder...................................................................4-156
Luggage box........................................................................4-157
Interior features...................................................................4-157
Cup holder............................................................................4-157
Seat warmer.......................................................................4-159
Air ventilation seat.............................................................4-160
4Features of your vehicle
Sun visor..............................................................................4-161
Power outlet.......................................................................4-162
USB charger........................................................................ 4-163
AC inverter..........................................................................4-164
Wireless smart phone charging system........................4-165
Coat hook............................................................................4-169
Side curtain.........................................................................4-169
Floor mat anchor(s) ..........................................................4-170
Luggage net holder........................................................... 4-170
Exterior features.................................................................4-171
Roof rack............................................................................. 4-171
Audio system........................................................................ 4-173
Antenna...............................................................................4-173
USB port..............................................................................4-173
How vehicle radio works...................................................4-173
Declaration of Conformity..................................................4-176
FCC....................................................................................... 4-176
7
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart key
Features of your vehicle
Smart key
The mechanical key and various
remote functions are integrated
into the smart key for convenience
to the driver.
Record your key number
The key code num
-
ber is stamped on
the bar code tag
attached to the key set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. Remove
the bar code tag and store it in a
safe place. Also, record the code
number and keep it in a safe and
handy place, but not in the vehicle.
Smart key function
To remove the mechanical key,
press and hold the release button
(1) and remove the mechanical key
(2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it
until a click sound is heard.
With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door (and liftgate).
Refer to the following for more
details.
WARNING
Smart key
Never leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children. Leaving
children unattended in a vehicle with
the smart key is dangerous even if
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
not in the ACC or ON position. Chil
-
dren copy adults and they could
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton. The key would enable children
to operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
bodily injury or death.
OSK3048400NR
Features of your vehicle
84
Smart key
Locking
Pressing the button of the front
outside door handles with all doors
(and liftgate) closed and any door
unlocked, locks all the doors (and
liftgate).
The hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that all doors (and
liftgate) are locked. The button will
only operate when the smart key is
within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from
the outside door handle. If you want
to make sure that a door has locked
or not, you should check the door
lock button inside the vehicle or pull
the outside door handle.
In some instances, when the outside
door button is pressed the doors will
not lock and an audible chime will
sound if any of the following occurs:
The smart key is in the vehicle.
The ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC or ON position.
Any door except the liftgate is
opened.
Unlocking
Pressing the button of the front
outside door handles, with all doors
(and liftgate) closed and locked,
unlocks all the doors (and liftgate).
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that all doors (and
liftgate) are unlocked. The button
will only operate when the smart
key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m)
from the outside door handle.
When the 2-press unlock function is
activated:
If you press the Door Unlock but
-
ton (2) on the smart key, the
driver's door will unlock.
If you press the Door Unlock but
-
ton (2) on the smart key within
four seconds again, then all the
doors will unlock.
If you press the driver's outside
door handle button, the driver's
door will unlock.
If you press the driver's outside
door handle button within four
seconds again, then all the doors
will unlock.
NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
2-press unlock function. Refer to
"User Settings mode" on page 4-80.
OON048002NR
9
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart key
Liftgate unlocking
If you are within 28~40 inches (0.7~1
m) from the outside liftgate handle,
with your smart key in possession,
the liftgate will unlock and open
when you press the liftgate handle
switch.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the liftgate is
unlocked.
Also, once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will lock
automatically.
Lock (1)
All doors are locked if the lock but
-
ton is pressed. If all doors are closed,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once to
indicate that all doors are locked.
Also, if the lock button is pressed
once more within 4 seconds, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to confirm
that the door is locked.
However, if any door remains open,
the hazard warning lights (and/or
the chime) will not operate. But if all
doors are closed after the lock but
-
ton is pressed, the hazard warning
lights will blink once.
Unlock (2)
The driver's door is unlocked if the
unlock button is pressed once. The
hazard warning lights will blink twice
and the chime will sound twice to
indicate that the driver's door is
unlocked.
All doors are unlocked if the unlock
button is pressed once more within
4 seconds. The hazard warning
lights will blink (for smart key, the
chime also sounds) twice again to
indicate that all doors are unlocked.
After pressing this button, the doors
will lock automatically unless you
open any door within 30 seconds.
If you attempt to lock or unlock the
door by pressing the door lock/
unlock button in any of the following
situations, the door will not be
locked or unlocked.
When you want to lock or unlock
the door in the ACC or ON state.
When you want to lock a door in a
car with one or more doors open.
Depending on the vehicle, the driver
can turn off or set the 2-press
unlock setting function.
OCK040005N
Features of your vehicle
104
Smart key
NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inop
-
erative due to exposure to water or
liquids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
Liftgate open (3)
If you press the button for longer
than a second, the lock will be
released or the lift gate will be
opened according to the options of
the vehicle.
Once the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate will lock auto
-
matically.
Panic (4)
If you press the key's panic button
in an emergency situation, the
alarm system will be activated and
alert others around you of the
emergency situation.
1.Press the panic button (4) for a
few seconds.
2.The horn sounds and hazard
warning light flash for a few sec
-
onds.
To stop the horn and lights, press
any button on the smart key.
Remote start (5)
You can start the engine and turn
on the climate system by pressing
the remote start button (5) outside
the vehicle equipped with auto
-
matic transmission.
To start and stop engine remotely :
1.Press the door lock button (1),
and then the hazard warning
lights blink once to alert you.
2.Press the remote start button (5)
for more than 2 seconds to start
engine within 4 seconds after
pressing the door lock button (1).
3.While remote starting, the hazard
warning lights blink. If you want
to stop the engine, press the
remote start button (5) again.
The climate system will be continu
-
ously maintained, as selected when
the engine is restarted. If the cli
-
mate system turned off before you
stopped the engine, the climate
system does not operate when you
start the engine remotely.
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without
inserting the key.
* For information, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button" on page 5-8.
NOTICE
Loss of the smart key
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose your smart
key, you will not be able to start the
vehicle. You should immediately
take the vehicle and remaining key
to your authorized Kia dealer (tow
the vehicle, if necessary) to protect
it from potential theft.
11
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart key
NOTICE
Smart key precautions
The smart key will not work if any
of the following occur:
The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sta
-
tion or an airport which can inter
-
fere with normal operation of the
smart key.
The smart key is near a mobile
two-way radio system or a cellu
-
lar phone.
Another vehicle's smart key is
being operated close to your vehi
-
cle.
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key and contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity
to your cell phone or smart phone,
the signal from the smart key could
be blocked by normal operation of
your cell phone or smart phone. This
is especially important when the
phone is active, such as when mak
-
ing calls, receiving calls, text mes
-
saging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the smart key
and your cell phone or smart phone
in the same pants or jacket pocket
and maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
NOTICE
To prevent the electronic key from
becoming damaged by magnetic
fields, do not leave it near the fol
-
lowing electrical appliances:
TVs
Personal computers
Cellular phones, cordless phones
and battery chargers
Table lamps
Induction cookers
NOTICE
If you have to leave the vehicle's key
with a parking attendant, remove
the mechanical key for your own
use and provide the attendant with
the electronic key only.
NOTICE
When bringing a key with wireless
remote control function onto an air
-
plane, make sure you do not press
any button on the key while inside
the cabin. If you are carrying the key
in your bag etc., make sure that the
buttons cannot be pressed acciden
-
tally. If you press a button, the key
may emit radio waves that could
interfere with the operation of the
aircraft.
Features of your vehicle
124
Smart key
Replacing smart key battery
A smart key battery should last for
several years, but if the smart key is
not working properly, try replacing
the battery with a new one.
If you are unsure how to use your
smart key or replace the battery,
contact an authorized Kia dealer.
1.Remove the mechanical key.
2.Pry open the rear cover.
3.Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replac
-
ing the battery, make sure the
battery is in the correct position.
4.Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
The smart key is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, how
-
ever, it can malfunction if exposed
to moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUT
-
TON BATTERY
If swallowed, a lithium button bat
-
tery can cause severe or fatal inju
-
ries within 2 hours. Keep batteries
out of reach of children. If you think
batteries may have been swallowed
or placed inside any part of the
body, seek immediate medical
attention.
Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
To avoid damaging the smart key,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
to heat or sunlight.
An inappropriately dis
-
posed battery can be
harmful to the environ
-
ment and human health. Dispose
the battery according to your local
law(s) or regulations.
CAUTION
Smart key damage
Do not drop, get wet or expose the
smart key to heat or sunlight, or it
will be damaged.
OSK3048402NR
13
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart key
Smart key immobilizer system
The immobilizer system protects
your vehicle from theft. If an
improperly coded key (or other
device) is used, the vehicle's power
system is disabled.
When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is placed in the ON position, the
immobilizer system indicator should
come on briefly, then go off. If the
indicator starts to blink, the system
does not recognize the coding of the
key.
Place the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the OFF position, then place
the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position again.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, it is
recommended that you contact
your Kia dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system
or add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may
make your vehicle inoperable.
If the following objects are placed
near the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton, there may be a problem with
starting the engine.
1.Metal accessories
2.Another registered key
3.Keys registered in other vehicles
4.Electronic device
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle, do not
use the key with other immobilizer
keys around. Otherwise, the vehicle
may not start or may stop soon
after it starts. Keep each key sepa
-
rate in order to avoid a starting
malfunction.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. If the smart key is
inoperative due to changes or modi
-
fications not expressly approved by
the party responsible for compli
-
ance, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
Features of your vehicle
144
Theft-alarm system
Theft-alarm system
The theft-alarm system is designed
to provide protection from unau
-
thorized entry into the vehicle.
This system is operated in three
stages: the first is the "Armed"
stage, the second is the "Theft-
alarm" stage, and the third is the
"Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the
system provides an audible alarm
with blinking of the hazard warning
lights.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to alter this system
or add other devices to it.
Armed stage
Park the vehicle and stop the
engine. Arm the system as
described below.
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Make sure that all doors, the hood
and liftgate are closed and
latched.
3.Lock the doors by pressing the
button of the front outside door
handle with the smart key in your
possession.
After completion of the steps
above, the hazard warning lights
will operate once to indicate that
the system is armed.
If any door (or liftgate) or hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights and the chime will not oper
-
ate and the theft-alarm will not
arm. If all doors, liftgate and hood
are closed after the lock button is
pressed, the hazard warning
lights blink once.
The system can also be armed by
locking the doors with the key
from the front doors; however,
the hazard warning lights will not
blink using this method.
4.Lock the doors by pressing the
lock button on the smart key.
After completion of the steps
above, the hazard warning lights
will operate once to indicate that
the system is armed.
NOTICE
Do not arm the system until all pas
-
sengers have left the vehicle. If the
system is armed while a passen
-
ger(s) remains in the vehicle, the
alarm may be activated when the
remaining passenger(s) leaves the
vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or
hood is opened within 30 seconds
after the system enters the armed
15
4
4
Features of your vehicleTheft-alarm system
stage, the system will be disarmed
to prevent unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of
the following occurs while the sys
-
tem is armed.
A front or rear door is opened
without using the smart key.
The liftgate is opened without
using the smart key.
The hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously
for approximately 27 seconds, and
the horn will repeat 3 times unless
the system is disarmed. To turn off
the system, unlock the doors with
the transmitter (or smart key).
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when:
The door unlock button is
pressed.
The button of the front outside
door is pressed while carrying the
smart key.
The engine is started. (within 3
seconds)
After pressing the unlock button,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound twice (in
smart key) to indicate that the sys
-
tem is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if
any door (or liftgate) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will
be rearmed.
NOTICE
Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, turn the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON
position and wait for 30 seconds.
Then the system will be disarmed.
If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
Features of your vehicle
164
Door locks
Door locks
Get to know how to use the door
lock so that you can lock or unlock
the door if necessary.
Operating door locks from outside
the vehicle
1.Pull out the door handle.
2.Press the lever (1) located inside
the bottom part of the cover with
a key or flat-head screwdriver.
3.Push out the cover (2) while
pressing the lever.
4.Turn the key toward the rear of
the vehicle to unlock (A) and
toward the front of the vehicle to
lock (B).
If you lock the driver's door with a
key, only the driver's door will
lock/unlock.
From the driver's door, turn the
key toward the rear of the vehicle
once to unlock the driver's door
and once more within 4 seconds
to unlock all doors.
Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the smart key.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the
door handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure the
doors are closed securely.
Before pulling the outside door
handle, remove the key to avoid
damaging the paintwork.
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing
conditions.
If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
WARNING
Securely close your door before
you begin driving. Failure to fully
close your door may cause it to
open during vehicle operation.
Keep your body out of the way of
the closing door to prevent inju
-
ries.
OON048047NR
17
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
WARNING
If adult passengers must remain in
the vehicle while it is very hot or cold
outside, there is risk of injuries or
danger to life. Do not lock the vehi
-
cle from the outside when there are
adult passengers in the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not unnecessarily open and close
the door repeatedly or with exces
-
sive force. Such action can damage
the vehicle door.
NOTICE
Always place the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the OFF position,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows, and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
You can operate door locks with the
door lock button or central door lock
switch.
With the door lock button
To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the "Unlock"
position. The red mark on the
door lock button will be visible.
To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the "Lock" position. If
the door is locked properly, the
red mark on the door lock button
will not be visible.
To open a door, pull the door han
-
dle (2) outward.
If the inner door handle of the
driver's (or front passenger's)
door is pulled when the door lock
button is in the lock position, the
button will unlock and the door
will open.
Doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and/or
door is open.
OON048048NR
Features of your vehicle
184
Door locks
Door lock malfunction
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the vehicle,
try one or more of the following
techniques to exit:
Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from out
-
side.
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door handle of
the driver's (or passenger's) door
while the vehicle is moving.
With central door lock switch
Driver side
Passenger side
Operate by pressing the central
door lock switch.
When pressing the right portion
(1) for the driver side or the upper
portion (1) for the passenger side
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
When pressing the left portion (2)
for the driver side or the lower
portion (2) for the passenger side
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
If the smart key is in the vehicle
and any door is opened, the doors
will not lock even though the right
portion (1) for the driver side or
upper portion (1) for the passen
-
ger side of the central door lock
switch is pressed.
WARNING
Doors
The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehicle
is in motion to prevent accidental
opening of a door.
OON048049NR
OON048410NR
19
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcy
-
cles, bicycles or pedestrians
approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door. Opening a door
when something is approaching
can cause damage or injury.
WARNING
Unattended children/animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended chil
-
dren or animals who cannot escape
the vehicle.
Door lock/unlock features
The vehicle is equipped with door
lock/unlock features for the safety
and convenience of passengers.
Impact sensing door unlock system
All doors will automatically unlock
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
All doors will automatically lock
after the vehicle speed exceeds 10
mph (15 km/h).
You can activate or deactivate the
auto door lock/unlock features in
the vehicle. Refer to "User Settings
mode" on page 4-80.
Electronic child safety lock system
If you push the electronic child
safety lock switch and the indicator
illuminates, rear passengers cannot
open the rear door from inside the
vehicle.
To cancel the electronic child safety
lock system, push the electronic
child safety lock system switch one
more time and then the indicator
turns off.
Safe Exit Assist is operated when
the electronic child safety lock sys
-
tem is activated and Safe Exit Assist
is selected in the cluster. However,
Safe Exit Assist does not automati
-
cally activate the electronic child
safety lock system.
The electronic child safety lock sys
-
tem is always on when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON or
ignition ON state and for approxi
-
OON048051NR
Features of your vehicle
204
Door locks
mately 10 minutes after the engine
is turned off.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
Electronic child safety lock system,
the Child-protector rear door locks,
which are manually operated, are
not provided.
If electronic child safety lock system
is activated, rear passenger cannot
open or close the rear window also.
For more details, refer to "Windows"
on page 4-37.
NOTICE
If the Electronic child safety lock
system is not operated when push
-
ing the Electronic child safety lock
switch, the message is displayed
and the alarm will sound.
If this occurs, have the system
checked by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
Safe Exit Assist is provided to help
prevent passengers from opening
their door by warning them when a
vehicle approaching from the rear is
detected after your vehicle has
stopped.
When the function detects an
approaching vehicle, the rear doors
will not unlock even if the driver
attempts to unlock them using the
electronic child safety lock button.
The "Check surroundings then try
again" warning message appears on
the cluster and a warning sounds.
However if you press the switch
within 10 seconds after the warning
message appears (the indicator on
the switch will turn off), the func
-
tion determines that the driver has
intentionally unlocked the doors,
being aware of the rear status, and
unlocks the doors regardless of the
actual rear situation.
When the function detects an
approaching vehicle the moment a
OON048103NR
OON058001NR
21
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
door is opened, the "Watch for traf
-
fic" warning message appears on
the cluster and a warning sounds.
The above 2 and 3 functions are
activated when you select Driver
Assistance→ Blind-Spot Safety →
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)' from the
User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
The Electronic child safety lock
system is always on when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON or ignition ON state and
for approximately 10 minutes
after the engine is turned off.
After about 10 minutes, the indi
-
cator on the switch turns off and
you cannot deactivate the elec
-
tronic child safety lock system. To
deactivate the electronic child
safety lock system, press the
Electronic child safety lock switch
again with the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ON position or
after starting the engine.
When the power is supplied again
after removing/discharging the
battery while the child safety lock
was in the lock position, press the
child safety lock switch once
again. This makes the state of the
indicator on the child safety lock
switch correspond with the actual
status of the electronic child
safety lock system.
If the airbag is activated while the
child safety lock switch is ON (the
indicator on the switch illumi
-
nates) it automatically switches
OFF and the rear door is unlocked.
NOTICE
Safe Exit Assist may not operate
normally if there is any vehicle or
obstacle at the rear area of your
vehicle.
Safe Exit Assist may not operate
normally when a vehicle is coming
rapidly two lanes over from your
vehicle or a vehicle is approaching
at a fast speed from the rear in
the lane next to your vehicle.
Safe Exit Assist may be activated
later than normal or may not
operate normally if a vehicle is
approaching fast from the rear of
your vehicle.
Safe Exit Assist will not operate if
there is a malfunction with Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist as
follows:
-When Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist warning mes
-
sage appears.
When Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist sensor or the
sensor surrounding is polluted
or covered.
-When Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist does not warn
or warns wrongly.
For more details, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
(BCA)" on page 5-76.
Features of your vehicle
224
Door locks
WARNING
The function does not detect
every obstacle approaching the
vehicle exit.
The driver and passenger are
responsible for any obstacles
while exiting the vehicle.
Always check the surrounding
before you exit the vehicle.
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system
(if equipped)
The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) is
provided to help prevent exiting the
vehicle with a rear passenger left in
the vehicle.
1st alert
-When you open the front door
after opening and closing the
rear door and turning off the
engine, the "Check rear seats"
warning message appears on
the cluster.
2nd alert
-After the 1st alert the 2nd alert
operates when any movement
is detected in the rear seat
after the driver's door is closed
and all the doors are locked.
The horn will activate for about
25 seconds. If the system con
-
tinues to detect a movement
the alert operates up to 8
times.
-Unlock the door with the
remote key or smart key to
stop the alert.
-The system detects movement
in the vehicle for 24 hours after
the door is locked.
The 2nd alert is activated only after
the prior activation of the 1st alert.
You can activate or deactivate the
ROA from the User Settings mode in
the cluster LCD display. The option
can be found under the following
menu:
User Settings → Convenience →
Rear Occupant Alert
NOTICE
Make sure that all the windows
are closed. If the window is open,
the alert may activate by the
sensor detecting an unintended
movement (e.g., wind or bugs).
Cluster
OON048125NR
23
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
Steering wheel
If you do not want to use the Rear
Occupant Alert (ROA) system,
press OK button on the steering
wheel when the 1st alert is dis
-
played on the cluster. Doing so will
deactivate the 2nd alert once.
If boxes or objects are stacked in
the vehicle, the system may not
detect the obstacle. Also, the
warning may generate if the box
or object falls off.
The sensor may not operate nor
-
mally if the senor is obscured by
foreign substances.
The alert may activate if move
-
ment in the driver or passenger
seat is detected.
The alert may activate with the
doors locked due to car wash or
surrounding vibration or noise.
Inside movement detection is
stopped under remote start sta
-
tus.
NOTICE
Even if your vehicle is equipped
with the Rear Occupant Alert
(ROA) system, always make sure
you check the rear seat before
you exit the vehicle.
The alert may not operate if:
-The movement does not con
-
tinue for a certain period of
time or the movement is small.
-If a child sits on a vehicle seat
without a child car seat.
-The rear passenger is covered
with an obstacle such as a blan
-
ket.
-Also, always be cautious of the
passenger's safety as the
detection function and 2nd
alert may not operate depend
-
ing on the surrounding environ
-
ment and certain conditions.
OON041096
Features of your vehicle
244
Manual liftgate
Manual liftgate
When you open the liftgate, you will
see a space where you can load the
cargo.
Opening the manual liftgate
The liftgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the key, smart key or
central door lock/unlock switch.
CAUTION
Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the lift
-
gate before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
liftgate gas lifters and attached
hardware if the liftgate is not closed
prior to driving.
Only the liftgate is unlocked if the
liftgate unlock button on the
transmitter or smart key is
pressed for approximately 1 sec
-
ond.
If unlocked, the liftgate can be
opened by pressing the handle
and pulling it up.
Once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate locks
automatically. (All doors must be
locked.)
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening
the liftgate.
OON041052
25
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual liftgate
Closing the manual liftgate
Lower and push down the liftgate
firmly. Make sure that the liftgate is
securely latched.
Make sure your hands, feet and
other parts of your body are safely
out of the way before closing the
liftgate.
WARNING
Exhaust Fumes
The liftgate should always be kept
completely closed while the vehicle
is in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases may enter
the car and serious illness or death
may result.
Opening the manual liftgate in
emergency
Your vehicle is equipped with the
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the
liftgate. When someone is inadver
-
tently locked in the luggage com
-
partment.
The liftgate can be opened by doing
as follows:
1.Input the mechanical key into the
hole.
2.Push the mechanical key to the
right (1).
3.Push the liftgate upwards.
WARNING
No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the vehi
-
cle at any time. The cargo area is
a very dangerous location in the
event of a crash.
Use the release lever for emer
-
gencies only. Use with extreme
caution, especially while the vehi
-
cle is in motion.
OON048053NR
OON048069NR
Features of your vehicle
264
Power liftgate
CAUTION
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate. Wait
until the liftgate is open fully and
stopped before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not grasp the part supporting
the liftgate (gas lifter), as this may
cause serious injury.
Power liftgate (if equipped)
When you open the liftgate, you will
see a space where you can load the
cargo.
OON048097NR
OON041054
OON041055
OON048056NR
27
4
4
Features of your vehiclePower liftgate
1.Power liftgate open/close button
2.Power liftgate handle switch
3.Power liftgate close button
4.Power liftgate open/close button
NOTICE
If ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position, the power liftgate
can operate when the shift lever is
in P (Park).
WARNING
Unattended children/pets
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. Children
or animals might operate the power
liftgate in such a way that could
result in injury to themselves or
others or damage to the vehicle.
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power lift
-
gate may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
NOTICE
Do not attach heavy objects to the
power liftgate when you operate
the power liftgate. Additional
weight on liftgate could cause dam
-
age to the system.
WARNING
Make sure that there are no pas
-
sengers or objects in the path of the
power liftgate (or smart power lift
-
gate) prior to use. Serious injury,
damage to the vehicle or damage to
surrounding objects may result if
contact with the power liftgate (or
smart power liftgate) occurs.
The liftgate swings upwards when it
is opened. Therefore, make sure
OON041440
OON048057NR
Features of your vehicle
284
Power liftgate
that there is sufficient clearance
above the liftgate.
CAUTION
It is recommended to open and close
the liftgate automatically. Do not
apply excessive force when opening
or closing the lift gate manually. It
may damage the power liftgate
system.
Opening the power liftgate
The power liftgate will open auto
-
matically by doing one of the fol
-
lowing:
Press the power liftgate open/
close button on the smart key for
approximately one second.
Press the power liftgate open/
close button for approximately
one second.
For emergency stop while power
liftgate operating, press the
power liftgate open/close button
shortly.
Press the liftgate handle switch
with the smart key in your pos
-
session.
OCK040672N
OON041059
OON041052
29
4
4
Features of your vehiclePower liftgate
Closing the power liftgate
Press the power liftgate open/
close button for approximately
one second when the liftgate is
opened. The liftgate will close
automatically.
For emergency stop while power
liftgate operating, press the
power liftgate open/close button
shortly.
Press the power liftgate close
button when the liftgate is
opened. The liftgate will close
automatically.
At the beginning of the closure,
the buzzer will sound twice.
Press the power liftgate open/
close button on the transmitter or
smart key for approximately one
second when the liftgate is
opened. The liftgate will close
automatically.
WARNING
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the power lift
-
gate. Wait until the liftgate is open
fully and stopped before loading or
unloading cargo from the vehicle.
Power liftgate non-opening condi
-
tions
The power liftgate will not open or
close automatically, when the vehi
-
cle is moving more than 2mph (3km/
h) or the automatic shift lever is not
in P (Park) position.
OON041059
OON048060NR
OCK040672N
Features of your vehicle
304
Power liftgate
NOTICE
The chime will sound continuously if
you drive over 2 mph (3 km/h) with
the liftgate opened. Stop your vehi
-
cle at a safe place as soon as possi
-
ble to check if your liftgate is
opened.
NOTICE
Do not operate the power liftgate
more than 5 times continuously.
It may damage the power liftgate
system. If you operate the power
liftgate more than 5 times continu
-
ously, the chime will sound 3 times
and the power liftgate will not oper
-
ate. At this time, stop operating the
liftgate and leave it for more than 1
minute.
NOTICE
The power liftgate can be oper
-
ated when the engine is not run
-
ning.
However, the power liftgate oper
-
ation consumes large amounts of
vehicle electric power. To prevent
the battery from being dis
-
charged, do not operate it exces
-
sively.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the
power liftgate in the open posi
-
tion for a long time.
Do not modify or repair any part
of the power liftgate by yourself.
This must be done by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
When jacking up the vehicle to
change a tire or repair the vehicle,
do not operate the power liftgate.
This could cause the power lift
-
gate to operate improperly.
In cold and wet climates, the
power liftgate may not work
properly due to freezing condi
-
tions.
It is recommended to wait until
the power liftgate is fully closed
before starting the vehicle. The
power liftgate may not close fully
if the vehicle is started during
automatic closing.
CAUTION
Never operate the power lift gate
with any heavy objects attached
(e.g. bicycles) as it could become
damaged.
31
4
4
Features of your vehiclePower liftgate
Automatic reversal
During power opening and closing if
the power liftgate is blocked by an
object or part of the body, the
power liftgate will detect the resis
-
tance.
If the resistance is detected while
opening the liftgate, it will stop
and move in the opposite direc
-
tion.
If the resistance is detected while
closing the liftgate, it will stop and
move in the opposite direction.
However, if the resistance is weak
such as from an object that is thin
or soft, or the liftgate is near the
latched position, the automatic stop
and reversal may not detect the
resistance.
If the automatic reversal feature
operates continuously more than
twice during opening or closing
operation, the power liftgate may
stop at that position. At this time,
close the liftgate manually and
operate the liftgate automatically
again.
WARNING
Never place any object or part of
your body in the path of the power
liftgate as it is operating. Doing so
could result in personal injury.
Setting the speed of opening/clos
-
ing of power liftgate
You can adjust the speed by your
-
self.
How to set the speed
Select 'Door' → 'Power liftgate
speed' → 'Fast/Normal' on the
user settings of the instrument
cluster.
You cannot change the speed
when the power liftgate func
-
tion is turned off or the liftgate
is not completely closed.
The power liftgate speed is ini
-
tially set as 'fast'.
Please refer to "User Settings
mode" on page 4-80.
NOTICE
If the power liftgate does not oper
-
ate normally, check again if the gear
position is in P (Park) position.
OON041061
Features of your vehicle
324
Power liftgate
Resetting the power liftgate
If the battery has been discharged
or disconnected, or if the related
fuse has been replaced or discon
-
nected, the power liftgate may not
work properly. For the power lift
-
gate to operate normally, reset the
power liftgate as follows:
1.Put the automatic shift lever in P
(Park).
2.While pressing the liftgate close
button, press the liftgate handle
switch for more than 3 seconds.
(the chime will sound)
3.Close the liftgate manually.
If the power liftgate does not work
properly after the above procedure,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
If the power liftgate does not oper
-
ate normally, first check the follow
-
ing condition before using the power
liftgate.
Make sure the automatic shift lever
is in P (Park).
Setting the opening height of the
power liftgate
The driver may set the height of a
fully opened liftgate by following
the below instruction.
1.Position the liftgate manually to
the preferred height.
2.Press the liftgate close button for
more than 3 seconds.
3.Close the liftgate manually after
hearing the buzzer sound.
The liftgate will open to the height
the driver has set up.
OON049437NR
OON048060NR
33
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart Power Liftgate
Smart Power Liftgate (if
equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the liftgate can be opened
using the Smart Power Liftgate
system.
Using the smart power liftgate
The liftgate can be opened with no-
touch activation when all of the
below conditions have been satis
-
fied.
15 seconds have passed after all
doors have been closed and
locked.
The smart key is positioned
within the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
NOTICE
The Smart Power Liftgate does
not operate when:
-The smart key is detected
within 15 seconds after the
doors are closed and locked,
and is continuously detected.
-The smart key is detected
within 15 seconds after the
doors are closed and locked,
and within 60 inches (1.5 m)
from the front door handles.
(for vehicles equipped with
Welcome Light)
-A door is not locked or closed.
-The smart key is in the vehicle.
To activate the Smart Power Lift
-
gate
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Door → Smart Power Lift
-
gate' with the MOVE switch ( /
) and the OK button on the
steering wheel.
For more information, refer to
"LCD display" on page 4-77.
OON048062NR
OON041063
Features of your vehicle
344
Smart Power Liftgate
Detect and Alert
If you are in the detecting area
(20~39 inches (50~100 cm) behind
the vehicle) carrying a smart key,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound for about 3
seconds. This alerts you that the
smart key has been detected and
the liftgate will open.
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area
if you do not want the liftgate to
open. If you have unintentionally
entered the detecting area and the
hazard warning lights and chime
starts to operate, leave the detect
-
ing area with the smart key. The
liftgate will stay closed.
Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound 2 times and
then the liftgate will open.
Make sure you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle.
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate. Make
sure objects in the liftgate do not
come out when opening the liftgate
on a slope. It may cause serious
injury. Make sure to deactivate the
Smart Power Liftgate when wash
-
ing your vehicle. Otherwise, the lift
-
gate may open inadvertently. The
key should be kept out of reach of
children. Children may inadvertently
open the Smart Power Liftgate
while playing around the rear area
of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the lift
-
gate before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
liftgate gas lifters and attached
hardware if the liftgate is not closed
prior to driving.
OON041065
35
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart Power Liftgate
Deactivating the smart power lift
-
gate with the smart key
1.Door lock
2.Door unlock
3.Liftgate open and close
4.Panic
5.Remote start
If you press any button of the
smart key during the Detect and
Alert stage, the Smart Power
Liftgate function will be deacti
-
vated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Power Lift
-
gate function for emergency situa
-
tions.
NOTICE
If you press the door unlock but
-
ton (2), the Smart Power Liftgate
function will be deactivated tem
-
porarily. But, if you do not open
any door for 30 seconds, the
smart power liftgate function will
be activated again.
If you press the liftgate open but
-
ton (3) for more than 1 second,
the liftgate opens.
If you press the door lock button
(1) or liftgate open button (3)
when the Smart Power Liftgate
function is not in the Detect and
Alert stage, the smart power lift
-
gate function will not be deacti
-
vated.
In case you have deactivated the
Smart Power Liftgate function by
pressing the smart key button
and opened a door, the smart
power liftgate function can be
activated again by closing and
locking all doors.
Detecting area
The Smart Power Liftgate oper
-
ates with a welcome alert if the
smart key is detected within
20~39 inches (50~100 cm)from
the liftgate.
The alert stops once the smart
key is positioned outside the
OCK040005N
OON041068
Features of your vehicle
364
Smart Power Liftgate
detecting area during the Detect
and Alert stage.
NOTICE
The Smart Power Liftgate func
-
tion will not work if any of the fol
-
lowing occurs:
-The smart key is close to a
radio transmitter such as a
radio station or an airport
which can interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.
-The smart key is near a mobile
two-way radio system or a cel
-
lular phone.
-Another vehicle's smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
The detecting range may
decrease or increase when:
-One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the
vehicle.
-The vehicle is parked on a slope
or unpaved road, etc.
37
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindows
Windows
The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be
operated by a switch.
1.Driver's door power window switch
2.Front passenger's door power window switch
3.Rear door (left) power window switch
4.Rear door (right) power window switch
5.Window opening and closing
6.Automatic power window up/down
7.Power window lock switch
OON049438NR
Features of your vehicle
384
Windows
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win
-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
The ENGINE START/STOP button
must be in the ON position for
power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door's win
-
dow. The driver has a power window
lock switch which can block the
operation of rear passenger win
-
dows. The power windows can be
operated for approximately 10 min
-
utes after the ENGINE START/STOP
button has been placed in the ON
position. However, if the front doors
are opened, the power windows
cannot be operated even within the
10 minutes period.
The driver's door has a master
power window switch that controls
all the windows in the vehicle.
If the window cannot be closed
because it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open position), your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a nor
-
mal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following
actions. If the noise occurs with one
or both of the rear windows down,
partially lower both front windows
approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm). If you
experience the noise with the sun
-
roof open, slightly reduce the size of
the sunroof opening.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open
window area. Such objects will
impact the proper function of the
Automatic reversal "jam protection"
feature.
NOTICE
If you press the one-touch window
button for micro adjustment, the
glass will go down to a specific loca
-
tion to improve your convenience.
39
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindows
Window opening and closing
You can open and close windows
using the power window switch.
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power
window switch momentarily to the
second detent position (6) com
-
pletely lowers or raises the window
even when the switch is released. To
stop the window at the desired
position while the window is in oper
-
ation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
If the power window does not oper
-
ate normally, the automatic power
window system must be reset as
follows:
1.Place the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position.
2.Close the window and continue
pulling up the power window
switch for at least 1 second after
the window is completely closed.
Automatic reversal
If the upward movement of the
window is blocked by an object or
part of the body, the window will
detect the resistance and will stop
upward movement. The window will
then lower approximately 11.8
inches (30 cm) to allow the object to
be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is being
continuously pulled up again within
5 seconds after the window was
lowered by the automatic window
reversal feature, the automatic win
-
dow reversal will not operate.
NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature for
the window is only active when the
"auto up" feature is used by fully
OON048071NR
ODEEV068020NR
Features of your vehicle
404
Windows
pulling up the switch. The automatic
reverse feature will not operate if
the window is raised using the half
-
way position on the power window
switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage. If an
object less than 0.16 of an inch (4
mm) in diameter is caught between
the window glass and the upper
window channel, the automatic
reverse window may not detect the
resistance and will not stop and
reverse direction.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn't activate while resetting the
power window system. Make sure
body parts or other objects are
safely out of the way before closing
the windows to avoid injuries.
WARNING
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open
window area. Such objects could
prevent the automatic reverse fea
-
ture from functioning.
Power window lock switch
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear pas
-
sengers' doors by pressing the
power window lock switch to the
lock position (pressed).
When the power window lock switch
is pressed:
The driver's master control can
operate the front passenger's
power window and the rear pas
-
sengers' power windows.
The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
The rear passengers' control can
-
not operate the rear passengers'
power window.
* If the power window lock switch is
operated (indicator turns on), rear
passenger cannot open the rear
door (With the Electronic Child
Safety Lock System). For more
details, refer to "Electronic child
safety lock system" on page 4-19.
OON048051NR
41
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindows
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the
way before closing a window.
If the window cannot be closed
because it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
WARNING
Power windows
Do not allow children to play with
the power windows. Keep the
power window lock switch (on the
driver's door) in the LOCK
(pressed) position.
Do not extend a face or arms out
-
side the window opening while the
vehicle is in motion. Doing so could
result in significant bodily injury.
WARNING
When exiting the vehicle, turn the
engine switch off, take the key
with you, and make sure that all
children have also exited the vehi
-
cle. If a child is left alone inside
the vehicle, they may accidentally
operate the vehicle, which could
lead to an accident or injury.
Do not leave children, seniors, or
animals in your vehicle with the
doors and windows closed.
Do not allow a child to hold both
the remote control key and the
mechanical key together.
Features of your vehicle
424
Hood
Hood
The hood serves as a cover for the
engine compartment. Open the
hood if maintenance work needs to
be performed in the engine com
-
partment or if you need to look at
the compartment.
Opening the hood
1.Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
WARNING
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, shifting the
shift lever to the P (Park) position
and setting the parking brake.
2.Go to the front of the vehicle,
raise the hood slightly, push the
secondary latch (1) up side and lift
the hood (2).
3.Raise the hood. It will completely
rise by itself after it has been
raised about halfway.
Hood open warning
A warning message will appear on
the LCD display when hood is open.
The warning chime will operate
when the vehicle is being driven
above 2 mph (3 km/h) with the hood
open.
OON041073
OON041074
OON048104NR
43
4
4
Features of your vehicleHood
Closing the hood
1.Before closing the hood, check the
following:
All filler caps in the engine com
-
partment must be correctly
installed.
Gloves, rags or any other com
-
bustible material must be
removed from the engine com
-
partment.
2.Lower the hood halfway and push
down to securely lock in place.
3.Then double check to be sure the
hood is secure.
If the hood can be raise slightly,
it is not properly engaged.
Open it again and close it with a
little more force.
CAUTION
Hood obstruction
Before closing the hood, ensure that
all obstructions are removed from
the hood opening. Closing the hood
with an obstruction present in the
hood opening may result in severe
personal injury or properly damage.
WARNING
Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
motor compartment. Doing so may
cause a heat-induced fire.
WARNING
Unsecured hood
Always double check to be sure that
the hood is firmly latched before
driving away. If it is not latched, the
hood could fly open while the vehicle
is being driven, causing a total loss
of visibility, which might result in an
accident.
Features of your vehicle
444
Fuel filler door
Fuel filler door
The vehicle's fuel filler door must be
opened and closed by hand from
outside the vehicle.
Opening the fuel filler door
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to
break the ice and release the lid. Do
not apply excessive force to open
the lid. If necessary, spray around
the lid with an approved de-icer
fluid (do not use radiator anti-
freeze) or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to
melt.
1.Stop the engine.
2.To open the fuel filler door, press
the 3 o'clock position edge of the
fuel filler door.
NOTICE
The fuel filler door will unlock when
driver's door is unlocked.
To unlock fuel filler door:
Press the unlock button on your
smart key.
Press the Central Door unlock
button on armrest trim of drivers
door.
Pull the drivers inside door handle
outward.
The fuel filler door will lock when all
doors are locked.
To lock fuel filler door:
Press the lock button on your
smart key.
Press the Central Door lock but
-
ton on armrest trim of drivers
door.
* All doors will automatically lock
after the vehicle speed exceeds
9.3 mph (15 km/h). Fuel door is
also locked when vehicle speed
exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
3.Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to
fully open.
4.To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pres
-
sure inside the tank equalizes.
OON041075N
OON048076NR
45
4
4
Features of your vehicleFuel filler door
5.Place the cap on the fuel filler
door.
Closing the fuel filler door
1.To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it "clicks" one time. This indi
-
cates that the cap is securely
tightened.
2.Close the fuel filler door and push
on the 3 o'clock position edge of
the fuel filler door lightly gently to
make sure that it is securely
closed.
WARNING
Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap care
-
fully and slowly. If the cap is venting
fuel or if you hear a hissing sound,
wait until the condition stops before
completely removing the cap.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and sub
-
ject you to the risk of fire and burns.
NOTICE
When refueling on unlevel ground,
the fuel gauge may not point to the
F position. It is not a malfunction. If
you move your vehicle to a level
ground, the fuel gauge will move to
the full position.
NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise, the engine warn
-
ing indicator light will illuminate.
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
WARNING
Fire/explosion risk
Read and follow all warnings posted
at the gas station facility. Failure to
follow all warnings will result in
severe personal injury, severe burns
or death due to fire or explosion.
WARNING
Static electricity
Before touching the fuel nozzle,
you should eliminate potentially
dangerous static electricity dis
-
charge by touching another metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle, or other gas source.
Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
electricity by touching, rubbing or
sliding against any item or fabric
(polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)
capable of producing static elec
-
tricity. Static electricity discharge
can ignite fuel vapors resulting in
Features of your vehicle
464
Fuel filler door
rapid burning. If you must reenter
the vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous
static electricity discharge by
touching a metal part of the vehi
-
cle, away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other gasoline source.
WARNING
Portable fuel container
When using an approved portable
fuel container, be sure to place the
container on the ground prior to
refueling. Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once refueling
has begun, contact with the vehicle
should be maintained until the filling
is complete. Use only approved por
-
table plastic fuel containers
designed to carry and store gaso
-
line.
WARNING
Cell phone fires
Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
WARNING
Refueling & Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by elec
-
trical components related to the
engine can ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire. Once refueling is complete,
check to make sure the filler cap and
filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
WARNING
Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at a
gas station especially during refuel
-
ing. Automotive fuel is highly flam
-
mable and can, when ignited, result
in fire.
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to "Fuel requirements" on
page 1-2.
If the fuel filler cap requires replace
-
ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or
the equivalent specified for your
vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap
can result in a serious malfunction
of the fuel system or emission con
-
trol system.
47
4
4
Features of your vehicleFuel filler door
CAUTION
Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur
-
faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel
spilled on painted surfaces may
damage the paint.
WARNING
Do not allow anyone that has not
discharged static electricity from
their body to come close to an
open fuel tank.
Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
WARNING
Risk of injury from fuel
Fuels are poisonous and harmful to
your health.
Fuel contains substances that are
harmful if inhaled.
Do not swallow fuel or let it come
into contact with skin, eyes or
clothing.
Do not inhale fuel vapors.
Keep children away from fuel.
If you or other people come into
contact with fuel, observe the fol
-
lowing:
Immediately rinse fuel off your
skin with soap and water.
If fuel comes into contact with
your eyes, immediately rinse
them thoroughly with clean
water. Seek medical attention
immediately.
If you swallow fuel, seek medical
attention immediately. Do not
induce vomiting.
Change immediately out of cloth
-
ing that has come into contact
with fuel.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Fuel that does not conform to the
required quality can lead to
increased wear as well as damage to
the engine and exhaust system.
Only use the fuel recommended.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Vehicles with a gasoline engine:
Even small amounts of the wrong
fuel could result in damage to the
fuel system, the engine and the
emission control system.
NOTICE
Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles
with a gasoline engine.
Features of your vehicle
484
Dual Wide Sunroof
NOTICE
Do not switch on the ignition if you
accidentally refuel with the wrong
fuel. Otherwise, fuel can enter the
fuel system.
Even small amounts of the wrong
fuel could result in damage to the
fuel system and the engine. Have
the system serviced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Do not overfill the fuel tank
Do not overfill the fuel tank; other
-
wise fuel may slide, causing harm to
the environment and damaging the
vehicle.
Dual Wide Sunroof (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof switch
located on the overhead console.
[A]: Front, [B]: Rear
The sunroof can only be operated
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC or OFF position. However, if
the front door is open, the sunroof
cannot be operated even within the
30 seconds period.
OON041077
49
4
4
Features of your vehicleDual Wide Sunroof
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or sun
-
shade while driving. This could
result in loss of control and an
accident that may cause injury, or
property damage.
Do not leave the engine running
and the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unat
-
tended children could operate the
sunroof, which could result in
serious injury.
Do not sit on the top of the vehi
-
cle. It may cause injury or vehicle
damage.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when
roof bars are installed on the vehicle
or when there is luggage on the
roof.
Sunshade (Front)/Power sunshade
(Rear)
Use the power sunshade to block
direct sunlight coming through the
sunroof glass.
Front
Open or close the sunshade by hand.
The sunshade opens automatically
when the sunroof glass is opened by
pushing the sunroof switch (A) rear
-
ward, but the sunshade does not
close automatically when the sun
-
roof glass is closed. Also, only the
sunshade cannot be closed when
the sunroof glass is opened.
OBD041544
OON041434
Features of your vehicle
504
Dual Wide Sunroof
NOTICE
Do not pull the sunshade up or
down, or apply excessive force as
such action may damage the sun
-
shade or cause it to malfunction.
Rear
Push the power sunshade open
switch (B), the power sunshade
automatically slides open.
Push the power sunshade close
switch (B), the power sunshade
automatically closes.
NOTICE
Do not pull or push the power sun
-
shade by hand as such action may
damage the power sunshade or
cause it to malfunction.
NOTICE
Wrinkles formed on the power sun
-
shade are normal due to material
characteristic.
Tilt open/close (Front)
Push the sunroof switch upward,
the sunroof glass tilts open.
Push the sunroof switch forward,
the sunroof glass automatically
closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at
any point, push the sunroof switch
in any direction.
OON041435
OON048080NR
51
4
4
Features of your vehicleDual Wide Sunroof
Slide open/close (Front)
Push the sunroof switch rear
-
ward, the sunshade and sunroof
glass slide open. Push the sunroof
switch forward, only the sunroof
glass closes.
Push the sunroof switch forward
or rearward to the first detent
position, the sunroof glass moves
until the switch is released.
Push the sunroof switch forward
or rearward to the second detent
position, the sunroof glass oper
-
ates automatically (auto slide
feature). To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, push the
sunroof switch in any direction.
Automatic reversal
If the power sunshade or sunroof
glass senses any obstacle while it is
closing automatically, it will reverse
direction then stop at a certain posi
-
tion.
The auto reverse function may not
work if an object thin or soft is
caught between the sliding power
sunshade or sunroof glass and sun
-
roof sash.
WARNING
Make sure heads, hands, arms or
any other body parts or objects
are out of the way before operat
-
ing the sunroof. Body parts or
objects may get caught causing
injuries or vehicle damage.
Never deliberately use your body
parts to test the automatic rever
-
sal function. The power sunshade
or sunroof glass may reverse
direction, but there is a risk of
injury.
OON048078NR
ODEEV068027NR
Features of your vehicle
524
Dual Wide Sunroof
NOTICE
Do not continue to push the sun
-
roof switch after the sunroof is
fully opened, closed, or tilted.
Damage to the sunroof motor
could occur.
Continuous operations such as
slide open/close, tilt open/close,
etc. may cause the motor or sun
-
roof system to malfunction.
Regularly remove any accumu
-
lated dust on the sunroof rail.
Dust accumulated between the
sunroof and roof panel can make
noise Open the sunroof and
remove dust regularly using a
clean cloth.
Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice. The
sunroof may not work properly
and may break if opened by force.
Do not open or drive with the
sunroof glass open immediately
after rain or washing the vehicle.
Water may wet the interior of the
vehicle.
Do not extend any luggage out
-
side the sunroof while driving.
Vehicle damage may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms,
body parts or objects outside the
sunroof while driving. Injuries may
occur if the vehicle suddenly stops.
Resetting the sunroof
Front
Rear
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where
resetting the sunroof may be
required include:
OON041447
OON041448
53
4
4
Features of your vehicleDual Wide Sunroof
When the 12-volt battery is
either disconnected or discharged
When the sunroof fuse is replaced
If the sunroof one-touch AUTO
OPEN/CLOSE operation is not
functioning properly
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1.It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle
in P (Park).
2.Make sure the power sunshade or
sunroof glass is in the fully closed
position. If the power sunshade or
sunroof glass is open, push the
switch forward until the power
sunshade and sunroof glass is
fully closed.
3.Release the switch when the
power sunshade or sunroof glass
is fully closed.
4.Push the switch forward until the
power sunshade or sunroof glass
moves slightly. Then release the
switch.
5.Once again push and hold the
sunroof switch forward until the
power sunshade or sunroof glass
slides open and close. Do not
release the switch until the oper
-
ation is completed.
If you release the switch during
operation, start the procedure
again from step 2.
NOTICE
If the sunroof is not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or
discharged, or the sunroof fuse is
blown, the sunroof may not operate
normally.
Sunroof open warning
If the driver turns off the engine
when the sunroof is not fully closed,
the warning chime will sound for
several seconds and the sunroof
open warning will appear on the
cluster LCD display. Close the sun
-
roof securely when leaving your
vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle. If the
sunroof is left open, rain or snow
may wet the interior of the vehicle.
Also, leaving the sunroof open when
the vehicle is unattended may invite
theft.
OON048105NR
Features of your vehicle
544
Sunroof
Sunroof (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof switch
located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can only be operated
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC or OFF position. However, if
the front door is open, the sunroof
cannot be operated even within the
30 seconds period.
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or sun
-
shade while driving. This could
result in loss of control and an
accident that may cause injury, or
property damage.
Do not leave the engine running
and the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unat
-
tended children could operate the
sunroof, which could result in
serious injury.
Do not sit on the top of the vehi
-
cle. It may cause injury or vehicle
damage.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when
roof bars are installed on the vehicle
or when there is luggage on the
roof.
Sunshade
Use the power sunshade to block
direct sunlight coming through the
sunroof glass.
Open or close the sunshade by hand.
OON041449
OBD041544
55
4
4
Features of your vehicleSunroof
The sunshade opens automatically
when the sunroof glass is opened by
pushing the sunroof switch rear
-
ward, but the sunshade does not
close automatically when the sun
-
roof glass is closed. Also, only the
sunshade cannot be closed when
the sunroof glass is opened.
NOTICE
Do not pull the sunshade up or
down, or apply excessive force as
such action may damage the sun
-
shade or cause it to malfunction.
Tilt open/close
Push the sunroof switch upward,
the sunroof glass tilts open.
Push the sunroof switch forward,
the sunroof glass automatically
closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at
any point, push the sunroof switch
in any direction.
Slide open/close
Push the sunroof switch rear
-
ward, the sunshade and sunroof
glass slide open. Push the sunroof
switch forward, only the sunroof
glass closes.
OON041078
OON041080
OON041450
Features of your vehicle
564
Sunroof
Push the sunroof switch forward
or rearward to the first detent
position, the sunroof glass moves
until the switch is released.
Push the sunroof switch forward
or rearward to the second detent
position, the sunroof glass oper
-
ates automatically (auto slide
feature). To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, push the
sunroof switch in any direction.
Automatic reversal
If the power sunshade or sunroof
glass senses any obstacle while it is
closing automatically, it will reverse
direction then stop at a certain posi
-
tion.
The auto reverse function may not
work if an object thin or soft is
caught between the sliding power
sunshade or sunroof glass and sun
-
roof sash.
WARNING
Make sure heads, hands, arms or
any other body parts or objects
are out of the way before operat
-
ing the sunroof. Body parts or
objects may get caught causing
injuries or vehicle damage.
Never deliberately use your body
parts to test the automatic rever
-
sal function. The sunroof glass
may reverse direction, but there is
a risk of injury.
NOTICE
Do not continue to push the sun
-
roof switch after the sunroof is
fully opened, closed, or tilted.
Damage to the sunroof motor
could occur.
Continuous operations such as
slide open/close, tilt open/close,
etc. may cause the motor or sun
-
roof system to malfunction.
Regularly remove any accumu
-
lated dust on the sunroof rail.
Dust accumulated between the
sunroof and roof panel can make
noise Open the sunroof and
remove dust regularly using a
clean cloth.
Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice. The
sunroof may not work properly
and may break if opened by force.
ODEEV068027NR
57
4
4
Features of your vehicleSunroof
Do not open or drive with the
sunroof glass open immediately
after rain or washing the vehicle.
Water may wet the interior of the
vehicle.
Do not extend any luggage out
-
side the sunroof while driving.
Vehicle damage may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms,
body parts or objects outside the
sunroof while driving. Injuries may
occur if the vehicle suddenly stops.
Resetting the sunroof
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where
resetting the sunroof may be
required include:
When the 12-volt battery is
either disconnected or discharged.
When the sunroof fuse is
replaced.
If the sunroof one-touch AUTO
OPEN/CLOSE operation is not
functioning properly.
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1.It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle
in P (Park).
2.Make sure the sunroof glass is in
the fully closed position. If the
sunroof glass is open, push the
switch forward until the sunroof
glass is fully closed.
3.Release the switch when the sun
-
roof glass is fully closed.
4.Push the switch forward until the
sunroof glass moves slightly.
Then release the switch.
5.Once again push and hold the
sunroof switch forward until the
sunroof glass slides open and
close. Do not release the switch
until the operation is completed. If
you release the switch during
operation, start the procedure
again from step 2.
NOTICE
If the sunroof is not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or
discharged, or the sunroof fuse is
blown, the sunroof may not operate
normally.
OON041451
Features of your vehicle
584
Steering wheel
Sunroof open warning
If the driver turns off the engine
when the sunroof is not fully closed,
the warning chime will sound for
several seconds and the sunroof
open warning will appear on the
cluster LCD display. Close the sun
-
roof securely when leaving your
vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle. If the
sunroof is left open, rain or snow
may wet the interior of the vehicle.
Also, leaving the sunroof open when
the vehicle is unattended may invite
theft.
Steering wheel
The steering wheel of this vehicle is
equipped with the Electric Power
Steering (EPS) system.
Electric Power Steering (EPS) sys
-
tem
Electric power steering is a device
that uses an electric motor to help
the driver provide less effort in
steering the vehicle.
If the vehicle is off or if the Electric
Power Steering (EPS) becomes
inoperative, the vehicle may still be
steered, but it will require increased
steering effort.
The EPS is controlled by the power
steering control unit which senses
the steering wheel torque and vehi
-
cle speed to command the motor.
The steering effort becomes
heavier as the vehicle's speed
increases and becomes lighter as
the vehicle's speed decreases for
better control of the steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during nor
-
mal vehicle operation, have the
power steering checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OON048105NR
59
4
4
Features of your vehicleSteering wheel
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is the ON position, the
steering wheel enters normal
operation mode after diagnosing
the Electric Power Steering sys
-
tem (for about 3 seconds).
A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after turning the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to the ON or OFF position.
If the steering wheel is operated
when the vehicle is not in motion
or driven at a low speed, you may
hear some noise.
If the Electric Power Steering sys
-
tem does not operate normally,
the warning light will illuminate or
blink on the instrument cluster. If
the power assistance of steering
fails, you will need to use more
force to steer.
Operating the steering wheel at
lower temperatures may require
more force and accompany noise.
However, when the temperature
increases, it returns to normal.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
When the charging system warn
-
ing light comes on due to the low
voltage (when the alternator or
battery does not operate nor
-
mally or malfunctions), the steer
-
ing wheel may require increased
steering effort.
NOTICE
When you continuously operate the
steering wheel, the overcurrent
protection device is activated and it
requires more force to operate the
steering wheel. However, this
doesn't indicate a malfunction, and
it works for your safety and will
return to normal after some time.
NOTICE
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
system does not work or an error
occurs, the warning light on the
instrument panel may be turned on
or blink and it may require more
force to operate the steering wheel.
In this case, please hold the steering
wheel more tightly than usual and
operate with greater force. And
then immediately pull your vehicle
over to a safe place and have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
If the EPS does not operate nor
-
mally, the warning light will illumi
-
nate on the instrument cluster. The
steering wheel may become difficult
to control or operate abnormally. In
this case, have the system
Features of your vehicle
604
Steering wheel
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, the
steering effort may be high and
abnormal noise could occur. If tem
-
perature rises, the noise will disap
-
pear. This is a normal condition.
When the vehicle is stationary, and
the steering wheel is turned all the
way to the left or right continu
-
ously, the steering wheel becomes
harder to turn. The power assist is
limited to protect the motor from
overheating.
As time passes, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
Tilt & telescopic steering wheel
A tilt and telescopic steering wheel
allows you to adjust the steering
wheel before you drive
You can also raise it to give your
legs more room when you exit and
enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be posi
-
tioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
WARNING
Steering wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and height of
the steering wheel while driving. You
may lose steering control.
Adjusting steering wheel angle and
height
1.To change the steering wheel
angle, pull down the lock release
lever (1).
2.Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3).
3.Pull up the lock-release lever to
lock the steering wheel in place.
4.Be sure to adjust the steering
wheel to the desired position
before driving.
OON041082
61
4
4
Features of your vehicleSteering wheel
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the
lock-release lever may not lock the
steering wheel.
It is not a malfunction. This occurs
when two gears engage. In this
case, adjust the steering wheel
again and then lock the steering
wheel.
Heated steering wheel (if equipped)
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, pressing the
heated steering wheel button
warms the steering wheel. The indi
-
cator on the button will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel
off, press the button once again.
The indicator on the button will turn
off.
NOTICE
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.
CAUTION
Do not install any type of grip
cover for the steering wheel, it
may impair the function of the
heated steering wheel system.
When cleaning the heated steer
-
ing wheel, do not use an organic
solvent such as paint thinner,
benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the surface
of the steering wheel.
If the surface of the steering
wheel is damaged by a sharp
object, damage to the heated
steering wheel components could
occur.
WARNING
If the steering wheel becomes too
warm, turn the system off. The
heated steering wheel may cause
burns even at low temperatures,
especially if used for long periods of
time.
OON048083NR
Features of your vehicle
624
Mirrors
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustra
-
tion).
The horn will operate only when this
area is pressed. Check the horn reg
-
ularly to be sure it operates prop
-
erly.
Mirrors
This vehicle is equipped with inside
and outside rearview mirrors to
provide views of objects behind the
vehicle.
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that
the center view through the rear
window is seen. Make this adjust
-
ment before you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat
or cargo area which would interfere
with your vision through the rear
window.
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust the rearview mirror
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control.
NOTICE
Do not modify the inside mirror in
any manner, including installing a
wide mirror. Doing so could result in
injury during an accident or deploy
-
ment of the air bag.
OON041084
63
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
CAUTION
Cleaning mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do not
spray glass cleaner directly on the
mirror. It may cause the liquid
cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Day/night rearview mirror (if
equipped)
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position (1).
* (1): Day, (2): Night
Pull the day/night lever toward you
(2) to reduce the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind
you when driving at night.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if
equipped)
The electric rearview mirror auto
-
matically controls the glare from
the headlights of the vehicles behind
you at night or in low-light driving
conditions.
The sensor (3) mounted in the mir
-
ror senses the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically controls
the headlight glare from the vehicles
behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror. Whenever the shift lever is
shifted into reverse (R), the mirror
will automatically go to the bright
-
est setting in order to improve the
drivers view behind the vehicle.
CAUTION
Cleaning mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do not
spray glass cleaner directly on the
mirror. It may cause the liquid
cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Operating the electric rearview
mirror
The mirror defaults to the ON posi
-
tion whenever the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned on.
OON048085NR
Features of your vehicle
644
Mirrors
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming
function off. The mirror indicator
light will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming
function on. The mirror indicator
light (2) will illuminate.
Electric chromic mirror with Home
-
Link system (if equipped)
Operating the electric rearview
mirror
Press the I button (1) to turn the
automatic- dimming function on.
The mirror indicator light will illu
-
minate.
Press the O button (2) to turn the
automatic- dimming function off.
The mirror indicator light will turn
off.
HomeLink Wireless Control sys
-
tem
1.Homelink buttons
2.Indicator light
3.Glare detection sensor
Your new mirror comes with an
integrated HomeLink Universal
Transceiver, which allows you to
program the mirror to activate your
garage door(s), estate gate, home
lighting, etc. The mirror actually
learns the codes from your various
existing transmitters.
Retain the original transmitter for
future programming procedures
(i.e., new vehicle purchase). It is also
suggested that upon the sale of the
vehicle, the programmed HomeLink
buttons be erased for security pur
-
poses (follow step 1 in "Program
-
ming HomeLink" on page 4-65).
OON048086NR
OON048099NR
OON048400NR
65
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Programming HomeLink
Your vehicle may require the
ENGINE START/STOP button to be
turned to the ACC position for pro
-
gramming and/or operation of
HomeLink. It is also recommended
that a new battery be replaced in
the hand-held transmitter of the
device being programmed to Home
-
Link for quicker training and accu
-
rate transmission of the
radiofrequency.
Follow these steps to train your
HomeLink mirror:
1.When programming the buttons
for the first time, press and hold
the left and center buttons (,
) simultaneously until the indi
-
cator light begins to flash after
approximately 20 seconds. (This
procedure erases the factory-set
default codes. Do not perform
this step when programming the
additional HomeLink buttons.)
1)Flashing
NOTICE
For non-rolling code garage door
openers, follow steps 2-3.
For rolling code garage door open
-
ers, follow steps 2-6.
For Canadian Programming, please
follow the Canadian Programming
section. For help with determining
whether your garage door opener is
non-rolling code or rolling code,
please refer to the garage door
openers owner's manual or contact
HomeLink customer service at 1-
800-355-3515.
2.Press and hold the button on the
HomeLink system you wish to
train and the button on the trans
-
mitter while the transmitter is
approximately 1~3 inches (2~8
cm) away from the mirror. Do not
release the buttons until step 3
has been completed.
1)Flashing
2)Transmitter
OON048401NR
OON048402NR
Features of your vehicle
664
Mirrors
3.The HomeLink indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rap
-
idly. When the indicator light
flashes rapidly, both buttons may
be released. (The rapid flashing
light indicates successful pro
-
gramming of the new frequency
signal.)
NOTICE
Some gate and garage door openers
may require you to replace step 3
with the "cycling" procedure noted
in the "Canadian Programming" sec
-
tion of this document.
Programming rolling code
To train a garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped devices)
with the rolling code feature, follow
these instructions after completing
"Programming HomeLink" on page
4-65. (A second person assisting
may make the following training
procedures quicker & easier.)
4.Locate the "learn" or "smart" but
-
ton on the device's motor head
unit. Exact location and color of
the button may vary by product
brand. If there is difficulty locat
-
ing the "learn" or "smart" button,
reference the device's owner's
manual or contact HomeLink at 1-
800- 355-3515 or on the internet
at www.homelink.com.
5.Press and release the "learn" or
"smart" button on the device's
motor head unit. You have 30
seconds to complete step 6.
6.Return to the vehicle and firmly
press and release the pro
-
grammed HomeLink button up to
three times. The rolling code
equipped device should now rec
-
ognize the HomeLink signal and
activate when the HomeLink but
-
ton is pressed. The remaining two
buttons may now be programmed
if they have not already been pro
-
grammed. Refer to "Programming
HomeLink" on page 4-65.
Operating HomeLink
To operate, simply press the pro
-
grammed HomeLink button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained product (garage door, secu
-
rity system, entry door lock, estate
gate, or home or office lighting). For
convenience, the hand-held trans
-
mitter of the device may also be
used at any time. The HomeLink
Wireless Controls system (once pro
-
grammed) or the original hand-held
transmitter may be used to activate
the device (e.g., garage door, entry
door lock, etc.). In the event that
there are still programming difficul
-
ties, contact HomeLink at 1-800-
355-3515 or on the internet at
www.homelink.com.
67
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Erasing programmed HomeLink
buttons
To erase the three programmed
buttons (individual buttons cannot
be erased):
Press and hold the left and center
buttons simultaneously, until the
indicator light begins to flash
(approximately 20 seconds).
Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 30 seconds.
HomeLink is now in the train (or
learning) mode and can be pro
-
grammed at any time.
Reprogramming a single HomeLink
button
To program a device to HomeLink
using a HomeLink button that has
already been trained, follow these
steps:
1.Press and hold the desired Home
-
Link button. Do NOT release until
step 4 has been completed.
2.When the indicator light begins to
flash slowly (after 20 seconds),
position the hand-held transmit
-
ter 1~3 inches (2~8 cm) away
from the HomeLink surface.
3.Press and hold the hand-held
transmitter button (or press and
"cycle" - as described in "Canadian
Programming").
4.The HomeLink indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rap
-
idly. When the indicator light
begins to flash rapidly, release
both buttons.
The previous device has now been
erased and the new device can be
activated by pushing the HomeLink
button that has just been pro
-
grammed. This procedure will not
affect any other programmed
HomeLink buttons.
Canadian Programming Garage &
gate openers
During programming, your hand-
held transmitter may automatically
stop transmitting. Continue to press
and hold the HomeLink button (note
steps 2 through 4 in "Programming
HomeLink" on page 4-65) while you
press and re-press ("cycle") your
handheld transmitter every two
seconds until the frequency signal
has been learned. Upon successful
training, the indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly after several
seconds.
OON048401NR
Features of your vehicle
684
Mirrors
Accessories
If you would like additional informa
-
tion on the HomeLink Wireless Con
-
trol system, HomeLink compatible
products, or to purchase other
accessories such as the HomeLink
Lighting Package, please contact
HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on
the internet at www.homelink.com.
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
The transceiver has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry Can
-
ada rules. Changes or modifications
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Outside rearview mirror
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors.
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch.
The mirror heads can be folded back
to prevent damage during an auto
-
matic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
WARNING
Estimating distances accurately
Objects reflected in the mirror are
closer than they appear in the mir
-
ror. Do not estimate the distance of
vehicles behind you based on what
you see in the mirror, as this could
increase your risk of accident.
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved spray de-icer (not radi
-
ator antifreeze) to release the fro
-
zen mechanism or move the vehicle
to a warm place and allow the ice to
melt.
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is
moving. This could result in loss of
control.
69
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Adjusting the outside rearview mir
-
rors
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
1.Move the L (Front left side) or R
(Front right side) switch (1) to
select the rearview mirror you
would like to adjust.
2.Use the mirror adjustment control
(2) to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
CAUTION
The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjust
-
ing angles, but the motor contin
-
ues to operate while the switch is
pressed. Do not press the switch
longer than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
Do not attempt to adjust the out
-
side rearview mirror by hand.
Doing so may damage the parts.
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Manual type
To fold the outside rearview mir
-
ror, grasp the housing of the mir
-
ror and then fold it toward the
rear of the vehicle.
Electric type
The outside rearview mirror can
be folded or unfolded by pressing
the switch when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON
position as below.
1.To fold the outside rearview mir
-
ror depress the button (1).
OON048088NR
OON048089NR
OON048090NR
Features of your vehicle
704
Mirrors
2.To unfold it, depress the button
(1) again.
The mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
unlocked by the key.
The mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
unlocked by the button on the
outside door handle.
The mirror will fold or unfold auto
-
matically as follows:
The mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
unlocked by the smart key.
The mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
unlocked by the button on the
outside door handle.
The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession when the Wel
-
come Mirror function is activated
in User Settings. (if equipped)
CAUTION
Do not fold an electric type outside
rearview mirror by hand as this
could cause motor failure.
Reverse parking aid function (if
equipped)
While the vehicle is moving rear
-
ward, the outside rearview mirror(s)
will move downward to aid reverse
parking. According to the position of
the outside rearview mirror switch
(1), the outside rearview mirror(s)
will operate as follows:
L/R: When the remote control out
-
side rearview mirror switch is
selected to the L (left) or R (right)
position, both outside rearview mir
-
rors will move downward.
Neutral: When the remote control
outside rearview mirror switch is
placed in the middle, the outside
rearview mirrors will not move
downward even though the vehicle
is moving rearward.
The outside rearview mirrors will
automatically revert to their original
positions under the following condi
-
tions:
1.The ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the OFF position.
OON048091NR
71
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
2.Shift lever is moved to any posi
-
tion except R (Reverse).
3.Remote control outside rearview
mirror switch is not equipped on
the vehicles.
Features of your vehicle
724
Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster
Type A
Type B
* The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
1.Tachometer
2.Speedometer
3.Engine coolant temperature gauge
4.Fuel gauge
5.Warning and indicator lights
6.LCD display
OON048100NR
OON048101NR
73
4
4
Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster
Instrument cluster control
The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control
button ("+" or "-") when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON, or the
taillights are turned on.
If you hold the illumination control
button ("+" or "-"), the brightness
will continuously change.
If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
Gauges
The gauges display various informa
-
tion such as the speed of the vehi
-
cle, the amount of charge of the
battery, and so on.
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is cali
-
brated in miles per hour (mph) and/
or kilometers per hour (km/h).
OON041092
OON048106NR
OON048107NR
Features of your vehicle
744
Instrument cluster
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine rev
-
olutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the
correct shift points and to prevent
lugging and/or over-revving the
engine.
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
This gauge indicates the tempera
-
ture of the engine coolant when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area (between the
C-H) toward the "H" position, it indi
-
cates overheating that may damage
the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to "If the engine
overheats" on page 6-7.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. The engine cool
-
ant is under pressure and could
severely burn. Wait until the engine
is cool before adding coolant to the
reservoir.
OON048108NR
OON048109NR
75
4
4
Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster
Fuel Gauge
This gauge indicates the approxi
-
mate amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank.
NOTICE
The fuel tank capacity is given in
"Recommended lubricants and
capacities" on page 8-6.
The fuel gauge is supplemented
by a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or
the low fuel warning light may
come on earlier than usual due to
the movement of fuel in the tank.
WARNING
Fuel Gauge
Running out of fuel can expose vehi
-
cle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the
"E" level.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, which
could damage the catalytic con
-
verter.
NOTICE
The fuel display may not be accu
-
rate if the vehicle is on an incline.
Odometer
The odometer Indicates the total
distance that the vehicle has been
driven and should be used to deter
-
mine when periodic maintenance
should be performed.
Odometer range: 0~999,999 miles
or 0~1,599,999 kilometers.
OON049138NR
OSK3048112NR
Features of your vehicle
764
Instrument cluster
Outside Temperature Gauge
This gauge indicates the current
outside air temperatures by 1 F (1
C).
Temperature range: -40~140 F
(-40~60 C)
The outside temperature on the
display may not change immedi
-
ately, like a normal thermometer
would.
To change the temperature unit
(from F to C or from C to F)
The temperature unit can be
changed by using the "User Set
-
tings" mode of the LCD display.
* For more details, refer to "LCD dis
-
play" on page 4-77.
Transmission shift indicator
Transmission shift indicator displays
gear information depending on your
vehicle's transmission type.
Automatic Transmission Shift Indi
-
cator
This indicator displays which auto
-
matic transmission shift lever is
selected.
Park: P
Reverse: R
Neutral: N
Drive: D
Sports Mode: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
OSK3048113NR
OSK3048128NR
77
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
LCD display
The LCD display shows trip com
-
puter and other information.
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control but
-
tons.
1.: MODE button for changing
modes
2. / : MOVE switch for chang
-
ing items
3.OK: SELECT/RESET button for
setting or resetting the selected
item
OON041093
Features of your vehicle
784
LCD display
LCD Display Modes
The LCD display provides 5 modes. You can switch modes by pressing the
Mode button.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
NOTICE
Keep the engine running when con
-
figuring the display settings to pre
-
vent the battery from discharging.
Mode
Trip Computer
Turn By Turn
(TBT)
Driving Assist
User Settings
Master warning
Up/Down
Fuel EconomyRoute GuidanceLane SafetyHead-Up DisplayThe Master
Warning mode
displays warn
-
ing messages
related to the
vehicle when
one or more
systems is not
operating nor
-
mally.
Accumulated
Info
Destination Info
Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Assis
-
tance
Drive Info
AWD
Door
SpeedometerLights
Drive ModeSound
Convenience
TPMS
Service Interval
Other features
Language
Reset
79
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
Trip Computer mode
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driv
-
ing parameters including fuel econ
-
omy, tripmeter information and
vehicle speed.
* For more details, refer to "Trip
information (trip computer)" on
page 4-87.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
Driving Assist
This mode displays the state of:
Lane Safety
Driver Attention Warning
AWD
TPMS
* For more details, refer to each
system information in "Driving
your vehicle" on page 5-5.
TPMS status
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-8.
Master warning mode
OON048111NR
OSK3048115NR
OON048112NR
OON048113NR
Features of your vehicle
804
LCD display
This warning light informs the driver
the following situations.
LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
Lamp malfunction
High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
At this time, a Master Warning icon
() will appear beside the User
Settings icon (), on the LCD dis
-
play.
If the warning situation is resolved,
the master warning light will be
turned off and the Master Warning
icon will disappear.
User Settings mode
In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster,
doors, lamps, etc.
1.Head-Up Display
2.Driver Assistance
3.Door
4.Lights
5.Sound
6.Convenience
7.Service Interval
8.Other features
9.Language
10.Reset
The information provided may dif
-
fer depending on which functions
are applicable to your vehicle.
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle
by shifting the lever to P (Park)
and applying the parking brake.
OSK3048119NR
OSK3048130NR
81
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
1. Head-Up Display (if equipped)
2. Driver Assistance (if equipped)
Explanation
Enable Head-Up DisplayIf this item is checked, the Head-Up Display will be activated.
Display Height
Adjust the height (1~20) of the HUD image on the HUD
screen.
RotationAdjust the degree (-5~+5) of the HUD rotation.
BrightnessAdjust the intensity (1~20) of the HUD brightness.
Contents Selection
If below items are checked, the items will be activated.
Turn By Turn
Traffic Info
Driving Assist information
Lane Safety information
Blind-Spot Safety information
AV Information
Speedometer sizeSmall/Medium/Large
Speedometer colorWhite/Orange/Green
Explanation
SCC Reaction
Fast/Normal/Slow
To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control.
* For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC)" on
page 5-95.
Driving Assist
Leading vehicle departure alert/Lane Following Assist/
Highway Driving Assist/Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
To select the functions.
Warning Timing
Normal/Later
To select the Warning time
Warning Volume
High/Medium/Low/Off
To select the Warning volume
Driver Attention Warn
-
ing
Low Activity Warning
To select the function.
* For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)"
on page 5-88.
Features of your vehicle
824
LCD display
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
3. Door
Forward Safety
Active Assist/Warning Only/Off
To select the functions.
Lane Safety
Lane Keeping Assist/Lane Departure Warning/Off
To select the functions.
Blind-Spot Safety
Blind-Spot View
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
Active Assist/Warning Only/Off
To select the functions.
Parking Safety
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety: You can turn on/off Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist. With Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist on, if there is a vehicle
approaching from the rear side when reversing, it helps
you avoid collision through warning and control.
* For more details, refer to "Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA)" on page 5-128.
Explanation
Explanation
Automatically Lock
Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked
when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
Enable on Shift (if equipped with Automatic transmission)
: All doors will be automatically locked if the gear is
shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N
(Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (With the Engine ON, it is
activated.)
Automatically Unlock
Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when
the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF position.
On Shift to P (if equipped with Automatic transmission) :
All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is
shifted to the P (Park) position. (With the Engine ON, it is
activated.)
83
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
4. Lights
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Two Press Unlock(if
equipped)
Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated.
Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked.
On: Press the door unlock button once to unlock the
driver's door, and press the button once more within 4
seconds to unlock the rest of the doors.
Power Liftgate (if
equipped)
If this item is checked, the power liftgate function will be
activated.
* For more details, refer to "Power liftgate (if equipped)" on
page 4-26.
Power Liftgate Speed
(if equipped)
Normal/ Fast
You can select the operating speed of the power liftgate.
Smart Power Liftgate
(if equipped)
If this item is checked, the smart power liftgate function
will be activated.
If the power liftgate function is not activated, you cannot
activate this function.
* For more details, refer to "Smart Power Liftgate (if
equipped)" on page 4-33.
Explanation
Explanation
One touch turn signal
Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deacti
-
vated.
3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7
times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
* For more details, refer to "Lighting" on page 4-119.
Head Lamp Delay
If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be
activated.
Features of your vehicle
844
LCD display
5. Sound
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
6. Convenience (if equipped)
Explanation
Welcome sound
If this item checked, the welcome sound function will be
activated.
Explanation
Seat (forward/back
-
ward) Easy Access (if
equipped)
Off: The seat easy access function will be deactivated.
Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the
driver's seat will automatically move rear 3 in (7.6 cm)
(Enhanced) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more com
-
fortably.
If you change the ENGINE START/STOP button from OFF
position to the AC function, the driver's seat will return to
the original position.
* For more details, refer to "Driver position memory system
for power seat (if equipped)" on page 3-12.
Seat (upward/down
-
ward) Easy Access (if
equipped)
To activate or deactivate Seat (upward/downward) Easy
Access
Rear Occupant Alert (if
equipped)
To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert.
* For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) sys
-
tem (if equipped)" on page 4-22.
Welcome Mirror/Light
On door unlock/ On door approach.
You can choose one of these two functions.
Wiper/Lights Display
If this item checked, the Wiper/Lights Display will be acti
-
vated.
Auto rear wiper
(reverse)
If this item checked, the Auto rear wiper will be activated.
Gear Position Pop-up
If this item is checked, the Gear position pop-up display will
be activated.
Icy road warning
If this item is checked, the Icy road warning display will be
activated.
85
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
7. Service Interval
NOTICE
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance are adjusted,
messages are displayed each time the vehicle is turned on in the following
situations.
Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days
to service.
Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has
been reached or passed.
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to
service may be incorrect.
The battery cable is disconnected.
The battery is discharged.
Explanation
Enable Service Interval
If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be
activated.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the
time and distance.
ResetTo reset the service interval function.
Features of your vehicle
864
LCD display
8. Other features (if equipped)
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
9. Language (if equipped)
10. Reset
Explanation
Fuel Economy Auto
Reset
If this item checked, the average fuel economy will reset
automatically after refueling or after ignition.
Speed Unit
mph, km/h
To select Speed unit.
Fuel Economy Unit
US gallon, UK gallon
To select the Fuel economy unit.
* For more details, refer to "Trip information (trip com
-
puter)" on page 4-87.
Temperature Unit
F/C
To select the Temperature unit.
Tire Pressure Unit
psi, kPa, bar
To select the Tire Pressure Unit
Explanation
LanguageTo select language.
Explanation
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All
menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory set
-
tings, except language and service interval.
87
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
LCD displays
LCD displays show the following
information to drivers.
Trip information
LCD modes
Warning messages
Trip information (trip computer)
The trip computer is a microcom
-
puter-controlled driver information
system that displays information
related to driving.
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer resets if the bat
-
tery is disconnected.
Trip modes
To change the trip mode, scroll the
toggle the switch ( / ) on the
steering wheel.
Fuel Economy
Average Fuel Economy (1)
The average fuel economy is cal
-
culated by the total driving dis
-
tance and fuel consumption since
the last average fuel economy
reset.
OON048116NR
Features of your vehicle
884
LCD displays
-Fuel economy range: 0~99.9
mpg or L/100 km
The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and auto
-
matically.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average fuel econ
-
omy is displayed.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy select menu from the
'Fuel economy auto reset' in the
User Settings mode on the LCD dis
-
play.
OFF - You may set to default
manually by using the trip switch
reset button.
After ignition - The vehicle will
automatically set to default once
4 hours pass after the Ignition is
in OFF.
After refueling - After refueling
more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters)
and driving over 1 mph (1 km/h),
the vehicle will reset to default
automatically.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
This mode displays the instant
fuel economy.
Accumulated Info display
This display shows the accumulated
trip distance (1), the average fuel
efficiency (2), and the total driving
time (3).
Accumulated information is calcu
-
lated after the vehicle has run for
more than 0.19 miles (300
meters).
If you press "OK" button for more
than 1 second after the Cumula
-
tive Information is displayed, the
information will be reset.
If the engine is running, even
when the vehicle is not in motion,
the information will be accumu
-
lated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 0.19 miles (300
meters) since the last ignition cycle
before the average accumulated
driving information is recalculated.
OON048118NR
89
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
Drive Info display
This display shows the trip distance
(1), the average fuel efficiency (2),
and the total driving time (3) infor
-
mation once per one ignition cycle.
Fuel efficiency is calculated after
the vehicle has run for more than
0.19 miles (300 meters).
If you press "OK" button for more
than 1 second after the Driving
Information is displayed, the
information will be reset.
If the engine is running, even
when the vehicle is not in motion,
the information will be accumu
-
lated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 0.19 miles (300
meters) since the last ignition cycle
before the average accumulated
driving information is recalculated.
Digital speedometer
This digital speedometer display
shows the speed of the vehicle.
Drive mode
This mode displays the currently
selected drive mode.
OON048117NR
OSK3048331NR
OON049136NR
Features of your vehicle
904
LCD displays
Service Mode
This mode reminds you of scheduled
maintenance information.
Service in
It calculates and displays when you
need a scheduled maintenance ser
-
vice (mileage or days).
If the remaining mileage or time
reaches 900 miles (1,500 km) or 30
days, "Service in" message is dis
-
played for several seconds each
time you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle ser
-
viced according to the already
inputted service interval, "Service
required" message is displayed for
several seconds each time you set
the ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
To reset the service interval to the
mileage and days that were previ
-
ously inputted:
Press the OK button (Reset) for
more than 1 second.
NOTICE
If any of the following conditions
occurs, the mileage and days may
be incorrect.
The battery cable is disconnected.
The battery is discharged.
Driving info display
At the end of each driving cycle, the
Driving Info message is displayed.
This display shows the trip distance
(1), average energy consumption
(2), driving time (3).
This information is displayed for a
few seconds when you turn off the
vehicle, and then goes off automati
-
cally. The information is calculated
for each time the vehicle is turned
on.
NOTICE
If sunroof open warning is dis
-
played in the cluster, the Driving
Information message may not be
displayed.
OON048117NR
91
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
LCD display messages
Engine has overheated
This warning message illuminates
when the engine coolant tempera
-
ture is above 248 F (120 C). This
mean that the engine is overheated
and may be damaged.
* If your vehicle is overheated, refer
to "If the engine overheats" on
page 6-7.
Low Key Battery for smart key
system
This warning message illuminates if
the battery of the smart key is dis
-
charged when the ENGINE START/
STOP button changes to the OFF
position.
Press START button while turning
wheel for smart key system
This message is displayed when the
smart key system is engage, to dis
-
engage press the ENGINE START/
STOP button while turning the
steering wheel right and left.
Steering wheel unlocked for smart
key system
This warning message illuminates
as follows:
If the steering is not locked when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes to the OFF position.
If the steering wheel lock system
has a problem. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Check Steering Wheel Lock system
for smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
there is malfunction in steering
wheel lock system when the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes to the
OFF position.
Key not in vehicle for smart key
system
This warning message illuminates if
the smart key is not in the vehicle
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON position.
It means that you should always
have the smart key with you.
Key not detected for smart key
system
This warning message illuminates if
the smart key is not detected when
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
Features of your vehicle
924
LCD displays
Door, Hood, Liftgate open warning
display
This warning is displayed if any door
or the hood or the liftgate is left
open. The warning will indicate
which door is open in the display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you
should confirm that the door, hood,
and liftgate are fully closed. Also,
check there is no door/hood/liftgate
open warning light or message dis
-
played on the instrument cluster.
Sunroof open warning display (if
equipped)
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the vehicle when the sunroof is
open.
Close the sunroof securely before
leaving your vehicle.
Low Pressure warning display
This warning message is displayed if
the tire pressure is low. The corre
-
sponding tire on the vehicle will be
illuminated.
OON048119NR
OON048120NR
OON068004NR
93
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-8.
Lights mode
This indicator displays which exte
-
rior light is selected using the light
-
ing control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the clus
-
ter LCD display.
Wiper mode
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper
control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the clus
-
ter LCD display.
Shift to P or N to start engine for
smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position.
Press brake pedal to start engine
for smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
It means that you should depress
the brake pedal to start the engine.
Battery discharging due to external
electrical devices
The vehicle can detect self-dis
-
charge of the battery due to over-
current that is generated by unau
-
thorized electrical devices such as
dashboard camera (dash cam)
mounting during parking.
Please note that functions such as
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) are limited
OON048121NR
OON048122NR
Features of your vehicle
944
LCD displays
and battery discharge problems
may occur.
If the warning continues even after
external electrical devices are
removed, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Press START button again for
smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
you cannot operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button when there is a
problem with the ENGINE START/
STOP button system.
It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button once more.
If the warning illuminates each time
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Press START button with key for
smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while the warning message
"Key not detected" is illuminating.
At this time, the immobilizer indica
-
tor light blinks.
Check DAW (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with Driver
Attention Warning. In this case, have
the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
* For more information, refer to
"Driver Attention Warning (DAW)"
on page 5-88.
Check BCA (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist. In this
case, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
* For more information, refer to
"Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA)" on page 5-76.
Icy Road Warning (if equipped)
This warning is to warn the driver
the road may be icy.
When the following conditions occur,
the warning light (including outside
temperature gauge) blinks 5 times
and then illuminates, and also warn
-
ing chime sounds once.
OON048123NR
95
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
The temperature on the outside
temperature gauge is below
approximately 40 F (4 C).
NOTICE
If the icy road warning appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and refrain from speed
-
ing, rapid acceleration, sudden brak
-
ing or sharp turning.
Check headlight
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction (burned-out
bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal
-
function) with the headlamp. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Be sure to use the bulb that meets
the specified capacity. Refer to
"Bulb wattage" on page 8-4.
When you use a bulb that does not
meet capacity, the above warning
message appears.
Check ECS
This warning message illuminates
when a malfunction occurs with the
Electronic Control Suspension (ECS)
system. In this case, have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Warning and indicator lights
The warning light and indicator light
indicate a situation where the driver
should be careful and whether the
various functions are activated.
Warning lights
The warning light indicates situa
-
tions that require the driver to pay
attention.
NOTICE
Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the vehicle. If any
light is still ON, this indicates a situ
-
ation that needs attention.
Air bag warning light
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
6 seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the Supplemental Restraint Sys
-
tem (SRS).
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Features of your vehicle
964
Warning and indicator lights
Seat belt warning light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
* For more details, refer to "Seat
belts" on page 3-27.
Parking brake & brake fluid warning
light
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds
-It remains on if the parking
brake is applied.
When the parking brake is applied.
When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
-If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake
released, it indicates the brake
fluid level in reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reser
-
voir is low:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.With the vehicle stopped, check
the brake fluid level immediately
and add fluid as required (For
more details, refer to "Brake fluid"
on page 7-24). Then check all
brake components for fluid leaks.
If any leak on the brake system is
still found, the warning light
remains on, or the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle.
In this case, have your vehicle
towed to an authorized Kia dealer
and inspected.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking systems. This
means that braking still works for
two wheels even if one of the dual
systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, greater pedal pressure is
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will require
increased stopping distance with
only a portion of the brake system
working.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light ON is dangerous. If the Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
illuminates with the parking brake
released, it indicates that the brake
fluid level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
97
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
warning light
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking sys
-
tem will still be operational with
-
out the assistance of the Anti-
lock Brake System).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Electronic Brake force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
These two warning lights illuminate
at the same time while driving:
When the ABS and regular brake
system are not working, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
When both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning lights are on,
the brake system will not work nor
-
mally and you may experience an
unexpected and dangerous situation
during sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
warning light
This warning light illuminates:
When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to ON, the warn
-
ing light illuminates for about 3
seconds and turns off automati
-
cally if no problem.
If the warning light is tuned on, it
may indicate the failure of the EPS
system, so have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Charging system warning light
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
984
Warning and indicator lights
2.Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
When you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-The malfunction indicator light
illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then goes off.
Whenever there is a malfunction
with either the emission control
system or the engine or the vehi
-
cle powertrain. If this occurs, have
the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction Indica
-
tor Lamp (MIL) on may cause dam
-
age to the emission control systems
which could affect drivability and/or
fuel economy.
CAUTION
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Engine oil pressure warning light
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It remains on until the engine is
started.
When the engine oil pressure is
low.
Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to "Engine oil and filter" on
page 7-19.) If the level is low, add
oil as required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not
available, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer. Continued driving with the
warning light on may cause
engine failure.
NOTICE
When engine oil pressure decreases
due to insufficient engine oil, etc.,
the Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light will illuminate.
99
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
CAUTION
Engine Overheating
Do not continue driving with the
engine overheated. Otherwise, the
engine may be damaged.
CAUTION
Engine damage
If the engine is not stopped immedi
-
ately after the engine oil pressure
warning light is illuminated and
stays on while the engine is running,
serious engine damage may result.
Low fuel level warning light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Low Fuel Level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below "E" can cause the engine
to misfire and damage the catalytic
converter.
Low tire pressure warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When one or more of your tires
are significantly under inflated.
(The location of the underinflated
tires are displayed on the LCD dis
-
play).
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-8.
This warning light remains on after
blinking for approximately 70 sec
-
onds or repeats blinking on and off
at the intervals of approximately 3
seconds:
When there is a malfunction with
the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-8.
WARNING
Low tire pressure
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
Features of your vehicle
1004
Warning and indicator lights
control and increased braking dis
-
tances.
Continued driving or low pressure
tires will cause the tires to over
-
heat and fail.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
If you notice any vehicle instabil
-
ity, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator pedal, apply
the brakes gradually with light
force, and slowly move to a safe
position off the road.
Master warning light
This warning light informs the
driver the following situations
LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
Lamp malfunction
High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunc
-
tion (if equipped)
To identify the details of the warn
-
ing, look at the LCD display.
LED headlamp warning light (if
equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the LED headlamp.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
This warning light blinks when there
is a malfunction with a LED head
-
lamp related part. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Forward Safety warning light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is turned off.
When the radar sensor or cover is
blocked with dirt or snow. Check
the sensor and cover and clean
them by using a soft cloth.
101
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
When there is a malfunction with
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist. If this occurs, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)" on page 5-55.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the EPB.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Indicator Light comes on to indicate
that the ESC is not working properly
(This does not indicate malfunction
of the EPB).
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the AWD.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Indicator lights
The indicator light indicates
whether the various functions are
activated.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the ESC.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
(3%
Features of your vehicle
1024
Warning and indicator lights
* For more details, refer to "Elec
-
tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys
-
tem" on page 5-36.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OFF indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When you deactivate the ESC
system by pressing the ESC OFF
button.
* For more details, refer to "Elec
-
tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys
-
tem" on page 5-36.
Immobilizer indicator light
This indicator light illuminates for
up to 30 seconds:
When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle properly
while the ENGINE START/STOP
button is ACC or ON.
-At this time, you can start the
engine.
-The indicator light goes off
after starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
-At this time, you cannot start
the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
When the vehicle cannot detect
the smart key which is in the
vehicle while the ENGINE START/
STOP button is ON.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
When the battery of the smart
key is weak.
When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Auto stop indicator
This indicator will illuminate when
the engine enters the Idle Stop
mode of the Idle Stop and Go (ISG)
system.
When the automatic starting
occurs, the auto stop indicator on
the cluster will blink for 5 seconds.
* For more details, refer to "Idle Stop
and Go (ISG) system" on page 5-
43.
NOTICE
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, warning
lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or
103
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
Parking brake warning light) may
turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of the low
battery voltage. It does not mean
the system is malfunctioning.
Turn signal indicator light
This indicator light blinks:
When you turn the turn signal
light on.
If any of the following occurs, there
may a malfunction with the turn
signal system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates.
The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
The indicator light does not illumi
-
nate at all.
Low beam indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When the headlights are on.
High beam indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position.
When the turn signal lever is
pulled into the Flash-to-Pass
position.
High Beam Assist indicator (if
equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
When High Beam Assist is on with
the light switch in the AUTO light
position.
If your vehicle detects oncoming
or preceding vehicles, High Beam
Assist will switch the high beam
to low beam automatically.
* For more details, refer to "High
Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped)"
on page 4-123.
Light ON indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
Front fog indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When the front fog lights are on.
Lane Safety indicator (if
equipped)
The Lane Safety indicator will illumi
-
nate when you turn Lane Keeping
Assist on by pressing the Lane
Safety button.
Features of your vehicle
1044
Warning and indicator lights
If there is a problem with the func
-
tion, the yellow Lane Keeping Assist
indicator will illuminate.
* For more details, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA)" on page 5-
70.
Cruise indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When Smart Cruise Control is
enabled.
* For more details, refer to "Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)" on page 5-
95.
SPORT mode indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When you select "SPORT" mode
as drive mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive
mode integrated control system
(FWD)" on page 5-47 and "Drive
mode integrated control system
(AWD)" on page 5-51.
ECO mode indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When you select "ECO" mode as
drive mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive
mode integrated control system
(FWD)" on page 5-47 and "Drive
mode integrated control system
(AWD)" on page 5-51.
AUTO HOLD indicator light (AUTO
HOLD) (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
White When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the
AUTO HOLD button.
Green When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the auto hold
system activated.
Yellow When there is a malfunc
-
tion with the auto hold system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
* For more details, refer to "AUTO
HOLD" on page 5-31.
All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indica
-
tor light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When you select AWD lock mode
by pressing the AWD LOCK button.
-The AWD lock mode is to
increase the drive power when
driving on wet pavement, snow
covered roads and/or off-road.
105
4
4
Features of your vehicleHead-Up Display (HUD)
NOTICE
AWD Lock Mode
Do not use AWD LOCK mode on dry
paved roads or highway, it can
cause noise, vibration or damage of
AWD related parts.
SMART mode indicator (if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When you select "SMART" mode
as drive mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive
mode integrated control system
(FWD)" on page 5-47 and "Drive
mode integrated control system
(AWD)" on page 5-51.
Head-Up Display (HUD) (if
equipped)
The Head-Up Display (HUD) is a
transparent display that projects an
image of certain information from
the instrument cluster and naviga
-
tion system on the windshield glass.
The HUD image on the HUD
screen may not be visible when:
-Sitting posture prevents visibil
-
ity.
-Wearing a polarized sunglasses.
-There is an object on the cover
of the Head-Up Display.
-Driving on a wet road.
-Lighting is turned on inside the
vehicle.
-Light is entering the vehicle
from the outside.
-Wearing inadequate glasses for
your eyesight.
If the HUD image is not displayed
well, adjust the height, rotation or
illumination of the HUD in the
cluster.
OON048094NR
Features of your vehicle
1064
Head-Up Display (HUD)
When the HUD needs inspection
or repair, have your vehicle
inspected or repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
HUD ON/OFF
The HUD display can be activated or
deactivated in user setting mode
while engine is ON.
WARNING
Head-Up Display
The Head-Up Display is a supple
-
mental system. Do not solely rely on
the system, always drive safely, and
pay attention to the driving condi
-
tions on the road.
HUD Information
1.Turn By Turn navigation informa
-
tion (if equipped)
2.Road signs (if equipped)
3.Speedometer
4.SCC setting speed (if equipped)
5.SCC Vehicle Distance information
(if equipped)
6.Lane Safety information (if
equipped)
7.Blind-Spot Safety information (if
equipped)
8.Highway Driving Assist informa
-
tion (if equipped)
9.Lane Following Assist information
(if equipped)
10. Highway Auto Speed Change
information (if equipped)
11. Warning lights (low fuel)
12. AV mode information
* Road signs and Turn By Turn navi
-
gation information are available
depending on the region.
OON048124NR
OON049137NR
107
4
4
Features of your vehicleRear View Monitor (RVM)
HUD Setting
On the LCD display, you can change
the HUD settings as follows.
1.Display height
2.Rotation
3.Brightness
4.Content selection
5.Speedometer size
6.Speedometer color
* For more details, refer to "LCD Dis
-
play Modes" on page 4-78
Rear View Monitor (RVM) (if
equipped)
Rear View Monitor is a supplemental
function that shows the area behind
the vehicle on the multimedia sys
-
tem screen to assist you when
parking or backing up.
For detailed information, refer to a
separately supplied manual.
Rear View Monitor with parking
guidance will activate when the
engine is running and the shift
lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
To assist in parking, the rear view
is shown (the parking guide line
disappears) on the screen when
OON048006NR
OON048007NR
Features of your vehicle
1084
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
the shift lever is moved from R
(Reverse) to D (Drive) with vehicle
speed below 10 mph (15 km/h).
Rear View Monitor Top view
When you touch the icon (1), the top
view is displayed on the screen and
shows the distance from the vehicle
in the back of your vehicle. Touch
the icon (1) again, to switch back to
the previous screen.
WARNING
Backing & using camera
Never rely solely on the rear view
camera. You must always use
methods of viewing the area behind
you including looking over both
shoulders as well as continuously
checking all three rear view mirrors.
Due to the difficulty of ensuring
that the area behind you remains
clear, always back up slowly and
stop immediately if you suspect
that a person, and especially a child,
might be behind you.
NOTICE
Do not spray the camera or its
surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not
operate normally.
Do not use any cleanser contain
-
ing acid or alkaline detergents
when cleaning the lens. Use only a
mild soap or neutral detergent,
and rinse thoroughly with water.
If the camera lens is covered with
foreign material, Rear View Moni
-
tor may not operate normally.
Always keep the camera lens
clean.
However, do not use chemical sol
-
vents such as strong detergents
containing high alkaline or volatile
organic solvents (gasoline, ace
-
tone etc.). This may damage the
camera lens.
When your vehicle has not been
operated for a long time or has
been parked in indoor parking
space in winter, the image may be
temporarily blurred due to
exhaust fumes.
OON041408NR
109
4
4
Features of your vehicleSurround View Monitor (SVM)
Surround View Monitor (SVM) (if
equipped)
Surround View Monitor is the park
-
ing support function that shows
your surroundings around the vehi
-
cle.
For detailed information, refer to a
separately supplied manual.
The function is activated when
the following steps are per
-
formed.
1.The Parking/View button (1,
indicator ON) is pressed.
2.The shift lever is in D (Drive), N
(Neutral) or R (Reverse) and
vehicle speed is under 10 mph
(15 km/h).
The function is deactivated when
one of the following is performed.
-The Parking/View button (1,
indicator OFF) is pressed again.
-Vehicle speed is over 10 mph
(15 km/h).
When vehicle speed is over 10
mph (15 km/h), the function will
turn off.
The function will not automati
-
cally turn on again, even though
vehicle speed gets below 10 mph
(15 km/h).
Press the Parking/View button (1,
indicator ON) again, to turn on the
function.
When the vehicle is backing up,
the function will turn ON regard
-
less of vehicle speed or button
status however, if vehicle speed is
over 10 mph (15 km/h) when
driving forward, Surround View
Monitor will turn off.
A indicator on the screen appears
when:
-The liftgate is opened.
-The driver's door is opened.
-The passenger's door is opened.
-The outside rearview mirror is
folded.
If the function is not operating
normally, the function should be
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OON048009NR
OON041010NR
Features of your vehicle
1104
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
WARNING
The function is a supplementary
driving assist function. Make sure to
check the vehicle's surroundings
yourself for safety. Do not solely
rely on what is displayed on the
screen. What you see on the screen
may differ from the actual vehicle's
location.
NOTICE
If the camera lens is covered with
foreign material, Surround View
Monitor may not operate normally.
Always keep the camera lens clean.
However, do not use chemical sol
-
vents such as strong detergents
containing high alkaline or volatile
organic solvents (gasoline, acetone
etc.). This may damage the camera
lens.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing (PDW) (if equipped)
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
assists the driver when the vehicle is
moving in reverse by chiming if any
object is detected within a distance
of 48 inches (120 cm) behind the
vehicle.
This function is a supplemental
function and it is not intended to nor
does it replace the need for extreme
care and attention of the driver. The
sensing range and objects detect
-
able by the back sensors (1) are lim
-
ited. Whenever backing-up, pay as
much attention to what is behind
you as you would in a vehicle with
-
out Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing.
WARNING
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
Never rely solely on Reverse Parking
Distance Warning. Always perform a
visual inspection to make sure the
vehicle is clear of all obstructions
OON041003
111
4
4
Features of your vehicleReverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
before moving the vehicle in any
direction. Stop immediately if you
are aware of a child anywhere near
your vehicle. Some objects may not
be detected by the sensors, due to
the object's size or material.
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
operation
Operating condition
This function will activate when
the indicator on the Parking
Safety button is not illuminated. If
you desire to deactivate Reverse
Parking Distance Warning, press
the Parking Safety button again.
(The indicator on the button will
illuminate.) To turn the function
on, press the button again. (The
indicator on the button will go
off.)
This function will activate when
backing up with the ENGINE
START/STOP button ON.
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
over 3 mph (5 km/h), the function
may not be activated correctly.
The sensing distance while the
back-up warning system is in
operation is approximately 48
inches (120 cm) from the central
area of the rear bumper and 24
inches (60 cm) from the side area
of the rear bumper.
When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the
closest one will be recognized
first.
Types of warning sound
When an object is 48 inches to 24
inches (120 cm to 60 cm) from
the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps
intermittently.
When an object is 24 inches to 12
inches (60 cm to 30 cm) from the
rear bumper: Buzzer beeps more
frequently.
When an object is within 12 inches
(30 cm) of the rear bumper:
Buzzer sounds continuously.
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
not operation
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may not operate properly when:
Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
(It will operate normally once the
moisture clears.)
The sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the mate
-
rial is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motor
-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
Features of your vehicle
1124
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
There is rain or water spraying
nearby.
Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
The sensor is covered with snow.
Trailer towing
The detecting range may decrease
when:
The sensor is covered with foreign
matter such as snow or water.
(The sensing range will return to
normal when removed.)
Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
Objects which tend to absorb the
frequency emitted by the sensor
such as clothes, sound absorbent
material or snow.
There are undetectable objects
smaller than 40 inches (100 cm) in
height and narrower than 6
inches (15 cm) in diameter.
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
precautions
The sound of Reverse Parking
Distance Warning may change
depending on the speed and
shape of the objects detected.
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may malfunction if the vehicle
bumper height or sensor installa
-
tion has been modified or dam
-
aged. Any non-factory installed
equipment or accessories may
also interfere with the sensor
performance.
The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 12 inches (30
cm) from the sensor, or it may
sense an incorrect distance. Use
caution.
When the sensor is frozen or cov
-
ered with snow, dirt, or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until
the material is removed using a
soft cloth.
To prevent damage, do not push,
scratch or strike the sensor.
NOTICE
This function can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors. It cannot detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
such as poles or objects located
between sensors may not be
detected by the sensors. Pay close
attention when the vehicle is driven
close to objects on the road, partic
-
ularly pedestrians, and especially
children. Always visually check
behind the vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
113
4
4
Features of your vehicleForward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
(PDW)
the function regarding the func
-
tions capabilities and limitations.
Self-diagnosis
If you don't hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter
-
mittently when shifting the gear to
the R (Reverse) position, this may
indicate a malfunction in Reverse
Parking Distance Warning. If this
occurs, have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu
-
pants. Always drive safely and cau
-
tiously.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning (PDW) (if
equipped)
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning assists the driver during
movement of the vehicle by chiming
if any object is sensed within the
distance of 40 inches (100 cm) in
front and 48 inches (120 cm) behind
the vehicle.
Front
Rear
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the ultrasonic sensors
(1) are limited. Whenever moving
OON041004
OON041003
Features of your vehicle
1144
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
(PDW)
while using Forward/Reverse Park
-
ing Distance Warning, pay as much
attention to what is in front and
behind you as you would in a vehicle
without Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning.
WARNING
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning is a supplemental function
only.
The operation of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning can be
affected by several factors (includ
-
ing environmental conditions).
It is the responsibility of the driver
to always check the front and rear
views before and while parking.
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning operation
Operating condition
This function activates when the
Parking Safety button is pressed
with the ENGINE START/STOP
button ON.
The indicator of the Parking
Safety button turns on automati
-
cally and activates Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
when you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position.
The sensing distance while back
-
ing up is approximately 48 inches
(120 cm) when you are driving
less than 6 mph (10 km/h).
The sensing distance while mov
-
ing forward is approximately 40
inches (100 cm) when you are
driving less than 6 mph (10 km/h).
When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the
closest one will be recognized
first.
The side sensors are activated
when you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position.
If the vehicle speed is above 12
mph (20 km/h), the function
automatically turns off. To acti
-
vate again, push the button.
NOTICE
It may not operate if the vehicle's
distance from the object is already
less than approximately 10 inches
(25 cm) when the function is acti
-
vated.
OON048005NR
115
4
4
Features of your vehicleForward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
(PDW)
Type of warning indicator and sound
NOTICE
The actual warning sound and
indicator may differ from the
illustration depending on the
objects or sensor status.
Do not wash the vehicle's sensor
with high pressure water.
NOTICE
This function can only sense
objects within the range and loca
-
tion of the sensors; it cannot
detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
Also, small or slim objects, such as
poles or objects located between
sensors may not be detected by
the sensors.
Always visually check behind the
vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of
the vehicle that may be unfamiliar
with the function regarding the
functions capabilities and limita
-
tions.
Distance from object
Warning indicator
Warning sound
When driving forwardWhen driving backward
40~24 inches
(100~60 cm)
Front-
Buzzer beeps intermit
-
tently
48~24 inches
(120~60 cm)
Rear-
Buzzer beeps intermit
-
tently
24~12 inches
(60~30 cm)
FrontBuzzer beeps frequently
Rear-Buzzer beeps frequently
Within 12
inches
(30 cm)
Front
Buzzer beeps continu
-
ously
Rear-
Buzzer beeps continu
-
ously
Features of your vehicle
1164
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
(PDW)
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning not operation
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may not operate normally
when:
Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
(It will operate normally when
moisture melts.)
Sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the mate
-
rial is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
Sensor is stained with foreign
matter such as snow or water.
(Sensing range will return to nor
-
mal when removed.)
The Parking Safety button is OFF.
There is a possibility of Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
malfunction when:
Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
Objects generating excessive
noise such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes can interfere with the
sensor.
Heavy rain or water spray.
Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones present near the sensor.
Sensor is covered with snow.
Detecting range may decrease
when:
Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
There are undetectable objects
smaller than 40 inches (100 cm)
and narrower than 6 inches (15
cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
Objects, which tend to absorb
sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
NOTICE
1.The warning may not sound con
-
sistently depending on the speed
and shapes of the objects
detected.
2.Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning may malfunction if
the vehicle bumper height or sen
-
sor installation has been modified.
Any non-factory installed equip
-
ment or accessories may also
interfere with the sensor perfor
-
mance.
3.Sensor may not recognize objects
less than 12 inches (30 cm) from
the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use with cau
-
tion.
4.When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until
117
4
4
Features of your vehicleForward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
(PDW)
the stains are removed using a
soft cloth.
5.Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
NOTICE
This function can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors; it cannot detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
or objects located between sensors
may not be detected.
Always visually check in front and
behind the vehicle when driving. Be
sure to inform any drivers in the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the function regarding the func
-
tions capabilities and limitations.
NOTICE
Pay close attention when the vehicle
is driven close to objects on the
road, particularly pedestrians, and
especially children. Be aware that
some objects may not be detected
by the sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensor. Always perform a visual
inspection to make sure the vehicle
is clear of all obstructions before
moving the vehicle in any direction.
Self-diagnosis
When you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position and if one or
more of the below occurs you may
have a malfunction in Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning.
You don't hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds
intermittently.
(blinks) is displayed.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu
-
pants. Always drive safely and cau
-
tiously.
Features of your vehicle
1184
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
(if equipped)
Blind-Spot View Monitor displays
the passenger-side rear areas in the
cluster when the function is acti
-
vated.
To turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is
enabled in the settings.
1.ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
2.The turn signal is activated.
To turn off Blind-Spot View Moni
-
tor
1.ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the OFF position.
2.The turn signal is deactivated.
3.Other warning screen pops up and
takes priority over Blind-Spot
View Monitor.
WARNING
Like all assistance function, Blind-
Spot View Monitor has limitations.
Sole-reliance on the function may
result in a collision.
NOTICE
This function is a supplemental
function only. It is the responsibil
-
ity of the driver to always check
the area around the vehicle
before and while making turns or
changing lanes.
Always look around your vehicle
to make sure there are no objects
or obstacles before moving the
vehicle in any direction to prevent
a collision.
Objects are closer than they
appear. Failure to visually confirm
that is safe to change the lane
before doing so may result in
crash and serious injury or death.
If the camera lens is covered with
foreign material, Blind-Spot View
Monitor may not operate nor
-
mally. Always keep the camera
lens clean. However, do not use
chemical solvents such as strong
detergents containing high alka
-
line or volatile organic solvents
(gasoline, acetone etc.). This may
damage the camera lens.
OON041102
119
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
Lighting
This vehicle is equipped with a vari
-
ety of lights to illuminate the inte
-
rior and exterior of the vehicle.
CAUTION
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the head
-
light and interior light on for a pro
-
longed time while the engine is not
running.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being dis
-
charged if the lights are left in the
ON position. The system automati
-
cally shuts off the parking lights
after the engine is off and the
driver's door is opened.
However, the position lamps stay
ON even when the driver-side door
is opened if the light switch is oper
-
ated after the engine is turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
turn the position lamps OFF and ON
again using the headlamp switch on
the steering column after the
engine is turned off.
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Light (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the
day.
The DRL can be helpful in many dif
-
ferent driving conditions, and it is
especially helpful after dawn and
before sunset.
The DRL will turn the dedicated
lamp OFF when:
The headlight switch is on.
The vehicle is off.
The front fog light is on.
Engaging the Parking Brake.
Lighting control
The light switch has a headlight and
a position lamp position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob
at the end of the control lever to
one of the following positions:
1.OFF position / DRL off position.
2.Auto light position
3.Position & Tail lamp
4.Headlight position
OON048416NR
Features of your vehicle
1204
Lighting
Position & Tail lamp
When the light switch is in the posi
-
tion lamp position, the tail, license
and instrument panel lights will turn
ON.
Headlight position
When the light switch is in the head
-
light position, the head, tail, license
lights will turn ON.
NOTICE
The ENGINE START/STOP button
must be in the ON position to turn
on the headlights.
Auto light
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and
headlights will turn ON or OFF auto
-
matically depending on the amount
of light outside the vehicle.
CAUTION
Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the instru
-
ment panel as this will ensure
better auto-light system control.
Don't clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleaner may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto
light system may not work prop
-
erly.
OON048417NR
OON048418NR
OON048414NR
121
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
Operating high beam
To turn on the high beam headlamp:
Push the lever away from you.
The lever will return to its original
position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams
are switched on.
WARNING
High beams
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles in front of or
approaching your vehicle. Using high
beam could obstruct the other
driver's vision.
To flash the headlights:
Pull the lever towards you.
It will return to the normal (low
beam) position when released.
The headlight switch does not
need to be on to use this flashing
feature.
Operating turn signals and lane
change signals
The ENGINE START/STOP button
must be on for the turn signals to
function.
To turn on the turn signals:
Move the lever up or down (A).
OSKEV048429NR
ODEEV068136NR
OSKEV048406NR
Features of your vehicle
1224
Lighting
The green arrow indicators on the
instrument panel indicate which
turn signal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn
is completed. If the indicator con
-
tinues to flash after a turn, man
-
ually return the lever to the OFF
position.
To signal a lane change:
Move the turn signal lever slightly
and hold it in position (B).
The lever will return to the OFF
position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be
burned out and will require replace
-
ment.
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec
-
tion in the circuit.
One-touch lane change function
To activate a one-touch lane change
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7
times.
You can activate or deactivate the
One Touch Turn Signal function or
choose the number of blinking (3, 5,
or 7) by selecting "User Settings →
Lights → One Touch Turn Signal".
NOTICE
If the turn signal indicator stays on
and does not flash, or if it flashes
abnormally, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec
-
tion in the circuit. The bulb may
require replacement.
Operating front fog light (if
equipped)
Fog lights are designed to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
The fog lights will turn on when the
fog light switch (1) is turned to the
on position after the headlight is
turned on.
To turn off the fog lights:
Turn the fog light switch (1) to
the OFF position.
ODEEV068138NR
123
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
High Beam Assist (HBA) (if
equipped)
High Beam Assist is a function that
automatically adjusts the headlamp
range (switches between high beam
and low beam) according to the
brightness of other vehicles and
road conditions.
Operating High Beam Assist
High Beam Assist can be operated
using the light switch.
1.Place the light switch in the AUTO
position.
2.Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
3.The High Beam Assist () indi
-
cator will illuminate.
4.High Beam Assist will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 25
mph (40 km/h).
The details of operation with the
light switch while High Beam Assist
is on are below.
If the light switch is pushed away,
High Beam Assist will turn off and
the high beam will be on continu
-
ously.
If the light switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will be on
without canceling the operation
of High Beam Assist. (When you
take your hands off the switch,
the lever will move to the middle
and the high beam will turn off.)
If the light switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is turned on using High Beam
Assist, the low beam will turn on
and High Beam Assist turn off.
If the light switch is turned to the
headlamp position () from
AUTO position, High Beam Assist
will turn off and the low beam will
be on continuously.
When High Beam Assist is operating,
the high beam switches to low beam
in the following conditions.
When the headlamp is detected
from the on-coming vehicle.
When the tail lamp is detected
from the front vehicle.
When headlamp / tail lamp of
bicycle/motorcycle is detected.
When the surrounding is so bright
that high beams are not needed.
OON048420NR
Features of your vehicle
1244
Lighting
When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
When the light switch is not in the
AUTO position.
When High Beam Assist is off.
When vehicle speed is below 15
mph (24 km/h).
High Beam Assist warning light and
message
When High Beam Assist is not work
-
ing properly, a warning message
Check High Beam Assist (HBA) sys
-
tem will come on for a few seconds.
After the message disappears, the
master warning light () will illu
-
minate. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
function checked.
CAUTION
High Beam Assist may not work
properly in the following situations:
When the light from a on-coming
or front vehicle is poor
-When the light from a on-com
-
ing or front vehicle is not
detected because of lamp dam
-
age, or because it is hidden
from sight, etc.
-When the lamp of a on-coming
or front vehicle is covered with
dust, snow or water.
-When a front vehicle's head
-
lamps are off but the fog lamps
on and etc.
When external conditions inter
-
vene
-When there is a lamp that has a
similar shape as a front vehi
-
cle's lamps.
-When the headlamp is not
repaired or replaced at an
authorized Kia dealer.
-When headlamp aiming is not
properly adjusted.
-When driving on a narrow
curved road, rough road, down
-
hill or uphill.
-When only part of the vehicle in
front is visible on a crossroad or
curved road.
-When there is a traffic light,
reflecting sign, flashing sign or
mirror ahead.
-When there is a temporary
reflector or flash ahead (con
-
struction area).
-When the road conditions are
poor such as being wet, iced or
covered with snow.
-When a vehicle suddenly
appears from a curve.
-When the vehicle is tilted from
a flat tire or being towed.
-When the Lane Keeping Assist
failure indicator (yellow) illumi
-
nates.
125
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
When front visibility is poor
-When the lamp of the on-com
-
ing or front vehicle is covered
with dust, snow or water.
-When the light from a on-com
-
ing or front vehicle is not
detected because of exhaust
fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
-When the front window is cov
-
ered with foreign substance.
-When it is hard to see because
of fog, heavy rain or snow and
etc.
NOTICE
Do not disassemble a front view
camera temporarily for tinted
window or attaching any types of
coatings and accessories. If you
disassemble the camera and
assemble it again, take your vehi
-
cle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the function checked.
When you replace or reinstall the
windshield glass take your vehicle
to an authorized Kia dealer and
have the function checked.
Be careful that water doesn't get
into the High Beam Assist unit
unit and do not remove or dam
-
age parts of High Beam Assist.
Do not place objects on the dash
board that reflect light such as
mirrors, white paper, etc. The
function may not be able to func
-
tion if sunlight is reflected onto it.
At times, High Beam Assist may
not operate due to function lim
-
itations. The function is for your
convenience only.
It is the responsibility of the driver
to drive safely and always check
the road conditions.
When the function does not oper
-
ate normally, change the lamp
position manually between the
high beam and low beam.
Features of your vehicle
1264
Wipers and washers
Wipers and washers
The wipers and washers remove
foreign substances from the wind
-
shield and rear window, helping to
maintain visibility.
Front windshield wiper/washer
Rear windshield wiper/washer
A: Wiper speed control (front)
MIST Single wipe
OFF Off
INT Intermittent wipe
AUTO* Auto control wipe
LO Low wiper speed
HI High wiper speed
B: Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C: Wash with brief wipes (front)
D: Rear wiper/washer control
HI Continuous wipe
LO Intermittent wipe
OFF Off
E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)
*: if equipped
Windshield washers
Operates as follows when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned ON.
MIST: For a single wiping cycle, move
the lever to this (MIST) position and
release it. The wipers will operate
continuously if the lever is held in
this position.
OFF: Wiper is not in operation
INT: Wiper operates intermittently
at the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist. To
vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control switch.
LO: Normal wiper speed
HI: Fast wiper speed
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield,
defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or
OON048421NR
ODEEV068144NR
127
4
4
Features of your vehicleWipers and washers
ice is removed before using the
windshield wipers to ensure proper
operation. If you do not remove the
snow and/or ice before using the
wiper and washer, it may damage
the wiper and washer system.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing
temperatures without first warming
the windshield with the defrosters;
the washer solution could freeze on
the windshield and obscure your
vision.
Auto control (if equipped)
The rain sensor (A) located on the
upper end of the windshield glass
senses the amount of rainfall and
controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval. The more it rains,
the faster the wiper operates. When
the rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is ON position, the
wiper will operate once to perform a
self-check of the system. Set the
wiper to the OFF position when the
wiper is not in use.
WARNING
When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON position and the
windshield wiper switch is placed in
AUTO mode, use caution in the fol
-
lowing situations to avoid any injury
to the hands or other parts of the
body:
Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain
sensor.
Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or
wet cloth.
Do not put pressure on the wind
-
shield glass.
CAUTION
When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position
to stop the auto wiper operation.
The wiper may operate and be
damaged if the switch is set in
AUTO mode while washing the
vehicle.
OON048415NR
Features of your vehicle
1284
Wipers and washers
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
When starting the vehicle in win
-
ter, set the wiper switch in the
OFF position. Otherwise, wipers
may operate and ice may damage
the windshield wiper blades.
Always remove all snow and ice
and defrost the windshield prop
-
erly prior to operating the wind
-
shield wipers.
Operating windshield washer
Use this function when the wind
-
shield is dirty.
1.Move the wiper speed control
switch to the OFF position.
2.Pull the lever gently toward you
to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers
1-3 cycles.
The spray and wiper operation
will continue until you release the
lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid
level is not sufficient, you will need
to add appropriate non-abrasive
windshield washer fluid to the
washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the motor compart
-
ment on the passenger side.
CAUTION
Washer pump
To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
CAUTION
Wipers & windshields
To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline, kero
-
sene, paint thinner, or other sol
-
vents on or near them.
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
ODEEV068145NR
129
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior lights
Operating rear window wiper and
washer switch
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever.
Turn the switch to the desired
position to operate the rear wiper
and washer.
HI: Continuous wipe
LO: Intermittent wipe
OFF: OFF
Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run
the rear wipers 1~3 cycles.
The spray and wiper operation
will continue until you release the
lever
Interior lights
This vehicle is equipped with lights
throughout the vehicle to illuminate
the interior.
Automatic turn off function (if
equipped)
The interior lights automatically
turn off approximately 20 minutes
after the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned off, if the lights are in
the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior
lights automatically turn off
approximately 5 seconds after the
system is armed.
Map lamp
Press the lens (1) to turn ON the
map lamp.
To turn the map lamp OFF press
the lens (1) again.
(2): DOOR mode
ODEEV068146NR
ODEEV068147NR
OON040011NR
Features of your vehicle
1304
Interior lights
-The map lamp and room lamp
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approx
-
imately 30 seconds.
-The map lamp and room lamp
come on for approximately 30
seconds when doors are
unlocked with a smart key as
long as the doors are not
opened.
-The map lamp and room lamp
will stay on for approximately
20 minutes if a door is opened
with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC or OFF posi
-
tion.
-The map lamp and room lamp
will stay on continuously if the
door is opened with the ENGINE
START/STOP button in the ON
position.
-The map lamp and room lamp
will go out immediately if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
changed to the ON position or
all doors are locked.
-To turn off the DOOR mode,
press the DOOR button (2) once
again (not pressed).
(3): Press this switch to turn
the front and rear room lamps on
and off.
Room lamp
Type A
Type B
(1): The light stays on at all times.
Liftgate room lamp
OON048012NR
OON048013NR
OON048014NR
131
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior lights
DOOR: The light comes on when
the liftgate is opened.
OFF: The light stays off at all
times.
ON: The light stays on at all times.
Vanity mirror lamp
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
* The actual sun visor lamp in the
vehicle may differ from the illus
-
tration.
CAUTION
Vanity mirror lamp
Always close the lid of the vanity
mirror in the off position when the
vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If
the sun visor is closed without the
lamp off, it may discharge the bat
-
tery or damage the sun visor.
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
CAUTION
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
OON048422NR
OON048015NR
Features of your vehicle
1324
Welcome system
Welcome system (if equipped)
The welcome system is a function
that illuminates the surroundings or
the interior when the driver
approaches or exits the vehicle.
Headlight (headlamp) escort func
-
tion
The headlights (and/or taillights)
remain on for approximately 5 min
-
utes after the vehicle is turned off.
However, if the driver's door is
opened and closed, the headlights
are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the
smart key twice or turning off the
light switch from the headlight or
Auto light position.
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
liftgate) are locked and closed, the
room lamp will come on for 30 sec
-
onds if any of the following occurs:
With the smart key system
-When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
-When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door
lock button, the lamps will turn off
immediately.
Pocket lamp (if equipped)
When all doors are locked and
closed, the pocket lamp will come on
for 15 seconds if any of the follow
-
ing occurs:
With the smart key system
-When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
-When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door
lock button, the lamps will turn off
immediately.
133
4
4
Features of your vehicleDefroster
Defroster
The vehicle is equipped with a
defroster for removing frost or fog
from the rear window.
CAUTION
Conductors
To prevent damage to the conduc
-
tors bonded to the inside surface of
the rear window, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaners
containing abrasives to clean the
window.
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to "Wind
-
shield defrosting and defogging" on
page 4-150.
Operating rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the vehicle is
on.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it
off before operating the rear
defroster.
Type A
Type B
To activate the rear window
defroster:
Press the rear window defroster
button located in the center fas
-
cia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON.
The rear window defroster auto
-
matically turns off after approxi
-
mately 20 minutes or when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned off.
OON048302NR
OON048337L
Features of your vehicle
1344
Climate control system
To turn off the defroster:
Press the rear window defroster
button again.
Operating outside mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate simultaneously
when you turn on the rear window
defroster.
Climate control system
The climate control system uses
cooling and heating to help maintain
a pleasant environment inside the
vehicle.
System operation
Ventilation
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to
the desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to
the desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5.If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system
on.
If the windshield fogs up, set
the mode to the or
position.
Operation tips
To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, tempo
-
135
4
4
Features of your vehicleClimate control system
rarily set the air intake control to
the recirculated air position. Be
sure to return the control to the
fresh air position when the irrita
-
tion has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep
the driver alert and comfortable.
Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
at the base of the windshield.
Care should be taken that these
are not blocked by leaves, snow,
ice or other obstructions.
To prevent fog from forming on
the inside of the windshield:
-Set the air intake control to the
fresh air position and the fan
speed to the desired position.
-Turn on the air conditioning
system, and adjust the tem
-
perature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning (A/C)
All Kia air conditioning systems are
filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1.Start the vehicle. Press the A/C
button.
2.Set the mode to the position.
3.Set the air intake control to the
outside-air or recirculated air
position.
4.Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is
desired, set the temperature
control to the extreme left
position, set the mode control
to the MAX A/C position, then
set the fan speed control to the
highest speed.
CAUTION
The refrigerant system should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians to insure
proper and safe operation.
The refrigerant system should be
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be
repaired or replaced with one
removed from a used or salvaged
vehicle and new replacement MAC
evaporators shall be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard
J2842.
CAUTION
Excessive Air conditioning Use
When using the air conditioning sys
-
tem, monitor the temperature
gauge closely while driving up hills or
in heavy traffic when outside tem
-
peratures are high. Air conditioning
system operation may cause vehicle
overheating. Continue to use the
blower fan but turn the air condi
-
tioning system off if the tempera
-
ture gauge indicates vehicle
overheating.
Features of your vehicle
1364
Climate control system
CAUTION
The air conditioning system should
only be used with the windows and
sunroof closed to prevent conden
-
sation inside the vehicle that may
cause damage to electrical compo
-
nents.
Air conditioning system operation
tips
If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot
weather, open the windows for a
short time to let the hot air inside
the vehicle escape.
To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity
inside the vehicle by operating the
air conditioning system.
During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in vehicle
speed as the air conditioning
compressor cycles. This is a nor
-
mal characteristic of system
operation.
To ensure maximum system per
-
formance, the air conditioning
system should be ran for a few
minutes each month.
When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear
water dripping (or even puddling)
on the ground under the passen
-
ger side of the vehicle. This is a
normal characteristic of system
operation.
Operating the air conditioning
system in the recirculated air
position provides maximum cool
-
ing; however, continual operation
in this mode may cause the air
inside the vehicle to become stale.
During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air
flow because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
characteristic of system opera
-
tion.
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter
installed behind the glove box filters
the dust or other pollutants that
come into the vehicle from the out
-
side through the heating and air
conditioning system.
A: Outside air
B: Recirculated air
C: Climate control air filter
ODEEV068230NR
137
4
4
Features of your vehicleClimate control system
D: Blower
E: Evaporator core
F: Heater core
If dust or other pollutants accumu
-
late in the filter over a period of
time, the air flow from the air vents
may decrease. This leads to mois
-
ture accumulating on the inside of
the windshield even when the out
-
side (fresh) air position is selected. If
this happens, have the climate con
-
trol air filter replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent air condi
-
tioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
Checking the amount of air condi
-
tioner refrigerant and compressor
lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air con
-
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your vehi
-
cle's air conditioning system is
under very high pressure. If proper
service procedures are not followed
an explosion may result. To reduce
the risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in your
vehicle should only be serviced by
trained and certified Kia technicians.
CAUTION
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used, otherwise, damage to the
vehicle may occur. To prevent dam
-
age, the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be serviced
by trained and certified Kia techni
-
cians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Because the refrigerant is
mildly inflammable and at very high
pressure, the air conditioning sys
-
tem should only be serviced by
trained and certified technicians.
Features of your vehicle
1384
Climate control system
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to
the vehicle and bodily injury.
Air conditioning refrigerant label
Example
* The actual air conditioning refrig
-
erant label in the vehicle may dif
-
fer from the illustration.
Each symbol and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented below:
1.Classification of refrigerant
2.Amount of refrigerant
3.Classification of Compressor lubri
-
cant
4.Caution
5.Flammable Refrigerant
6.Registered technician to service
Air Conditioning system
Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page
8-10 for more detail on the location
of air conditioning refrigerant label.
OKA4040574N
139
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Automatic climate control system
The automatic climate control system uses cooling and heating to help
maintain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
1.Driver's temperature control knob
2.AUTO (automatic control) button
3.OFF button
4.Front windshield defroster button
5.Fan speed control button
6.Rear control button
7.Mode selection button
8.Air conditioning (A/C) button
9.Rear window defroster button
10.Air intake control button
11.Passenger's temperature control knob
12.SYNC button
13.Air conditioning display
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position could cause the bat
-
tery to discharge. Operate the
blower when the vehicle is ON.
OON048301NR
Features of your vehicle
1404
Automatic climate control system
Heating and air conditioning auto
-
matically
1.Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be con
-
trolled automatically by setting
the temperature.
2.Turn the temperature control
switch to the desired tempera
-
ture.
To turn the automatic operation
off, select any of the following
buttons or switches:
-Mode selection button
-Air conditioning (A/C) button
-Front windshield defroster but
-
ton (Press the button one more
time to deselect the front
windshield defroster function.
The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate
on the information display once
again.)
-Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be
controlled manually while other
functions operate automati
-
cally.
For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature
to 72 F (22 C).
NOTICE
Do not place anything over the sen
-
sor located on the instrument panel
to ensure better control of the
heating and cooling system.
Driver's sidePassenger's side
OON048316NR
OON048317NR
OON048018NR
141
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Heating and air conditioning manually
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing but
-
tons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of but
-
tons or knob(s) selected.
1.Start the vehicle.
2.Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
Heating:
Cooling:
3.Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5.Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
OON041303
Features of your vehicle
1424
Automatic climate control system
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to fully automatic control of
the system.
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet ports are
switched in the following sequence:
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the
upper body and face. Additionally,
each outlet can be controlled to
direct the air discharged from the
outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the floor, with a small amount of
the air being directed to the wind
-
shield and side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the floor and the windshield with a
small amount directed to the side
window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the windshield with a small amount
of air directed to the side window
defrosters.
OON048318NR
OON048319NR
143
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob
all the way to the right.
The temperature will decrease to
the minimum (Lo) by turning the
knob all the way to the left.
When turning the knob, the tem
-
perature will increase or decrease
by 1 F/0.5 C. When set to the low
-
est temperature setting, the air
conditioning will operate continu
-
ously.
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather using manual temperature
control, operate the system in the
following method to improve heat
-
ing.
Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
Allow the engine to warm up
during this time since the air flow
from the heater is still cold.
After a few minutes of engine
warm up, turn on or set the fan to
a higher level and adjust the tem
-
perature setting to hot.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature, fan speed and
air flow direction equally
1.Press the "SYNC" button to adjust
the driver and front/rear passen
-
ger side temperature, fan speed
and air flow direction equally.
The front and rear passenger side
temperature, fan speed and air
flow direction will be set to the
same temperature, fan speed and
air flow direction as the driver's
side.
2.Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and
front/rear passenger side tem
-
perature will be adjusted equally.
Press the fan speed control but
-
ton. The driver and front/rear
Driver's sidePassenger's side
OON048317NR
OON048320NR
Features of your vehicle
1444
Automatic climate control system
passenger side fan speed will be
adjusted equally.
Press the driver side mode selec
-
tion button. The driver and front/
rear passenger side air flow will
be adjusted equally.
3.When the rear climate control is
turned ON, the fan speed and air
flow direction will automatically
follow the first row setting.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature, fan speed and
air flow direction individually
Press the "SYNC" button again to
adjust the driver and front/rear
passenger side temperature, fan
speed and air flow direction indi
-
vidually.
Changing temperature scale
To change the temperature dis
-
play from Fahrenheit to Celsius
and vice versa, press the OFF but
-
ton, while pressing the AUTO but
-
ton for 3 seconds or more.
The display will change from Centi
-
grade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahr
-
enheit to Centigrade. If the battery
has been discharged or discon
-
nected, the temperature mode dis
-
play will reset to Fahrenheit.
Controlling air intake
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control
position:
Push the desired control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or cooled
according to the function selected.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compart
-
ment will be drawn through the
heating system and heated or
cooled according to the function
selected.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and make the air in the
passenger compartment stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in
OON048321NR
145
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by operating the fan
speed control button.
To change the fan speed:
Press button right for higher
speed, or press button left for
lower speed.
To turn the fan speed control off:
Press the front blower OFF but
-
ton.
Air conditioning (A/C)
Press the A/C button to turn the
air conditioning system on (indi
-
cator light will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the
air conditioning system off.
WARNING
Reduced Visibility
Continuous use of the climate con
-
trol system in the recirculated air
position may allow humidity to
increase inside the vehicle which
may fog the glass and obscure visi
-
bility.
WARNING
Recirculated Air
Continued use of the climate control
system in the recirculated air posi
-
tion can cause drowsiness or sleepi
-
ness, and loss of vehicle control. Set
the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as pos
-
sible while driving.
WARNING
Sleeping with A/C on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
conditioning or heating on as this
may cause serious harm or death
due to a drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
OON048322NR
OON048323NR
Features of your vehicle
1464
Automatic climate control system
Turning off the front air climate
control
Press the OFF button to turn off
the front and rear air climate con
-
trol system.
However, you can still operate the
mode and air intake buttons as
long as the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ON position.
Controlling rear climate
Rear
1.Rear temperature control button
2.Rear AUTO button
3.Rear mode selection button
4.Rear air conditioning display
5.Rear air conditioning OFF button
6.Rear fan speed control button
When the "SYNC" is ON, the rear
temperature, rear fan speed and
rear mode is controlled automati
-
cally by the front climate control
system.
If you operate the rear tempera
-
ture, rear fan speed or rear mode
on the rear climate control panel,
the corresponding rear tempera
-
ture, rear fan speed or rear mode
will operate independently
regardless of the front climate
control system operation.
Controlling rear fan speed
Front climate control panel
1.Press the REAR button located on
the front climate control panel
and press the rear fan speed con
-
trol button on the audio or multi
-
media screen.
2.To change the fan speed, press
() the button for higher speed,
or press the () the button for
lower speed.
OON048324NR
OON048017NR
OON048325NR
147
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
The fan speed is displayed on the
screen.
Rear climate control panel
1.Adjust the fan speed by pressing
the rear fan speed control button.
2.To change the speed, press the
button () for higher speed, or
press the button () for lower
speed.
The fan speed is displayed on the
screen.
Controlling rear temperature
Front climate control panel
1.Press the REAR button located on
the front climate control panel
and adjust the temperature on
the audio or multimedia screen.
2.Press the button (+) for warmer
air or press the button (-) for
cooler air.
Rear climate control panel
1.Adjust the temperature by press
-
ing the rear temperature control
button.
2.To change the temperature, press
the button () for warmer air or
press the button () for cooler
air.
The temperature is displayed on
the screen.
OON048326NR
OON048325NR
OON048327NR
Features of your vehicle
1484
Automatic climate control system
OFF mode
Front climate control panel
To turn off the rear climate con
-
trol system, press the REAR but
-
ton located on the front climate
control panel and OFF button on
the audio or multimedia screen.
Rear climate control panel
To turn off the rear climate con
-
trol system, press the rear blower
OFF button
Selecting rear mode
The rear mode is selected by press
-
ing the rear mode selection button
on the rear control panel as follows:
: Rear air blows from the
upper vents.
: Rear air blows from the
upper vents on the rear ceiling
and the lower vents.
: Rear air blows from the
right side lower vents.
OON048325NR
OON049433NR
OON048328NR
OON048314NR
149
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
: Air discharged from [A] spreads
over a wider area.
: Air discharged from [B] has a
centered and direct flow.
Opening/closing the vent and adjusting the direction
You can set the direction of air by adjusting the knob of air vents located
above the 2nd-row and 3rd-row seats. Adjust the outer and central parts of
the air vent to the desired positions.
NOTICE
If all the vents are closed, it may
cause some noise. Always open 2
vents or more.
OON048315NR
Outer part of the vent (A)
Central part of
thevent (B)
Description
OpenClose
The air spreads widely around the
passenger. However, the air vol
-
ume may decrease.
OpenOpen
The air is spread widely towards
and around the passenger.
CloseOpen
The air blows only towards the
passenger.
Features of your vehicle
1504
Windshield defrosting and defogging
Windshield defrosting and
defogging
When the windshield is covered with
frost or moisture, the front view is
blurred, you should remove the
frost and moisture.
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the or position
during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The dif
-
ference between the temperature
of the outside air and the windshield
could cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility. In this case, set the mode
selection to the position and
fan speed control to the lower
speed.
To speed up the defrosting pro
-
cess, turn the temperature con
-
trol all the way to the right and
set the fan speed to the highest.
If you want warm air to flow
towards the floor while defrosting
or defogging, set the mode to the
floor-defrost position.
Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear win
-
dow, outside rear view mirrors,
and all side windows.
Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the prob
-
ability of fogging up the inside of
the windshield.
CAUTION
Do not place anything on the instru
-
ment panel which may cover the air
outlets. Otherwise, air flow may be
obstructed, preventing the wind
-
shield defoggers from defogging.
Defogging inside windshield with
manual climate control system
1.Select any fan speed except "0"
position.
OON058154NR
OON048329NR
151
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindshield defrosting and defogging
2.Select desired temperature.
3.Select the or position.
The outside (fresh) air and air
conditioning will be selected auto
-
matically.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the corre
-
sponding button manually.
Defrosting outside windshield with
manual climate control system
1.Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2.Set the temperature to the
extreme hot position.
3.Select the position.
The outside (fresh) air and air
conditioning will be selected auto
-
matically.
Defogging inside windshield with
the automatic climate control
1.Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2.Select desired temperature.
3.Press the defroster button ().
The outside (fresh) air position
will be selected automatically and
the air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambi
-
ent temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the corre
-
sponding button manually. If the
position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
OON048330NR
OON048331NR
Features of your vehicle
1524
Windshield defrosting and defogging
Defrosting outside windshield with
automatic climate control
1.Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2.Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3.Press the defroster button ().
The outside (fresh) air position
will be selected automatically and
the air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambi
-
ent temperature.
Defogging logic (if equipped)
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is con
-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
position.
To cancel automatic defogging logic
or return to the automatic defog
-
ging logic, do the following.
Canceling/returning automatic
defogging logic on manual climate
control system
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position.
2.Turn the mode selection knob to
the defrost position ().
3.Push the air intake control button
at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The indicator light in the air intake
control button will blink 3 times. It
indicates that the defogging logic
is canceled or returned to the
programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged
or disconnected, it resets to the
defog logic status.
OON048332NR
OON048333NR
153
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindshield defrosting and defogging
Canceling/returning automatic
defogging logic on automatic cli
-
mate control system
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position.
2.Press the defroster button ().
3.While pressing the air conditioning
(A/C) button, press the air intake
control button at least 5 times
within 3 seconds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times in 0.5 second of intervals. It
indicates that the defogging logic
is canceled or returned to the
programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged
or disconnected, it resets to the
defog logic status.
Auto Defogging System (ADS) (only
for automatic climate control sys
-
tem) (if equipped)
The Auto Defogging System (ADS)
reduces the probability of fogging
up the inside of the windshield by
automatically sensing the moisture
inside the windshield.
The ADS operates when the heater
or air conditioning is on.
The indicator illuminates when the
ADS senses the moisture on the
inside of the windshield and oper
-
ates.
The ADS addresses excess moisture
on the inside of the windshield in
stages. For example if auto defog
-
ging does not defog inside the wind
-
shield at step 1, it tries to defog
again at step 2.
1.Outside air position
2.Operating the air conditioning
3.Increasing air flow toward the
windshield
4.Blowing air flow toward the wind
-
shield
OON048334NR
OON041407
Features of your vehicle
1544
Additional features of climate control
Turning the ADS on or off
Press the front windshield
defroster button for 3 seconds
when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ON position.
When the ADS system is canceled,
the defroster button indicator will
blink 3 times per 0.5 sec.
To reset the ADS system to ON,
hold the front windshield defrost
for 0.25 sec and the "ADS OFF"
will be removed from the climate
control screen.
CAUTION
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to the system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
Additional features of climate
control
Sunroof inside air recirculation (if
equipped)
The outside (fresh) air position is
automatically selected, when the
sunroof is opened.
When you select the recirculated air
position, the system maintains the
recirculated air position for 3 min
-
utes and then automatically con
-
verts to the outside (fresh) air
position.
When the sunroof is closed, the air
intake position will return to the
original position that was selected.
Automatic ventilation (if equipped)
The system automatically selects
the outside (fresh) air position when
the climate control system operates
over a certain period of time
(approximately 30 minutes) in low
temperature with the recirculated
air position selected.
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, select Face Level mode and
while pressing the A/C button, press
the recirculated air position button
five times within three seconds.
155
4
4
Features of your vehicleStorage compartment
When the automatic ventilation is
canceled, the indicator blinks 3
times. When the automatic ventila
-
tion is activated, the indicator blinks
6 times.
Storage compartment
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
Always keep the storage com
-
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not place too many
items in the storage compart
-
ment to make sure that the com
-
partment can be closed securely.
WARNING
Flammable materials
Do not store, propane cylinders or
other flammable/explosive materi
-
als in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the vehi
-
cle is exposed to hot temperatures
for extended periods.
Center console storage
To open the center console storage:
Pull up the lever.
OON048019NR
Features of your vehicle
1564
Storage compartment
Glove box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key
(1).
To open:
Pull the lever (2).
Close the glove box after use.
WARNING
Glove Box
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed while
driving.
NOTICE
If the temperature control switch is
in the warm or hot position, warm
or hot air will flow into the glove
box.
Sunglass holder
To open the sunglass holder:
Press the cover and the holder will
slowly open.
Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out. To close the sun
-
glass holder push it up.
WARNING
Sunglass holder
Do not keep objects except sun
-
glasses inside the sunglass holder.
Such objects can be thrown from
the holder in the event of a sud
-
den stop or an accident, possibly
injuring the passengers in the
vehicle.
Do not open the sunglass holder
while the vehicle is moving. The
rear view mirror of the vehicle can
be blocked by an opened sunglass
holder.
OON048020NR
OON048021NR
157
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
Luggage box
You can place a first aid kit, a reflec
-
tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for
easy access.
Grasp the handle on the edge of
the cover and lift it.
Interior features
There are various features inside
the vehicle for the convenience of
the occupants.
Cup holder
The front and rear seats of the
vehicle have cup holders to accom
-
modate cups.
WARNING
Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups with
hot liquid in the cup holder while the
vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid
spills, you may burn yourself. Such a
burn to the driver could lead to loss
of control of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/elec
-
tronic system and damage elec
-
trical/electronic parts.
When cleaning spilled liquids, do
not use heat to dry the cup hold
-
ers. This may damage the cup
holder.
Use shatter-proof and light con
-
tainers. Otherwise, there is the
increased danger of injury in an
accident.
OON048022NR
Features of your vehicle
1584
Interior features
Do not forcefully push unsuitable
containers into the cup holders.
This may result in damage.
Front
2nd row
2nd row - center (if equipped)
3rd row
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
2nd row center (if equipped)
Pull the armrest down to use the
cup holders.
OON048025NR
OON048026NR
OON048046NR
OON048027NR
159
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmer is provided to
warm the front seats during cold
weather.
Front seat
Rear seat
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position:
Push the toggle switch up to
warm the front seat.
Press the switch to heat the rear
seat as indicated in the above
image.
During mild weather or under condi
-
tions where the operation of the
seat warmer is not needed, keep
the switches in the "OFF" position.
Manual temperature control
Each time you push the toggle
switch up (front seat) or press the
switch (rear seat), the temperature
setting of the seat will change as
follows:
The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned on.
Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to auto
-
matically control the seat tempera
-
ture in order to prevent low-
temperature burns after being
manually turned on.
You may manually push the toggle
switch up (front seat) or press the
switch (rear seat) to increase the
seat temperature. However, it soon
returns to the automatic mode
again. When pushing the toggle
switch up (front seat) or pressing
the switch (rear seat) for more than
1.5 seconds with the seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn
OFF. The seat warmer defaults to
the OFF position whenever the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
OON048028NR
OON048029NR
Features of your vehicle
1604
Interior features
NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automati
-
cally depending on the seat tem
-
perature.
WARNING
Seat warmer burns
The seat warmer may cause burns,
even at low temperature, if used
over a long period of time. Never
allow passengers who may not be
able to take care of themselves to
be exposed to the risk of seat
heater burns. These include:
1.Infants, children, elderly or dis
-
abled persons, or hospital outpa
-
tients
2.Persons with sensitive skin or
those that burn easily
3.Fatigued individuals
4.Intoxicated individuals
5.Individuals taking medication that
can cause drowsiness or sleepi
-
ness (sleeping pills, cold tablets,
etc.)
Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
Front seat
Rear seat
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the switch
position.
To ventilate your seat cushion,
push the toggle switch down
(front seat) or press the switch
(rear seat).
Each time you push the toggle
switch down (front seat) or press
the switch (rear seat), the airflow
will change as follows:
OON048030NR
OON048031NR
161
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
The seat warmer (with air ventila
-
tion) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned on.
CAUTION
Seat damage
When cleaning the seats, do not
use an organic solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
and gasoline. Doing so may dam
-
age the air ventilation seat.
Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on the seat. Those things
may damage the air ventilation
seat.
Be careful not to spill liquid such
as water or beverages on the
seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe
the seat with a dry towel. Before
using the air ventilation seat, dry
the seat completely.
Sun visor
Use the sun visor to shield direct
light through the front or side win
-
dows.
* The actual sun visor lamp in the
vehicle may differ from the illus
-
tration.
To use the sun visor, pull it down
-
ward.
To use the sun visor for the side
window, pull it downward, unsnap
it from the bracket (1) and swing
it to the side (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull
down the visor and slide the mir
-
ror cover (3).
Adjust the sun visor forward or
backward (4) as needed.
The ticket holder (5) is provided
for holding a tollgate ticket.
CAUTION
Vanity mirror lamp
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the vanity mir
-
OON048423NR
Features of your vehicle
1624
Interior features
ror cover securely after using the
mirror.
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to
provide power for mobile tele
-
phones or other devices designed to
operate with vehicle electrical sys
-
tems.
Front
2nd row
Rear
The devices should draw less than
10 amps with the vehicle on.
Use the power outlet only when
the vehicle is on and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using
the accessory plug for prolonged
periods of time with the vehicle
off could cause the battery to
discharge.
Only use 12 V electric accessories
which are less than 10 A in elec
-
tric capacity.
Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
Close the cover when not in use.
Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicle's power
outlet. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and mal
-
functions in other electronic sys
-
tems or devices used in your
vehicle.
Push the plug in as far as it will
go. If the plug is not properly
OON048032NR
OON048033NR
OON048034NR
163
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
inserted into the outlet, the plug
may overheat and the fuse may
open.
For electronic devices equipped
with batteries, only plug in the
devices with reverse current pro
-
tection. The current from the
battery may flow into the vehi
-
cle's electrical/electronic system
and cause system malfunction.
WARNING
Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
object (pen, etc.) into a power outlet
and do not touch with a wet hand.
You may get an electric shock.
USB charger
The USB car charger allows drivers
to charge their digital devices like
smartphones, and PC tablets. Plug
the cable into the USB port, and
charging will begin.
Front
Center (if equipped)
2nd row
3rd row
The USB car charger is available
with either the ACC or the ignition
on. We recommend you connect the
OON048035NR
OON048036NR
OON048037NR
OON048038NR
Features of your vehicle
1644
Interior features
USB port and digital devices with the
engine running. See the display
screen of the device to check its
charging process completion. Your
smartphone or tablet PC could get
heated up while charging. This is no
reason to worry, as it doesn't
impact life or functions of the
device. There is no function to stop
charging by monitoring the battery
heat or damage of the device being
charged by the USB charger itself.
There is however, a function to block
itself if the device is being charged
when the device requires overcur
-
rent or the USB charger is over
-
heated.
CAUTION
Use the USB car charger with the
ignition on. Otherwise, vehicle
battery can be discharged.
Use the official USB cable of the
manufacturer of the digital device
to be charged.
Make sure that no foreign objects,
drinks, and water come into con
-
tact with the USB car charger.
Water or foreign objects can
damage the USB charger.
Do not charge a device those cur
-
rent consumption exceeds 2.1 A.
Do not connect an electrical
device that generates excessive
electromagnetic noise to the USB
car port. If you do so, noise can be
heard or vehicle electronic devices
can be interrupted while audio or
AV is on.
If the charger is connected incor
-
rectly, it can cause serious dam
-
age on the devices. Please note
that damages due to incorrect
usage are not covered by war
-
ranty service.
AC inverter (if equipped)
The AC inverter supplies 115 V / 150
W electric power to operate electric
accessories or equipment.
If you wish to use the AC inverter,
open up the AC inverter cover and
connect a plug to it. The AC inverter
supplies electric power when vehi
-
cle is on.
NOTICE
Rated voltage: AC 115 V
Maximum electric power: 150 W
OON048039NR
165
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
NOTICE
Be sure to read this manual
before use to avoid any electrical
system failure, electric shock, etc.
Be sure to close the cover except
for when in use.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the AC
inverter while the vehicle is not
on.
After using an electric accessory
or equipment, pull the plug out.
Leaving the accessory or equip
-
ment plugged in for a long time
may cause battery discharge.
Do not use an electric accessory
or equipment the power con
-
sumption of which is greater than
150 W (115 V).
The AC inverter is turned off in
the low battery voltage condition
(11.3V or under), and can be used
normally when the voltage is
returning to the normal level.
While the power consumption of
some electrical devices/appliances
may be within the AC inverter's
electric power range, it may mal
-
function in the following cases.
-If the device/appliance requires
high electric power for initial
start up.
-If the device/appliance pro
-
cesses precise/very accurate
data.
-If the device/appliance requires
very stable supply of electricity.
CAUTION
Electric accessory devices
Do not use broken electric acces
-
sories which may damage the AC
inverter and electrical systems of
the vehicle.
Do not use two or more electric
accessories at the same time. It
may cause damage to the electri
-
cal systems of the vehicle.
Wireless smart phone charging
system (if equipped)
A wireless smart phone charging
system is located in front of the
center console.
Firmly close all doors, and turn the
vehicle on. To start wireless
charging, place the smart phone
capable of wireless charging on the
wireless charging pad.
OON048411NR
Features of your vehicle
1664
Interior features
For best wireless charging results,
place the smart phone on the center
of the charging pad.
The wireless charging system is
designed for smart phones compat
-
ible with QI technology. Please refer
to the smart phone accessory cover
or the smart phone manufacturer
homepage to check whether your
smart phone supports QI function.
Charging smart phone wirelessly
1.Remove any object on the smart
phone charging pad including the
smart key. If there is any foreign
object on the pad other than a
smart phone, the wireless
charging function may not oper
-
ate properly.
2.Place the smart phone on the
center of the wireless charging
pad.
The indicator light will change to
orange once the wireless charging
begins. After the charging is com
-
plete, the orange light will change
to green.
You can choose to turn the wireless
charging function on or off by
selecting the USM on the instru
-
ment cluster. (Please refer to
"Instrument cluster" on page 4-72
for details).
If the wireless charging does not
work, gently move your smart
phone around the pad until the
charging indicator light turns
orange.
Depending on the smart phone, the
charging indicator light may not
turn green even after the charging
is complete.
If the wireless charging is not func
-
tioning properly, the orange light
will blink and flash for ten seconds
then turn off. In such cases, remove
the smart phone from the pad and
replace it on the pad again, or dou
-
ble check the charging status.
If you leave the smart phone on the
charging pad when the vehicle is
turned off, the vehicle will alert you
through warning messages and
sound (applicable for vehicles with
the voice guidance function) after
the 'Goodbye' function on the
instrument cluster ends.
For some manufacturers' smart
phones, the system may not warn
you even though the smart phone is
left on the wireless charging unit.
This is due to the particular charac
-
teristic of the smart phone and not
a malfunction of the wireless
charging.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in
a loss of vehicle control that may
lead to an accident, severe bodily
167
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
injury, or death. The driver's pri
-
mary responsibility is in the safe
and legal operation of a vehicle. Any
use of handheld devices, other
equipment, or vehicle systems that
take the driver's eyes, attention,
and focus away from the safe oper
-
ation of a vehicle are not permissi
-
ble by law. These should never be
used during the operation of the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Liquid in Wireless Smart Phone
Charger
To prevent liquid from damaging the
wireless smart phone charging sys
-
tem in your vehicle, be sure not to
spill liquid over the charging system
when charging your phone.
CAUTION
Metal in Wireless Charging system
If any metallic object such as a coin
is located between the wireless
charging system and the smart
phone, the charging may be dis
-
rupted. Also, the metallic object may
heat up and potentially damage the
charging system. If there is any
metallic object between the smart
phone and the charging pad, imme
-
diately remove the smart phone.
Remove the metallic object after it
has cooled down.
NOTICE
When the interior temperature of
the wireless charging system
rises above a set temperature,
the wireless charging will cease to
function. After the interior tem
-
perature drops below the thresh
-
old, the wireless charging function
will resume.
The wireless charging may not
function properly when there is a
bulky accessory cover on the
smart phone.
The wireless charging will stop
when using the wireless smart
key search function to prevent
radio wave disruption.
The wireless charging will stop
when the smart key is moved out
of the vehicle with the vehicle in
ON.
The wireless charging will stop
when any of the doors are opened
(applicable for vehicles equipped
with smart keys).
The wireless charging will stop
when the vehicle is turned OFF.
The wireless charging will stop
when the smart phone is not in
complete contact with the wire
-
less charging pad.
Items equipped with magnetic
components such as credit card,
telephone card, bankbook or any
Features of your vehicle
1684
Interior features
transportation ticket may
become damaged during wireless
charging.
Place the smart phone on the
center of the charge pad for best
results. The smart phone may not
charge when placed near the rim
of the charging pad. When the
smart phone does get charged, it
may heat up excessively.
For smart phones without built-in
wireless charging system, an
appropriate accessory has to be
equipped in order to use the vehi
-
cle's wireless charging system.
Certain smart phones may display
messages on a weak current. This
is due to the particular character
-
istics of that smart phone, and
does not imply a malfunction of
the wireless charging function.
The indicator light of some manu
-
facturers' smart phones may still
be orange after the smart phone
is fully charged. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the
smart phone and not a malfunc
-
tion of the wireless charging.
When any smart phone without a
wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to
the vehicle discerning compatibil
-
ity of the object placed on the
charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the smart phone in
any way.
The wireless smart phone
charging system may not support
certain smart phones which are
not verified for QI specification .
When placing your smart phone
on the charging pad, position the
phone in the middle of the pad for
maximum efficiency.
If your smart phone is off to the
side, the charging speed may slow
down, and in some cases, your
phone may experience higher
heat conduction.
When charging some smart
phones with a self-protection
feature, the wireless charging
speed may decrease, and the
charging may stop.
This device complies with part 15
of the FCC Rules
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
169
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
Coat hook (if equipped)
A Coat hook is next to the rear grab
handle.
* This actual feature may differ
from the illustration.
CAUTION
Hanging clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
they may damage the hook.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects such as
hangers or hard objects except
clothes. Also, do not put heavy,
sharp or breakable objects in the
clothing's pockets. In an accident or
when the curtain air bag is inflated,
it may cause vehicle damage or
bodily injury.
Side curtain (if equipped)
To use the side curtain:
1.Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
2.Hang the curtain on both sides of
the hook.
If the curtain is hung on one side,
the curtain may be wrinkled.
CAUTION
Do not hang any other object
except the side curtain on the
hooks.
If you pull the door curtain or
apply force to return the curtain
to its original position after use,
OON048040NR
OON048041NR
OON048409NR
Features of your vehicle
1704
Interior features
you may find the curtain wrinkled
or out of shape.To lower the door
curtain, be sure to put the handle
downward and slowly return the
curtain to its original position.
Curtains may not work properly if
foreign objects (coins, toys, cook
-
ies, etc.) are stuck in the door. Be
careful that the foreign objects do
not get into the door.
Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)
Type A / Type B
When using a floor mat on the front
floor carpet, make sure it attaches
to the floor mat anchor(s) in your
vehicle. This keeps the floor mat
from sliding forward.
WARNING
Aftermarket floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of being
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere
with pedal operation.
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to the
vehicle.
Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driv
-
ing the vehicle.
Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g., all-weather
rubber mat on top of a carpeted
floor mat). Only a single floor mat
should be installed in each posi
-
tion.
Luggage net holder
Type A
ODEEV068210NR
OON048067NR
171
4
4
Features of your vehicleExterior features
Type B
To keep items from shifting in the
cargo area, you can use the 4 hold
-
ers located in the cargo area to
attach the luggage net.
If necessary, Kia recommends con
-
tacting an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, be careful when carrying
fragile or bulky objects in the lug
-
gage compartment.
WARNING
DO NOT over-stretch the luggage
net and ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net's recoil
path. Failure to comply with these
instructions may result in severe
facial injuries. DO NOT use when the
strap has visible signs of wear or
damage.
Exterior features
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you
can load cargo on top of your vehi
-
cle.
Roof rack (if equipped)
Crossbars and fixing components
needed to install the roof rack on
your vehicle may be obtained from
an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
The crossbars (if equipped) should
be placed in the proper load car
-
rying positions prior to placing
items onto the roof rack.
If the vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, be sure not to position
cargo onto the roof rack in such a
way that it could interfere with
sunroof operation.
When the roof rack is not being
used to carry cargo, the crossbars
may need to be repositioned if
wind noise is detected.
OON048066NR
OON048043NR
Features of your vehicle
1724
Exterior features
CAUTION
Loading Roof Rack
When carrying cargo on the roof
rack, take the necessary precau
-
tions to make sure the cargo does
not damage the roof of the vehi
-
cle.
When carrying large objects on
the roof rack, make sure they do
not exceed the overall roof length
or width.
When you are carrying cargo on
the roof rack, do not operate the
sunroof (if equipped). This can
damage the sunroof.
The following specification is the
maximum weight that can be loaded
onto the roof rack. Distribute the
load as evenly as possible across the
crossbars (if equipped) and roof
rack and secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess
of the specified weight limit on the
roof rack may damage your vehicle.
WARNING
The vehicle center of gravity will
be higher when items are loaded
onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden
starts, braking, sharp turns,
abrupt maneuvers or high speeds
that may result in loss of vehicle
control or rollover resulting in an
accident.
Always drive slowly and turn cor
-
ners carefully when carrying
items on the roof rack. Severe
wind updrafts, caused by passing
vehicles or natural causes, can
cause sudden upward pressure on
items loaded on the roof rack.
This is especially true when car
-
rying large, flat items such as
wood panels or mattresses. This
could cause the items to fall off
the roof rack and cause damage
to your vehicle or others around
you.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently
before and while driving to make
sure the items on the roof rack are
securely fastened.
ROOF
RACK
220 lbs. (100 kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
173
4
4
Features of your vehicleAudio system
Audio system
NOTICE
If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle's audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
* If your vehicle is equipped with
multimedia system, refer to a
separately supplied manual for
detailed information.
Antenna
The roof antenna transmits and
receives wireless signals such as
AM/FM, Sirius XM, GNSS, etc.
* The signals which antenna can
transmit and receive vary by the
vehicle option.
USB port
You can use a USB port to plug in a
USB.
How vehicle radio works
FM reception
AM and FM radio signals are broad
-
cast from transmitter towers
located around your city. They are
intercepted by the radio antenna on
your vehicle. This signal is then pro
-
cessed by the radio and sent to your
vehicle speakers.
OON041044
OON048045NR
ODEEV068216NR
Features of your vehicle
1744
Audio system
In some cases the signal coming to
your vehicle may not be strong and
clear.
This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio sta
-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions
in the area.
AM reception
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broad
-
casts. This is because AM radio
waves are transmitted at low fre
-
quencies. These long distance, low
frequency radio waves can follow
the curvature of the earth rather
than traveling straight. In addition,
they curve around obstructions
resulting in better signal coverage.
FM radio station
FM broadcasts are transmitted at
high frequencies and do not bend to
follow the earth's surface. Because
of this, FM broadcasts generally
begin to fade within short distances
from the station. Also, FM signals
are easily affected by buildings,
mountains, and obstructions. This
can lead to undesirable or unpleas
-
ant listening conditions which might
lead you to believe a problem exists
with your radio.
The following conditions are normal
and do not indicate radio trouble:
Fading - As your vehicle moves
away from the radio station, the
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select
another station with a stronger
signal.
ODEEV068217NR
ODEEV068219NR
175
4
4
Features of your vehicleAudio system
Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals
or large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can
disturb the signal causing static or
fluttering noises to occur. Reduc
-
ing the treble level may lessen
this effect until the disturbance
clears.
Station Swapping - As an FM sig
-
nal weakens, another more pow
-
erful signal near the same
frequency may begin to play. This
is because your radio is designed
to lock onto the clearest signal. If
this occurs, select another station
with a stronger signal.
Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
signals being received from sev
-
eral directions can cause distor
-
tion or fluttering. This can be
caused by a direct and reflected
signal from the same station, or
by signals from two stations with
close frequencies. If this occurs,
select another station until the
condition has passed.
Using a cellular phone or a two-
way radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does
not mean that something is wrong
with the audio equipment. In such a
case, try to operate mobile devices
as far from the audio equipment as
possible.
When using a communication sys
-
tem such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa
-
rate external antenna must be fit
-
ted. When a cellular phone or a radio
set is used with only the internal
antenna, it may interfere with the
vehicle's electrical system and
adversely affect the safe operation
of the vehicle.
OSK3048403NR
ODEEV068220NR
Features of your vehicle
1764
Declaration of Conformity
WARNING
Cell phone use
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to
use a cellular phone.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in
a loss of vehicle control that may
lead to an accident, severe bodily
injury, or death. The driver's pri
-
mary responsibility is in the safe
and legal operation of a vehicle. Any
use of handheld devices, other
equipment, or vehicle systems that
take the driver's eyes, attention,
and focus away from the safe oper
-
ation of a vehicle are not permissible
by law. These should never be used
during the operation of the vehicle.
Declaration of Conformity
FCC
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to
part 15 of the FCC Rules. These lim
-
its are designed to provide reason
-
able protection against harmful
interference in a residential installa
-
tion.
This equipment generates, uses and
can radiate radio frequency energy
and, if not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However,
there is no guarantee that interfer
-
ence will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio
or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equip
-
ment off and on, the user is encour
-
aged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the
following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving
antenna.
Increase the separation between
the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an
outlet on a circuit different from
that to which the receiver is con
-
nected.
177
4
4
Features of your vehicleDeclaration of Conformity
Consult the dealer or an experi
-
enced radio/TV technician for
help.
CAUTION
Any changes or modifications to this
device not explicitly approved by
manufacturer could void your
authority to operate this equip
-
ment.
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum 8 in (20
cm) between the radiator and your
body. This transmitter must not be
collocated or operating in conjunc
-
tion with any other antenna or
transmitter unless authorized to do
so by the FCC.
5Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. ........................5-5
Before driving............................................................................5-6
ENGINE START/STOP button..................................................5-8
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button...........................5-8
ENGINE START/STOP button position.................................5-8
Starting the engine..............................................................5-10
Automatic transmission........................................................5-12
Transmission ranges............................................................5-13
Shift lock system..................................................................5-15
ENGINE START/STOP button interlock system...............5-16
Good driving practices.........................................................5-16
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system..............................................5-18
AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)....................................................5-18
For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD) operation........................5-20
Brake system..........................................................................5-25
Power brakes........................................................................5-25
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)..........................................5-28
AUTO HOLD............................................................................5-31
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)...........................................5-34
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system........................5-36
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) system.................5-39
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) system................................5-41
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)...........................................5-41
Good braking practices........................................................5-42
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system..............................................5-43
Auto stop...............................................................................5-43
Auto start..............................................................................5-44
Operating conditions............................................................5-45
5Driving your vehicle
Deactivating the ISG.............................................................5-46
ISG malfunction.....................................................................5-46
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)...................5-47
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)...................5-51
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)........................................................................5-55
Detecting sensor ..................................................................5-56
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings...................5-57
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation................5-59
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limita
-
tions........................................................................................5-61
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA).....................................................5-70
Detecting sensor ..................................................................5-70
Lane Keeping Assist Settings.............................................5-70
Lane Keeping Assist Operation..........................................5-72
Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction and Limitations..........5-74
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)......................5-76
Detecting sensor ..................................................................5-77
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings...............5-78
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation............5-80
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limi
-
tations.....................................................................................5-83
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.......5-87
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)..........................................5-88
Driver Attention Warning Settings....................................5-89
Driver Attention Warning Operation.................................5-90
Driver Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations.5-93
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)....................................................5-95
Detecting sensor ..................................................................5-95
5Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control Settings............................................5-96
To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control..........5-99
Warning Volume.................................................................5-100
Smart Cruise Control Operation.......................................5-101
Smart Cruise Control Display and Control......................5-101
Smart Cruise Control Malfunction and Limitations......5-106
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.....5-111
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:........5-111
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)..............5-112
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Settings.........5-112
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Operation......5-113
Lane Following Assist (LFA).................................................5-118
Detecting sensor................................................................5-118
Lane Following Assist Settings.........................................5-118
Lane Following Assist Operation......................................5-119
Lane Following Assist Malfunction and Limitations.....5-121
Highway Driving Assist (HDA).............................................5-122
Detecting sensor................................................................5-122
Highway Driving Assist Settings......................................5-123
Operating conditions..........................................................5-123
Highway Driving Assist Operation...................................5-124
Highway Driving Assist malfunction...............................5-126
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.....5-127
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:........5-128
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)...5-128
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
Settings................................................................................5-129
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
Operation.............................................................................5-131
5Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction
and Limitations ..................................................................5-135
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules....5-139
Declaration of conformity..................................................5-139
The radio frequency components (Front radar)
complies:..............................................................................5-139
The radio frequency components (Rear Corner radar)
complies :.............................................................................5-143
Economical operation..........................................................5-148
Special driving conditions ................................................... 5-150
Winter driving.......................................................................5-154
Trailer towing.......................................................................5-159
Hitches.................................................................................5-160
Safety chains......................................................................5-160
Trailer brakes.....................................................................5-160
Driving with a trailer.........................................................5-161
Maintenance when trailer towing................................... 5-163
If you do decide to pull a trailer......................................5-164
Vehicle load limit.................................................................. 5-167
Tire and loading information label..................................5-167
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -.................5-168
Certification label............................................................... 5-170
Vehicle weight...................................................................... 5-171
5
5
5
Driving your vehicleBe sure the exhaust system does not leak.
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system
does not leak.
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is
raised to change the oil or for any
other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of
the exhaust or if you drive over
something that strikes the under
-
neath side of the vehicle, have the
exhaust system checked as soon as
possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Engine exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged time.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon mon
-
oxide, a colorless, odorless gas that
can cause unconsciousness and
death by asphyxiation.
WARNING
Open liftgate
Do not drive with the liftgate open.
Poisonous exhaust gases can enter
the passenger compartment. If you
must drive with the liftgate open
proceed as follows:
1.Close all windows.
2.Open side vents.
3.Set the air intake control at
"Fresh", the air flow control at
"Floor" or "Face" and the fan at
the highest speed.
Driving your vehicle
65
Before driving
Before driving
Before getting into the vehicle, you
should examine the car and its sur
-
roundings. After getting into the
vehicle, you should check a number
of things before driving.
Before entering vehicle
Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
Check the condition of the tires.
Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back
up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in chapter 7,
"Maintenance".
WARNING
Distracted driving
Focus on the road while driving. The
driver's primary responsibility is in
the safe and legal operation of the
vehicle. Any use of handled devices,
other equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the driver should not
be used during vehicle operation.
Before starting
Close and lock all doors.
Position the seat so that all con
-
trols are easily reached.
Buckle your seat belt.
Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
Be sure that all lights work.
Check all gauges.
Check the operation of warning
lights when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned to the ON
position.
Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
is not on.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
WARNING
Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop the
vehicle with the engine on, be care
-
ful not to depress the accelerator
pedal for a long period of time. It
may overheat the engine or exhaust
system and cause fire.
7
5
5
Driving your vehicleBefore driving
WARNING
Check surroundings
Always check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, espe
-
cially children, before putting a vehi
-
cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
WARNING
Loose objects
Securely store items in your vehicle.
When you make a sudden stop or
turn the steering wheel rapidly,
loose objects may drop on the floor
and it could interfere with the oper
-
ation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
WARNING
Driving while intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is dangerous.
Even a small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions
and judgment.
Driving while under the influence of
drugs is as dangerous as or more
dangerous than driving drunk.
WARNING
Proper footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere
with your ability to use the brake
and accelerator pedals.
Driving your vehicle
85
ENGINE START/STOP button
ENGINE START/STOP button
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP
button
The light will go off after about 30
seconds when the door is closed. It
will also go off immediately when
the theft-alarm system is armed.
ENGINE START/STOP button posi
-
tion
Your vehicle is equipped with four
different ignition positions.
OFF
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON posi
-
tion), press the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position. When you
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton without the shift lever in the P
(Park) position, the ENGINE START/
STOP button will not change to the
OFF position but to the ACC position.
NOTICE
You are able to turn off the engine
(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),
only when the vehicle is not in
motion.
CAUTION
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
position by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for more than 2
seconds or 3 times repeatedly
within 3 seconds.
If the vehicle is still moving, to
restart the vehicle:
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button when vehicle speed is 3
mph (5 km/h) or over.
ACC (Accessory)
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton while it is in the OFF position
without engaging the brake pedal.
OON058002NR
OON058071NR
9
5
5
Driving your vehicleENGINE START/STOP button
Some electrical accessories are
operational.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is
in the ACC position for more than 1
hour, the button is turned off auto
-
matically to prevent battery dis
-
charge.
ON
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton while it is in the ACC position
without depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position for a long
time. The battery may discharge,
because the engine is not running.
START/RUN
To start the engine, press the brake
pedal and push the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the shift lever in
the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) posi
-
tion. For your safety, start the
engine with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position.
NOTICE
If you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button without pressing the
brake pedal, the engine will not start
and the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes as follow:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
WARNING
Never press the ENGINE START/
STOP button while the vehicle is in
motion. This would result in loss
of directional control and braking
function, which could cause an
accident.
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is engaged in P (Park), set the
parking brake fully and shut the
engine off. Unexpected and sud
-
den vehicle movement may occur
if these precautions are not taken.
Never reach for the ENGINE
START/STOP button or any other
controls through the steering
wheel while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in the area could
cause loss of vehicle control, an
accident and serious bodily injury
or death.
Do not place any movable objects
around the driver's seat as they
may move while driving, interfere
Driving your vehicle
105
ENGINE START/STOP button
with the driver and lead to an
accident.
Starting the engine
WARNING
Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal engaged. The
vehicle can move and lead to an
accident.
Wait until the engine rpm is nor
-
mal. The vehicle may suddenly
move if the brake pedal is
released when the rpm is high.
Starting the engine
1.Make sure the smart key is
located inside the vehicle and
close the driver seat. The vehicle
may not start if it is not located
near the driver seat.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3.Make sure the shift lever in P
(Park).
Press the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine
when the shift lever is in the N
(Neutral) position.
4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
Make sure that the accelerator
pedal is not pressed.
5.Do not wait for the engine to
warm up while the vehicle
remains stationary. Start driving
at moderate engine speeds.
(Steep accelerating and deceler
-
ating should be avoided.)
Starting the engine with smart key
At the time that the vehicle doors
are opened or when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is pressed the
vehicle will check for the smart key.
If the smart key is not in the vehicle,
the "" indicator and a message
"Key is not in the vehicle" will appear
on the instrument cluster and LCD
window. And if all doors are closed,
the chime will sound for 5 seconds.
The indicator or warning will turn
off while the vehicle is moving.
Always have the smart key with
you.
WARNING
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle. Never
allow children or any person who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle touch the
ENGINE START/STOP button or
related parts. Pushing the ENGINE
START/STOP button while the smart
key is in the vehicle may result in
unintended engine activation and/or
unintended vehicle movement.
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the vehicle
is in motion, do not attempt to
move the shift lever to the P (Park)
11
5
5
Driving your vehicleENGINE START/STOP button
position. If the traffic and road con
-
ditions permit, you may put the
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position
while the vehicle is still moving and
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in an attempt to restart the
engine.
NOTICE
If the battery is weak or the
smart key does not work cor
-
rectly, you can start the engine by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button with the smart key.
When you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button directly with
the smart key, the smart key
should contact the button at a
right angle.
When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you cannot start the engine nor
-
mally.
Replace the fuse with a new one.
If it is not possible, you can start
the engine by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button for
10 seconds while it is in the ACC
position. The engine can start
without pressing the brake pedal.
But for your safety always press
the brake pedal before starting
the engine.
CAUTION
Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 10 sec
-
onds except when the stop lamp
fuse is blown.
OON051004
Driving your vehicle
125
Automatic transmission
Automatic transmission
The automatic transmission has 8
forward speeds and one reverse
speed.
Press the brake pedal and the
lock release button when shifting.
Press the lock release button
when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted
freely.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.
NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehi
-
cle, if the battery has been discon
-
nected, may be somewhat abrupt.
This is a normal condition, and the
shifting sequence will adjust after
shifts are cycled a few times by the
TCM (Transmission Control Module)
or PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
For smooth operation, press the
brake pedal when shifting from N
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse
gear.
WARNING
Automatic transmission
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo
-
ple, especially children, before
shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or
R (Reverse).
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then set
the parking brake fully and shut
the engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are not
followed in the order identified.
Do not use the engine brake
(shifting from a high gear to
lower gear) rapidly on slippery
roads. The vehicle may slip caus
-
ing an accident.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your trans
-
mission, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any for
-
ward gear position with the
brakes on.
When stopped on an incline, do
not hold the vehicle stationary
with engine power. Use the ser
-
vice brake or the parking brake.
OON058005NR
13
5
5
Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission
Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
(Park) into D (Drive), or R
(Reverse) when the engine is
above idle speed.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument
cluster displays the shift lever posi
-
tion when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the transmission and
prevents the front wheels from
rotating.
WARNING
Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion will cause the
drive wheels to lock which will
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and possibly damage the
transmission.
Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake. Always
make sure the shift lever is
latched in the P (Park) position
and set the parking brake fully.
Never leave a child unattended in
a vehicle.
CAUTION
The transmission may be damaged
if you shift into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R while
the vehicle is in motion, except as
explained in "Rocking the vehicle" in
this section.
N (Neutral)
When in Neutral, wheels and trans
-
mission are not engaged. The vehi
-
cle will roll freely even on the
slightest incline unless the parking
brake or service brakes are applied.
WARNING
Do not drive with the shift lever in N
(Neutral). The engine brake will not
work and could lead to an accident.
Driving your vehicle
145
Automatic transmission
CAUTION
Always park the vehicle in "P" (Park)
for safety and engage the parking
brake.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission will auto
-
matically shift through a 8-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
Manual mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, Manual mode is selected
by pushing the shift lever from the
D (Drive) position into the manual
gate. To return to D (Drive) range
operation, push the shift lever back
into the main gate.
In Manual mode, moving the shift
lever backwards or forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rap
-
idly. In contrast to a manual trans
-
mission, the Manual mode allows
gearshifts with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
Up (+): Push the lever forward
once to shift up one gear.
Down (-): Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear.
NOTICE
In Manual mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, being careful
to keep the engine speed below
the red zone.
In Manual mode, only the 8 for
-
ward gears can be selected. To
reverse or park the vehicle, move
the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
or P (Park) position as required.
In Manual mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto
-
matically selected.
In Manual mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone,
shift points are varied to upshift
automatically.
To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute cer
-
tain gearshifts when the shift
lever is operated.
OON058006NR
15
5
5
Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission
When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into
the + (up) position. This causes
the transmission to shift into the
2nd gear which is better for
smooth driving on a slippery road.
Push the shift lever to the -
(down) side to shift back to the
1st gear.
When Manual mode is activated:
-The engine rpm will tend to
remain raised over a certain
length of time even after
releasing the accelerator.
-Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating.
In Manual mode, the fuel effi
-
ciency may decrease.
Shift lock system
For your safety, the Automatic
transmission has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the trans
-
mission from P (Park) into R
(Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
engaged.
Shifting the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse)
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1.Press and hold the brake pedal.
2.Start the engine or place the
ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position.
3.Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
engaged and released with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, a chat
-
tering noise near the shift lever may
be heard. This is a normal condition.
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting out
of the P (Park) position into another
position to avoid inadvertent motion
of the vehicle which could injure per
-
sons in or around the vehicle.
Overriding the shift lock
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal engaged, continue engaging
the brake, then do the following:
1.Place the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the OFF position.
2.Apply the parking brake.
3.Carefully remove the cap cover
-
ing the shift-lock release access
hole.
OON058007NR
Driving your vehicle
165
Automatic transmission
4.Insert a tool (e.g., flathead screw
-
driver) into the access hole and
press down on the tool.
5.Move the shift lever.
6.Remove the tool from the shift-
lock override access hole then
install the cap.
If the shift lever does not move even
after performing this procedure,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.
ENGINE START/STOP button inter
-
lock system
The ENGINE START/STOP button will
not change to the OFF position
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
Good driving practices
Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator
pedal engaged.
Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to
shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
Never take the vehicle out of gear
and coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always
leave the vehicle in gear when
moving.
Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and mal
-
function. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, slow down
and shift to a lower gear. When
you do this, engine braking will
help slow down the vehicle.
Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the trans
-
mission in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and the vehi
-
cle to go out of control.
Optimum vehicle performance
and economy is obtained by
smoothly pressing and releasing
the accelerator pedal.
WARNING
When driving uphill or downhill,
always shift to D (Drive) for driv
-
ing forward or shift to R (Reverse)
for driving backwards, and check
the gear position indicated on the
cluster before driving.
Driving in the opposite direction of
the selected gear can lead to a
17
5
5
Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission
dangerous situation by shutting
off the engine and affecting the
braking performance.
Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
unbelted occupant is significantly
more likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted
occupant.
Avoid high speeds when cornering
or turning.
Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
Losing control often occurs if two
or more wheels drop off the road
-
way and the driver oversteers to
reenter the roadway.
In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down
before pulling back into the travel
lanes.
Never exceed posted speed limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may
attempt to rock the vehicle free by
moving it forward and backward. Do
not attempt this procedure if people
or objects are anywhere near the
vehicle. During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move for
-
ward or backward as it becomes
unstuck, causing injury or damage
to nearby people or objects.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start:
1.Press the brake pedal, release the
parking break, and shift the shift
lever to D (Drive).
2.Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and
steepness of the grade, and
release the parking brake.
3.Press the accelerator gradually
while releasing the service brakes.
When accelerating from a stop on a
steep hill, the vehicle may have a
tendency to roll backwards.
WARNING
When you start driving after the car
was stopped on a hill, even though
the shift lever is in D (Driving) posi
-
tion, if you do not step on the accel
-
erator pedal or brake pedal, the car
may roll backward, resulting in a
fatal accident.
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
Driving your vehicle
185
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system (if
equipped)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
delivers engine power to front and
rear wheels for maximum traction.
AWD is useful when extra traction is
required, such as when driving slip
-
pery, muddy, wet, or snow-covered
roads.
If the system determines there is a
need for four wheel drive, the
engine's driving power will be dis
-
tributed to all four wheels automat
-
ically.
WARNING
If the AWD warning light () stays
on the instrument cluster, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the AWD system. When the AWD
warning light () illuminates, have
your vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicle's intended
design such as challenging off-
road conditions.
Avoid high speeds when cornering
or turning.
Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
Loss of control often occurs if two
or more wheels drop off the road
-
way and the driver over steers to
reenter the roadway.
In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down
before pulling back into the travel
lanes.
AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)
AWD helps the vehicle's perfor
-
mance by controlling 4 wheels.
Switching from/to SNOW MODE
You can switch from DRIVE MODE to
SNOW mode by turning the knob.
OON058158NR
19
5
5
Driving your vehicleAll Wheel Drive (AWD) system
NOTICE
Even if you turn off the vehicle in
SNOW mode, DRIVE mode will be set
when you restart the vehicle.
AWD transfer mode selection
Transfer
mode
Selection modeDescription
AWD
AUTO
-
AWD AUTO is used when driving on
roads in normal conditions, roads in
urban areas, and on highways.
All wheels are in operation when a
vehicle travels at a constant speed.
Required tractions are applied on front
and rear wheels vary depending on
road and driving conditions, which will
be automatically controlled by the
computing system.
When the cluster's AWD display mode
is selected, the cluster displays the
status of how four wheels' traction
forces are distributed.
SNOW
SNOW mode is used to appropriately dis
-
tribute the vehicle's traction forces and
help prevent wheel slippage when driving
on snowy or slippery road.
SNOW
Driving your vehicle
205
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive
power is delivered entirely to the front wheels. This shock is not a mechani
-
cal failure.
NOTICE
Normal road conditions
Maintain AWD Auto mode when
driving on roads in normal condi
-
tions.
When driving under normal road
conditions (especially when cor
-
nering) in AWD Lock mode, a
driver may find minor mechanical
vibration or noise, which is
extremely normal phenomenon,
not a malfunction. When AWD
Lock mode is released, such noise
or vibration will be immediately
gone.
For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD)
operation
WARNING
All Wheel Drive
The conditions of on-road or off-
road that demand All Wheel Drive
mean all functions of your vehicle
are exposed to extreme stress than
under normal road conditions. Slow
down and be ready for changes in
the composition and traction of the
surface under your tires. If you have
any doubt about the safety of the
conditions you are facing, stop and
consider the best way to proceed.
AWD LOCK
(Indicator light
is illuminated)
The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to
allow a driver to maximize the vehicle's
traction under extreme driving condi
-
tions such as unpaved off-road, sandy
roads, and muddy roads.
AWD Lock mode is in operation only
when a vehicle travels at 25 mph (40
km/h) or less. When travelling at 25
mph (40 km/h) or faster, the mode will
switch to AWD Auto.
When travelling at 20 mph (30 km/h)
or less, the mode will switch back to
AWD Lock.
Press the AWD Lock mode switch again
to switch back to AWD Auto.
Transfer
mode
Selection modeDescription
21
5
5
Driving your vehicleAll Wheel Drive (AWD) system
Do not try to drive in deep stand
-
ing water or mud since such con
-
ditions can stall your engine and
clog your exhaust pipes. Do not
drive down steep hills since it
requires extreme skill to maintain
control of the vehicle.
When you are driving up or down
hills drive as straight as possible.
Use extreme caution in going up
or down steep hills, since you may
flip your vehicle over depending
on the grade, terrain and water/
mud conditions.
WARNING
Hills
Driving across the contour of steep
hills can be extremely dangerous.
This danger can come from slight
changes in the wheel angle which
can destabilize the vehicle or, even if
the vehicle is maintaining stability
under power, it can lose that stabil
-
ity if the vehicle stops its forward
motion. Your vehicle may roll over
without warning and without time
for you to correct a mistake that
could cause serious injury or death.
You must learn how to corner in a
AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your
experience in conventional FWD
vehicles when cornering the vehi
-
cle in AWD mode. For starters,
you must drive slower in AWD.
WARNING
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Reduce speed when you turn cor
-
ners. The center of gravity of AWD
vehicles is higher than that of con
-
ventional FWD vehicles, making
them more likely to roll over when
you turn corners too fast.
OON058159NR
OON058160NR
Driving your vehicle
225
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
WARNING
Steering wheel
Do not grab the inside of the steer
-
ing wheel when you are driving on
unpaved roads. You may hurt your
arm by a sudden steering maneuver
or from steering wheel rebound due
to impact with objects on the
ground. You could lose control of the
steering wheel.
Always hold the steering wheel
firmly when you are driving on
unpaved roads.
Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
WARNING
Wind danger
If you are driving in heavy wind, the
vehicle's higher center of gravity
decreases your steering control
capacity and requires you to drive
more slowly.
If you need to drive in the water,
stop your vehicle, set your trans
-
fer to the AWD LOCK mode and
drive at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
WARNING
Driving through water
Drive slowly. If you are driving too
fast in water, the water can get into
the engine compartment and wet
the ignition system, causing your
vehicle to suddenly stop. If this hap
-
pens and your vehicle is in a tilted
position, your vehicle may roll over.
NOTICE
Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the
vehicle.
Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water.
Press the brake pedal several
times as you move slowly until
you feel normal braking forces
return.
Shorten your scheduled mainte
-
nance interval if you drive in
offroad conditions such as sand,
mud or water (refer to "Mainte
-
nance Under Severe Usage Condi
-
tions - Non Turbo Models" on
page 7-14). Always wash your
vehicle thoroughly after off-road
use, especially cleaning the bot
-
tom of the vehicle.
OON051009L
23
5
5
Driving your vehicleAll Wheel Drive (AWD) system
Since the driving torque is always
applied to the 4 wheels the per
-
formance of the AWD vehicle is
greatly affected by the condition
of the tires. Be sure to equip the
vehicle with four tires of the same
size and type.
A full time All Wheel Drive vehicle
cannot be towed by an ordinary
tow truck. Make sure that the
vehicle is placed on a flat bed
truck for moving.
WARNING
All Wheel Drive (AWD) driving
Avoid high cornering speed.
Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at high speed.
In a collision, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die
compared to a person wearing a
seat belt.
Loss of control often occurs if two
or more wheels drop off the road
-
way and the driver over-steers to
re-enter the roadway. In the
event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
CAUTION
Mud or snow
If one of the front or rear wheels
begins to spin in mud, snow, etc. the
vehicle can sometimes be driven out
by engaging the accelerator pedal
further; however avoid running the
engine continuously at high rpm
because doing so could damage the
AWD system.
Driving in sand or mud
Maintain slow and constant
speed. Operate the accelerator
pedal slowly to ensure safe driv
-
ing (wheel-slip prevention).
Use tire chains driving in mud if
necessary.
Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you.
Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent getting
stuck.
When the vehicle is stuck in snow,
sand or mud, the tires may not
operate.
This is to protect the transmis
-
sion and not a malfunction.
Driving your vehicle
245
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
NOTICE
Moving the car forcibly to get out of
mud or sand can cause damage/
overheat of the engine or damage/
breakdown of the transaxle, differ
-
ential or 4WD system as well as
damage to tires. If excessive wheel
slip occurs after entering a sandy/
muddy road, the vehicle may fall
into the sand/mud. When it hap
-
pens, put a stone or a tree branch
under the tire, and then try to pull
out the car, or try to get it unstuck
by repeatedly moving forwards and
backwards.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and
handling capability. Do not use tires
and wheels that are different in size
and type from the originally
installed ones. It can affect the
safety and performance of your
vehicle, which could lead to steering
failure or rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
WARNING
Jacked vehicle
While the full-time AWD vehicle is
being raised on a jack, never start
the engine or cause the tires to
rotate.
There is the danger that rotating
tires touching the ground could
cause the vehicle to go off the jack
and to jump forward.
Full-time AWD vehicles must be
tested on a special four wheel
chassis dynamometer.
NOTICE
Never engage the parking brake
while performing these tests.
A full-time AWD vehicle should
not be tested on a FWD roll tester.
If a FWD roll tester must be used,
perform the following:
1.Check the tire pressures recom
-
mended for your vehicle.
OON051010L
25
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
2.Place the front wheels on the roll
tester (1) for a speedometer test
as shown in the illustration.
3.Release the parking brake.
4.Place the rear wheels on the tem
-
porary free roller (2) as shown in
the illustration.
WARNING
Dynamometer testing
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in gear on
the dynamometer. This is very dan
-
gerous as the vehicle can jump for
-
ward and cause serious injury or
death.
CAUTION
When lifting up the vehicle, do not
operate front and rear wheel sep
-
arately. All four wheels should be
operated.
If you need to operate the front
wheel and rear wheel when lifting
up the vehicle, you should release
the parking brake.
Brake system
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes, parking brake, and various
braking systems for safe driving.
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the power-
assisted brakes lose power because
of a stalled engine or some other
reason, you can still stop your vehi
-
cle by applying greater force to the
brake pedal than you normally
would. The stopping distance, how
-
ever, will be longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering con
-
trol on slippery surfaces.
NOTICE
When stepping on the brake pedal
under a certain driving or weather
condition you may witness your
car make a sound of squealing or
some other noises. This is not a
brake malfunction but a normal
phenomenon.
Driving your vehicle
265
Brake system
When driving on the road to which
deicing chemicals are applied, the
vehicle may witness noises from
the brake or abnormal abrasion of
tires because of such deicing
chemicals. You should operate
brake additionally so that you
would be able to remove the deic
-
ing chemicals on the brake disk
and pad under a safe traffic con
-
dition.
CAUTION
Brake Pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. This will create
abnormally high brake tempera
-
tures which can cause excessive
brake lining and pad wear.
WARNING
Steep hill braking
Avoid continuous application of the
brakes when descending a long or
steep hill by shifting to a lower gear.
Continuous brake application will
cause the brakes to overheat and
could result in a temporary loss of
braking performance.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
ability to safely slow down; the
vehicle may also pull to one side
when the brakes are applied. Apply
-
ing the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been affected in
this way. Always test your brakes in
this fashion after driving through
deep water. To dry the brakes, apply
them lightly while maintaining a
safe forward speed until brake per
-
formance returns to normal.
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate
while the vehicle is in motion, you
can make an emergency stop with
the parking brake. The stopping dis
-
tance, however, will be much
greater than normal.
WARNING
Parking brake
Avoid applying the parking brake to
stop the vehicle while it is moving
except in an emergency situation.
Applying the parking brake while the
vehicle is moving at normal speeds
can cause a sudden loss of control
of the vehicle. If you must use the
parking brake to stop the vehicle,
use great caution in applying the
brake.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply
steady and firm pressure to the
brake pedal to slow the vehicle and
reduce engine power.
27
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
If you experience this condition, take
the following steps:
1.Apply the brakes and bring your
vehicle to a safe stop.
2.Move the transmission to P
(Park), switch the engine off and
apply the parking brake.
3.Inspect the accelerator pedal for
any interference.
If none are found and the condition
persists, have your vehicle towed to
an authorized Kia dealer and
inspected.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes.
You may hear this sound come and
go or it may occur whenever you
press the brake pedal.
CAUTION
Replace brake pads
Do not continue to drive with worn
brake pads. Continuing to drive with
worn brake pads can damage the
braking system and result in costly
brake repairs.
WARNING
Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear
sounds from your brakes. If you
ignore this audible warning, you will
eventually lose braking perfor
-
mance, which could lead to a serious
accident.
NOTICE
Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable
as the brakes wear and does con
-
tribute to brake noise.
Check the brake warning light by
turning the ENGINE START/STOP
button ON (do not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when
the parking brake is applied with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains
on after the parking brake is
released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention
is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not
possible, use extreme caution while
ODEEV068228NR
Driving your vehicle
285
Brake system
operating the vehicle and only con
-
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Applying the parking brake
To apply the EPB (electronic park
-
ing brake) manually:
1.Stop the vehicle.
2.Depress the brake pedal and pull
up the EPB switch. Make sure the
warning light comes on.
EPB may be automatically applied
when:
Requested by other systems.
If the driver applies the EPB while
the engine is ON then turn the
engine off, the EPB may be
applied again automatically.
If the driver turns the engine off
by mistake while Auto Hold is
operating, EPB will be automati
-
cally applied. But if the driver
turns the engine off and push the
EPB switch in 1 second, the EPB
does not apply.
Emergency Braking
If there is a problem with the
brake pedal while driving, emer
-
gency braking is possible by pull
-
ing up and holding the EPB switch.
Braking is possible only while you
are holding the EPB switch. If you
hand off the EPB switch, the
braking force is lost. If you hold
the EPB switch and the vehicle
stop, the EPB is applied.
During emergency braking by the
EPB, the parking brake warning
light will illuminate and the warn
-
ing sounds will occur to indicate
that the system is operating.
OON058013NR
OON058076NR
29
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
The braking distance may be lon
-
ger than under normal braking
conditions.
* EPB stands for Electronic Parking
Brake.
WARNING
Do not operate the parking brake
while the vehicle is moving except in
an emergency situation. It could
damage the vehicle system and
endanger driving safety.
CAUTION
If you continuously notice a noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used
for emergency braking, have the
system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Releasing the parking brake
To release the EPB manually:
Press the EPB switch in the follow
-
ing condition.
Have the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position.
Depress the brake pedal.
The shift lever must be in P
(Park).
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
To release EPB automatically
(automatic transmission):
1.Close the driver's door, engine
hood and liftgate.
2.Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3.Start the engine.
4.If the shift lever is in P (Park),
depress the brake pedal and shift
out of P (Park) to R (Rear) or D
(Drive), the EPB is released auto
-
matically. Make sure the brake
warning light goes off.
5.If the shift lever is in N (Neutral),
depress the brake pedal and shift
out of N (Neutral) to R (Rear) or D
(Drive), the EPB is released auto
-
matically. Make sure the brake
warning light goes off.
If you try to drive off depress
-
ing the accelerator pedal with
the EPB applied, but doesn't
release automatically, a warn
-
ing will sound once and a mes
-
sage will appear.
OON058014NR
Driving your vehicle
305
Brake system
If the driver's seat belt is not
fastened, drivers door is
opened, the engine hood is
opened in D or the liftgate is
opened in R, a warning will
sound once and a message will
appear.
If there is a problem with the
vehicle, a warning may sound
once and a message may
appear. If the above situation
occurs, depress the brake pedal
and release EPB by pressing the
EPB switch.
WARNING
Never allow anyone who is unfa
-
miliar with the vehicle to touch
the parking brake. If the parking
brake is released unintentionally,
serious injury may occur.
Do not place any objects around
the EPB switch. They could
release the EPB switch.
CAUTION
To prevent unintentional move
-
ment when stopped and leaving
the vehicle, do not use the shift
lever in place of the parking brake.
Set the parking brake and make
sure the shift lever is securely
positioned in P (Park). Use wheel
chocks if necessary.
In winter or cold conditions, the
EPB may freeze. Park the vehicle
with the shift lever in P on the
even and safe place without
applying the EPB. And use wheel
chocks.
Do not drive your vehicle with the
EPB applied. It may cause exces
-
sive wear of brake pad and brake
rotor.
A click sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB,
but these conditions are normal
and indicate that the EPB is func
-
tioning properly.
When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet,
make sure to inform him/her how
to operate the EPB.
When the battery is drained, the
EPB does not apply or release. In
this case, jump start your vehicle.
OON058074NR
31
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
Malfunction of EPB
If the EPB malfunction indicator
remains on, it indicates that the EPB
may have malfunctioned. If this
occurs, have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does
not indicate a malfunction of the
EPB.
CAUTION
The EPB warning light may illumi
-
nate if the EPB switch operates
abnormally. Shut the engine off
and turn it on again after a few
minutes. The warning light will go
off and the EPB switch will oper
-
ate normally. However, if the EPB
warning light is still on, have the
system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
If the parking brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, the EPB is not applied. If the
parking brake warning light blinks
when the EPB warning light is on,
press the switch, then pull it up.
Once more press it back to its
original position and pull it back
up. If the EPB warning does not
go off, have the system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
AUTO HOLD
The Auto Hold is designed to main
-
tain the vehicle in a standstill even
though the brake pedal is not
pressed after the driver brings the
vehicle to a complete stop by press
-
ing the brake pedal.
Applying Auto Hold function
1.Press the brake pedal and start
the vehicle.
2.Press the Auto Hold button. The
white AUTO HOLD indicator will
come on indicating the system is
in standby.
OON058126NR
OON058015NR
Driving your vehicle
325
Brake system
Before the Auto Hold will engage,
the driver's door and engine hood
must be closed and the liftgate
must be closed.
When coming to a complete stop by
pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from white
to green indicating the AUTO HOLD
is engaged. The vehicle will remain
at a standstill even if you release
the brake pedal.
If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
If you press the accelerator pedal
with the shift lever in D (Drive) or
Manual mode, the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the vehi
-
cle will start to move. The indicator
changes from green to white indi
-
cating the Auto Hold is in standby
and the EPB is released.
When driving off from Auto Hold by
pressing the accelerator pedal,
always check the surrounding area
near your vehicle.
Slowly press the accelerator pedal
for a smooth launch.
Canceling Auto Hold function
To cancel the Auto Hold operation,
press the Auto Hold button. The
AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.
To cancel the Auto Hold operation
when the vehicle is at a standstill,
press the Auto Hold button while
pressing the brake pedal.
NOTICE
The following are conditions when
the Auto Hold will not engage
(Auto Hold light will not turn
green and the Auto Hold system
remains in stand by):
-The driver's door is opened
-The engine hood or liftgate is
opened
-The shift lever is in P (Park)
-The EPB is applied
For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB
under any of the following condi
-
tions (Auto Hold light remains
OON058016NR
OON058015NR
33
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
white and the EPB automatically
applies):
-The driver's door is opened.
-The engine hood or liftgate is
opened.
-The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes.
-The vehicle is standing on a
steep slope.
-The vehicle moved for a few
seconds.
In these cases, the brake warn
-
ing light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from
green to white, and a warning
sounds and a message will
appear to inform you that EPB
has been automatically
engaged. Before driving off
again, press foot brake pedal,
check the surrounding area
near your vehicle and release
parking brake manually with
the EPB switch.
If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights
up yellow, the Auto Hold is not
working properly. Take your vehi
-
cle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an accident, do
not activate Auto Hold while driving
downhill, backing up or parking your
vehicle.
If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door or engine hood or lift
-
gate open detection system, the
Auto Hold may not work properly.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the system
checked.
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating
or releasing the EPB, but these con
-
ditions are normal and indicate that
the EPB is functioning properly.
Warning messages
The Auto Hold function will display a
warning message with sound under
certain conditions.
When the EPB is applied from Auto
Hold, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
When the conversion from Auto
Hold to EPB is not working properly
OON058076NR
Driving your vehicle
345
Brake system
a warning will sound and a message
will appear.
NOTICE
When this message is displayed, the
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate.
For your safety, press the brake
pedal.
If you do not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the Auto Hold button, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
When you press the Auto Hold but
-
ton, if the driver's door and engine
hood are not closed or the liftgate is
not closed, a warning will sound and
a message will appear on the LCD
display.
At this moment, press the Auto Hold
button after closing the driver's
door, engine hood and liftgate.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
prevents the wheels from locking.
So the vehicle remains stable and
can still be steered.
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci
-
dents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always main
-
tain a safe distance between you
and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The vehicle
should be driven at reduced speeds
in the following circumstances:
When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
OON058075NR
OON058127NR
OON058128NR
35
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
When driving with tire chains
installed
When driving on roads where the
road surface is pitted or has dif
-
ferent surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increases
the stopping distance for your vehi
-
cle.
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS repeat
-
edly modulates the hydraulic brake
pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik''
sound from the brakes, or feel a
corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum
benefit from your ABS in an emer
-
gency situation, do not attempt to
modulate your brake pressure and
do not try to pump your brakes.
Press your brake pedal as hard as
possible to allow the ABS to control
the force being delivered to the
brakes.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
vehicle compartment when the
vehicle begins to move after the
vehicle is started. These conditions
are normal and indicate that the
Anti-lock Brake System is function
-
ing properly.
Even with the Anti-lock Brake Sys
-
tem, your vehicle still requires suffi
-
cient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
Always slow down when cornering.
The Anti-lock Brake System cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the Anti-lock Brake
System may result in a longer stop
-
ping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional brake
system.
The ABS warning light will stay on
for approximately 3 seconds after
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
ON.
During that time, the ABS will go
through self diagnosis and the light
will go off if everything is normal. If
the light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
ODEEV068101NR
Driving your vehicle
365
Brake system
and have operated your brakes con
-
tinuously, the ABS will be active
continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehi
-
cle over to a safe place and stop the
vehicle.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS
warning light goes off, then your
ABS is normal. Otherwise, you may
have a problem with the ABS. Con
-
tact an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
vehicle may not run as smoothly
and the ABS warning light may turn
on at the same time. This happens
because of low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has mal
-
functioned.
Do not pump your brakes!
Have the battery recharged
before driving the vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) is designed to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC applies the brakes on individual
wheels and intervenes with the
vehicle management system to sta
-
bilize the vehicle.
ESC will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can still result in serious
accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can
prevent accidents by avoiding
maneuvers that cause the vehicle to
lose traction. Even with ESC
installed, always follow all the nor
-
mal precautions for driving - includ
-
ing driving at safe speeds for the
conditions.
OON051017
37
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
WARNING
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system, no
matter how advanced, can compen
-
sate for all driver error and/or driv
-
ing conditions. Always drive
responsibly.
The ESC system is an electronic
system designed to help the driver
maintain vehicle control under
adverse conditions. It is not a sub
-
stitute for safe driving practices.
Factors including speed, road condi
-
tions and driver steering input can
all affect whether ESC will be effec
-
tive in preventing a loss of control. It
is still your responsibility to drive
and corner at reasonable speeds
and to leave a sufficient margin of
safety.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik''
sound from the brakes, or feel a
corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESC is active.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
vehicle compartment when the
vehicle begins to move after the
vehicle is started. These conditions
are normal and indicate that the
Electronic Stability Control system is
functioning properly.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned ON, ESC and ESC
OFF indicator lights illuminate for
approximately 3 seconds, then
ESC is turned on.
Press the ESC OFF button for at
least half a second after turning
the vehicle ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will illuminate).
To turn the ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF indicator
light will go off).
When starting the vehicle, you
may hear a slight ticking sound.
This is the ESC performing an
automatic system self-check and
does not indicate a problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation,
the ESC indicator light blinks.
When the ESC is operating
properly, you can feel a slight pulsa
-
tion in the vehicle. This is only the
effect of brake control and indicates
nothing unusual.
When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, pressing
the accelerator pedal may not cause
the vehicle rpm (revolutions per
minute) to increase.
Driving your vehicle
385
Brake system
ESC operation off
This car has 2 kinds of ESC off
states.
If the vehicle stops when ESC
is off, ESC remains off. Upon
restarting the vehicle, the ESC will
automatically turn on again.
ESC off state 1 - Traction control
disabled
To turn off the traction control
function and only operate the brake
control function of the ESC, press
the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF )
for less than 3 seconds and the ESC
OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will
illuminate.
ESC off state 2 - Traction & stabil
-
ity control disabled
To turn off the traction control
function and the brake control func
-
tion of the ESC, press the ESC OFF
button (ESC OFF ) for more than
3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC OFF ) will illuminate and ESC
OFF warning chime will sound. At
this state, the car stability control
function does not operate any
more.
Indicator light
ESC indicator light
ESC OFF indicator light
When ENGINE START/STOP button
is turned to ON, the indicator light
illuminates, then goes off if the ESC
system is operating normally.
OON058077NR
OON058078NR
39
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
The ESC indicator light blinks when
-
ever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
WARNING
Electronic Stability Control
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Electronic Stability Con
-
trol. It can only assist you in main
-
taining control under certain
circumstances.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
To turn ESC off while driving,
press the ESC OFF button while
driving on a flat road surface.
WARNING
Operating ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button
while ESC is operating (ESC indicator
light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip out
of control.
NOTICE
When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it
may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in
false diagnosis.
Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system oper
-
ation.
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) system
The Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) provides further enhance
-
ments to vehicle stability and steer
-
ing responses under the following
condition:
when driving on a slippery road or
when a change in the coefficient
of friction between left and right
wheels is detected.
WARNING
Tire/Wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels,
make sure they are the same size
as the original tires and wheels
installed. Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may diminish any sup
-
plemental safety benefits of the
VSM system.
Driving your vehicle
405
Brake system
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light () blinks.
When the VSM is operating properly,
you can feel a slight pulsation in the
vehicle and/or abnormal steering
responses (Electric Power Steering
(EPS)). This is only the effect of
brake and EPS control and indicates
nothing unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
Driving on a sloping road such as a
gradient or incline
Driving in reverse
ESC OFF indicator light ()
remains on the instrument cluster
EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light () illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the but
-
ton again. The ESC OFF indicator
light goes out.
WARNING
Vehicle Stability Management
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Vehicle Stability Man
-
agement. It can only assist you in
maintaining control of the vehicle
under certain circumstances.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don't cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
light () or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
The VSM is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a supplemen
-
tary function only. It is the respon
-
sibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver's intention,
even with installed VSM. Always fol
-
low all the normal precautions for
driving at safe speeds for the condi
-
tions including driving in clement
weather and on a slippery road.
WARNING
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system, no
matter how advanced, can compen
-
41
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
sate for all driver error and/or driv
-
ing conditions. Always drive
responsibly.
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) sys
-
tem
The Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) is
operated as a vehicle stability con
-
trol system. The TSA is designed to
stabilize the vehicle and trailer when
the trailer sways or oscillates. There
are various factors that make the
vehicle sway or oscillate.
Such incidents mostly happen at
high speed, but, there is also a risk
of swaying when the trailer is
affected by crosswinds, buffeting or
improper overloading.
Factors of swaying such as:
High speed
Strong crosswinds
Improper overloading
Sudden controlling of steering
wheel
Uneven road
The TSA continuously analyzes the
vehicle and trailer instability. When
the TSA detects some sway, the
brakes are applied automatically to
stabilize the vehicle on the front
wheel. However, if it is not enough
to stabilize, the brakes are applied
on all wheels automatically and
engine power is properly reduced.
When the vehicle is stable from
swaying, the TSA does not operate.
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll
back on a steep hill when it starts to
go after stopping. The Hill-start
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
vehicle from rolling back by applying
the brakes automatically for about
2 seconds.
The brakes are released when the
accelerator pedal is engaged or
after about 2 seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about
2 seconds, so when the vehicle is
starting off on an incline, always
engage the accelerator pedal.
WARNING
Maintaining Brake Pressure on
Incline
HAC does not replace the need to
apply brakes while stopped on an
incline. While stopped, make sure
you maintain brake pressure suffi
-
cient to prevent your vehicle from
rolling backward and causing an
accident. Don't release the brake
pedal until you are ready to acceler
-
ate forward.
Driving your vehicle
425
Brake system
Good braking practices
Good braking practices help keep
occupants safe and extend brake
life.
Check to be sure the parking
brake is not engaged and the
parking brake indicator light is out
before driving away.
Driving through water may get
the brakes wet. They can also get
wet when the vehicle is washed.
Wet brakes can be dangerous!
Your vehicle will not stop as
quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the vehicle to
pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the
brakes lightly until the braking
action returns to normal, taking
care to keep the vehicle under
control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal,
stop as soon as it is safe to do so
and call an authorized Kia dealer
for assistance.
Don't coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear. This is
extremely hazardous. Keep the
vehicle in gear at all times, use the
brakes to slow down, then shift to
a lower gear so that vehicle brak
-
ing will help you maintain a safe
speed.
Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Rest
-
ing your foot on the brake pedal
while driving can be dangerous
because the brakes might over
-
heat and lose their effectiveness.
It also increases the wear of the
brake components.
If a tire goes flat while you are
driving, apply the brakes gently
and keep the vehicle pointed
straight ahead while you slow
down. When you are moving
slowly enough for it to be safe to
do so, pull off the road and stop in
a safe place.
Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shifter lever in P. If
your vehicle is facing downhill,
turn the front wheels into the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling.
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling,
block the wheels.
Under some conditions your park
-
ing brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most
likely to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or
if the brakes are wet. If there is a
risk that the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily
while you put the shifter lever in P
and block the rear wheels so the
vehicle cannot roll. Then release
the parking brake.
43
5
5
Driving your vehicleIdle Stop and Go (ISG) system
Do not hold the vehicle on an
incline with the accelerator pedal.
This can cause the reduction gear
to overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
The Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
reduces fuel consumption by auto
-
matically shutting down the engine
when the vehicle is at a standstill.
(For example: red light, stop sign
and traffic jam)
The engine starts automatically as
soon as the starting conditions are
met.
The ISG is ON whenever the engine
is running.
NOTICE
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, some
warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF,
EPS or Parking brake warning light)
may turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of low bat
-
tery voltage. It does not mean the
system has malfunctioned.
Auto stop
If you depress the brake pedal and
the vehicle comes to a stop with the
ISG ON, the engine will stop auto
-
matically.
Stop the vehicle completely by
pressing the brake pedal when the
shift lever is in the D (Drive) or N
(Neutral) position.
Driving your vehicle
445
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
The engine will stop and the green
AUTO STOP () indicator on the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
NOTICE
If you open the engine hood in auto
stop mode, the following will hap
-
pen:
The ISG system will deactivate
(the light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate).
A message will appear on the LCD
display.
If you move the transmission
lever from N to D (Manual mode)
or R without depressing the brake
pedal after stopping engine auto
-
matically, the engine does not
restart automatically and a warn
-
ing chime alarms. When this hap
-
pens, press the brake pedal for
auto start.
Auto start
When the engine stops automati
-
cally by ISG, the engine will restart if
one of the following driver actions.
Release the brake pedal.
Move the shift gear to the R
(Reverse) position or the Manual
mode while depressing the brake
pedal.
OON058132NR
OON058133NR
OON058134NR
45
5
5
Driving your vehicleIdle Stop and Go (ISG) system
The engine will start and the green
AUTO STOP indicator () on the
instrument cluster will go out.
The engine will also restart auto
-
matically without any driver
actions if the following occurs:
The brake vacuum pressure is
low.
The engine has stopped for about
5 minutes.
The air conditioning is ON with the
fan speed set to the highest posi
-
tion.
The front defroster is ON.
The battery is weak.
The cooling and heating perfor
-
mance of the climate control sys
-
tem is unsatisfactory.
The vehicle is shifted to P (Park)
when Auto Hold is activated.
The door is opened or the seat
-
belt is unfastened when Auto
Hold is activated.
The EPB switch is pressed when
Auto Hold is activated.
Operating conditions
The ISG will operate under the fol
-
lowing condition:
The drivers seatbelt is fastened.
The drivers door and hood are
closed.
The brake vacuum pressure is
adequate.
The battery sensor is activated
and the battery is sufficiently
charged.
Outside temperature is not too
low or too high.
The vehicle is driven over a con
-
stant speed and stops.
The climate control system satis
-
fies the conditions.
The vehicle is sufficiently warmed
up.
The incline is gradual.
The steering wheel is turned less
than 180 degrees and then the
vehicle stops.
NOTICE
If the ISG system does not meet
the operation condition, the ISG
system is deactivated. The light
on the ISG OFF button and yellow
AUTO STOP () indicator on the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
If the light comes on continuously,
please check the operation condi
-
tion.
OON058135NR
Driving your vehicle
465
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
Deactivating the ISG
If you wish to deactivate the ISG,
press the ISG OFF button. The
light on the ISG OFF button will
illuminate.
If you press the ISG OFF button
again, the ISG will be activated
and the light on the ISG OFF but
-
ton will turn off.
ISG malfunction
The ISG may not operate when:
The ISG may not operate when an
ISG related sensor or system error
occurs.
The following will happen:
The yellow AUTO STOP () indi
-
cator on the instrument cluster
will stay on after blinking for 5
seconds.
The light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate.
When the engine is in Idle Stop
mode, it's possible to restart the
engine without the driver taking any
action. Before leaving the car or
doing anything in the engine com
-
partment, stop the engine by the
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
OFF position.
NOTICE
If the AGM battery is reconnected or
replaced, ISG system will not oper
-
ate immediately. If you want to use
the ISG system, the battery sensor
needs to be calibrated for approxi
-
mately 4 hours with the ignition off.
After calibration, turn the engine on
and off 2 or 3 times.
OON058136NR
OON058132NR
47
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (FWD)
Drive mode integrated control
system (FWD)
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE knob is turned.
SMART mode: SMART mode auto
-
matically adjusts the driving mode
(ECO ↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in
accordance with the driver's driv
-
ing habits.
COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode
provides soft driving and com
-
fortable riding.
SPORT mode: SPORT mode pro
-
vides sporty but firm riding.
ECO mode: ECO mode improves
fuel efficiency for eco-friendly
driving.
The driving mode will be set to
COMFORT or ECO mode when the
engine is restarted. If it is in COM
-
FORT/SPORT mode, COMFORT mode
will be set, when the engine is
restarted.
If it is in ECO mode, ECO mode will
be set when the engine is restarted.
SMART mode
OON058003NR
OON058120NR
OON058112NR
OON058113NR
Driving your vehicle
485
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
among ECO, COMFORT and
SPORT by judging the
driver's driving habits (i.e., mild or
dynamic) from the brake pedal or
the steering wheel operation.
Turning the DRIVE MODE knob to
activate SMART mode. When
SMART mode is activated, the
indicator illuminates on the
instrument cluster.
The vehicle starts in SMART
mode, when the engine was
turned OFF in SMART mode.
SMART mode automatically con
-
trols the vehicle driving, such as
gear shifting patterns, engine
torque, in accordance with the
driver's driving habits.
NOTICE
When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve
fuel efficiency. However, the
actual fuel efficiency may differ in
accordance with your driving situ
-
ations (i.e., upward/downward
slope, vehicle deceleration/accel
-
eration).
When you dynamically drive the
vehicle in SMART mode by
abruptly decelerating or sharply
curving, the driving mode changes
to SPORT mode. However, it may
adversely affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART mode
The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a cer
-
tain period of time, when you
gently press the accelerator pedal
(Your driving is categorized to be
mild.).
The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode
to SMART NORMAL mode after a
certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively press the
accelerator pedal.
The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART COMFORT
mode with the same driving pat
-
terns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a cer
-
tain angle. The driving mode
automatically returns to SMART
ECO mode, when the vehicle
enters a leveled road.
The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehi
-
cle or repetitively operate the
steering wheel (Your driving is
categorized to be sporty.). In this
mode, your vehicle drives in a
lower gear for abrupt accelerat
-
ing/decelerating and increases the
engine brake performance.
60$57
49
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (FWD)
You may still sense the engine
brake performance, even when
you release the accelerator pedal
in SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains to
be in a lower gear over a certain
period of time for next accelera
-
tion. Thus, it is a normal driving
situation, not indicating any mal
-
function.
The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situa
-
tions, the driving mode sets to be
either in SMART ECO mode or in
SMART COMFORT mode.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations. (The OFF indi
-
cator illuminates in those situa
-
tions.)
The driver manually moves the
shift lever: It deactivates SMART
mode. The vehicle moves, as the
driver manually moves the shift
lever.
Cruise control is activated: The
Cruise function may deactivate
the SMART mode. When a higher
system is set by the cruise sys
-
tem, it starts to control vehicle
speed and deactivates SMART
mode. (SMART mode is not deac
-
tivated just by activing the cruise
system.)
The transmission oil temperature
is either extremely low or
extremely high: The SMART mode
can be active in most of the nor
-
mal driving situations. However,
an extremely high/ low transmis
-
sion oil temperature may tempo
-
rarily deactivate the SMART
mode, because the transmission
condition is out of normal opera
-
tion condition.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
driving dynamics by auto
-
matically adjusting the
steering effort, and the
engine and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver perfor
-
mance.
When SPORT mode is selected by
turning the DRIVE MODE knob, the
SPORT indicator (orange color)
will illuminate.
Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode
from the DRIVE MODE knob.
When SPORT mode is activated:
-The engine rpm will tend to
remain raised over a certain
length of time even after
releasing the accelerator.
-Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating.
63257
Driving your vehicle
505
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set
to ECO mode, the engine
and transmission control
logic are changed to maxi
-
mize fuel efficiency.
When ECO mode is selected by
turning the Drive mode knob, the
ECO indicator (green color) will
illuminate.
If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned OFF
and restarted the Drive Mode set
-
ting will remain in ECO mode.
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the
driver's driving habit and road condi
-
tion.
When ECO mode is activated:
The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is engaged moderately.
The shift pattern of the auto
-
matic transmission may change.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is acti
-
vated to improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur
while ECO mode is operating, the
system operation is limited even
though there is no change in the
ECO indicator.
When driving the vehicle with the
automatic transmission gear shift
lever in Manual mode.
The system will be limited accord
-
ing to the shift location.
(&2
51
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (AWD)
Drive mode integrated control
system (AWD)
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
The Drive mode is activated by
turning the knob.
The Drive mode is changes when
-
ever the knob is turned.
SMART mode: SMART mode auto
-
matically adjusts the driving mode
(ECO ↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in
accordance with the driver's driv
-
ing habits.
OON058033NR
OON058149NR
OON058150NR
OON058151NR
OON058152NR
Driving your vehicle
525
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)
COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode
provides soft driving and com
-
fortable riding.
SPORT mode: SPORT mode pro
-
vides sporty but firm riding.
ECO mode: ECO mode improves
fuel efficiency for eco-friendly
driving.
The driving mode will be set to
COMFORT or ECO mode when the
engine is restarted. If it is in COM
-
FORT/SPORT mode, COMFORT mode
will be set, when the engine is
restarted.
If it is in ECO mode, ECO mode will
be set when the engine is restarted.
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
among ECO, COMFORT and
SPORT by judging the
driver's driving habits (i.e., mild or
dynamic) from the brake pedal or
the steering wheel operation.
Turning the knob to activate
SMART mode. When SMART mode
is activated, the indicator illumi
-
nates on the instrument cluster.
The vehicle starts in SMART
mode, when the engine was
turned OFF in SMART mode.
SMART mode automatically con
-
trols the vehicle driving, such as
gear shifting patterns, engine
OON058120NR
OON058112NR
OON058113NR
60$57
53
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (AWD)
torque, in accordance with the
driver's driving habits.
NOTICE
When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve
fuel efficiency. However, the
actual fuel efficiency may differ in
accordance with your driving situ
-
ations (i.e., upward/downward
slope, vehicle deceleration/accel
-
eration).
When you dynamically drive the
vehicle in SMART mode by
abruptly decelerating or sharply
curving, the driving mode changes
to SPORT mode. However, it may
adversely affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART mode
The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a cer
-
tain period of time, when you
gently press the accelerator pedal
(Your driving is categorized to be
mild.).
The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode
to SMART NORMAL mode after a
certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively press the
accelerator pedal.
The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART COMFORT
mode with the same driving pat
-
terns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a cer
-
tain angle. The driving mode
automatically returns to SMART
ECO mode, when the vehicle
enters a leveled road.
The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehi
-
cle or repetitively operate the
steering wheel (Your driving is
categorized to be sporty.). In this
mode, your vehicle drives in a
lower gear for abrupt accelerat
-
ing/decelerating and increases the
engine brake performance.
You may still sense the engine
brake performance, even when
you release the accelerator pedal
in SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains to
be in a lower gear over a certain
period of time for next accelera
-
tion. Thus, it is a normal driving
situation, not indicating any mal
-
function.
The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situa
-
tions, the driving mode sets to be
either in SMART ECO mode or in
SMART COMFORT mode.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations. (The OFF indi
-
Driving your vehicle
545
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)
cator illuminates in those situa
-
tions.)
The driver manually moves the
shift lever: It deactivates SMART
mode. The vehicle moves, as the
driver manually moves the shift
lever.
Smart Cruise Control is activated:
The Cruise function may deacti
-
vate the SMART mode. When a
higher system is set by Smart
Cruise Control, it starts to control
vehicle speed and deactivates
SMART mode. (SMART mode is
not deactivated just by activing
Smart Cruise Control.)
The transmission oil temperature
is either extremely low or
extremely high: The SMART mode
can be active in most of the nor
-
mal driving situations. However,
an extremely high/ low transmis
-
sion oil temperature may tempo
-
rarily deactivate the SMART
mode, because the transmission
condition is out of normal opera
-
tion condition.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
driving dynamics by auto
-
matically adjusting the
steering effort, and the
engine and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver perfor
-
mance.
When SPORT mode is selected by
turning the knob, the SPORT indi
-
cator (orange color) will illumi
-
nate.
Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode
from the knob.
When SPORT mode is activated:
-The engine rpm will tend to
remain raised over a certain
length of time even after
releasing the accelerator.
-Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating.
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set
to ECO mode, the engine
and transmission control
logic are changed to maxi
-
mize fuel efficiency.
When ECO mode is selected by
turning the knob, the ECO indica
-
tor (green color) will illuminate.
If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned OFF
and restarted the Drive Mode set
-
ting will remain in ECO mode.
63257
(&2
55
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the
driver's driving habit and road condi
-
tion.
When ECO mode is activated:
The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is engaged moderately.
The shift pattern of the auto
-
matic transmission may change.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is acti
-
vated to improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur
while ECO mode is operating, the
system operation is limited even
though there is no change in the
ECO indicator.
When driving the vehicle with the
automatic transmission gear shift
lever in Manual mode.
The system will be limited accord
-
ing to the shift location.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
is designed to help detect and moni
-
tor the vehicle ahead or help detect
a pedestrian or cyclist in the road
-
way and warn the driver that a colli
-
sion is imminent with a warning
message and an audible warning,
and if necessary, apply emergency
braking.
NOTICE
FCA stands for Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
OON051187
Driving your vehicle
565
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
fusion)
Detecting sensor
[1]: Front view camera, [2]: Front radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of
the detecting sensor:
Never disassemble the detecting
sensor or sensor assembly, or
apply any impact on it.
If the detecting sensors have
been replaced or repaired, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Never install any accessories or
stickers on the front windshield,
or tint the front windscreen.
Pay extreme caution to keep the
front view camera dry.
Never place any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard. Any light reflection
may prevent the function from
functioning properly.
Do not apply license plate frame
or objects, such as a bumper
sticker, film or a bumper guard,
near the front radar cover.
Always keep the front radar and
cover clean and free of dirt and
debris. Use only a soft cloth to
wash the vehicle. Do not spray
pressurized water directly on the
sensor or sensor cover.
If unnecessary force has been
applied to the radar or around the
radar, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not properly
operate even though a warning
message does not appear on the
cluster. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Use only genuine parts to repair
or replace a damaged front radar
cover. Do not apply paint to the
front radar cover.
OON051182
OON051181
57
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
Settings
Setting features
Forward Safety
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Forward
Safety from the setting menu to
set whether or not to use each
function.
If Active Assist is selected, the
function will warn the driver with
a warning message, an audible
warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion depending on the collision risk
levels. Braking assist will be
applied depending on the collision
risk.
If Warning Only is selected, the
function will warn the driver with
a warning message, an audible
warning depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking will not be
assisted. The driver must apply
the brake pedal or steer the vehi
-
cle if necessary.
If Off is selected, the function will
off. The warning light will
illuminate on the cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF sta
-
tus from the settings menu. If the
warning light remains ON when
the function is ON, have the function
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted,
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will always turn on.
If 'Off' is selected from the set
-
tings menu, the Forward Collision
Assist will not operate so the
driver should always be aware of
the surroundings and drive safely.
CAUTION
If 'Warning Only' is selected, braking
is not assisted.
OON051180
Driving your vehicle
585
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
fusion)
NOTICE
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will turn off when ESC is turned off
by pressing and holding the ESC OFF
button and the warning light
will illuminate.
Warning Timing
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing to change the initial warning
activation time for Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to Normal. If
you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver Assis
-
tance system may change.
Warning Volume
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Warning
Volume to change the warning vol
-
ume to High, Medium, Low or
Off for Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
If you change the Warning volume,
the Warning volume of other Driver
Assistance functions may change.
CAUTION
The setting of the Warning timing
and Warning volume applies to all
functions of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
Even though Normal is selected
for Warning timing, if the front
vehicle suddenly stops, the initial
warning activation time may not
seem late.
OON051166
OON051164
59
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)
Select Late for Warning Timing
when traffic is light and when
driving speed is slow.
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Warning
timing and Warning volume will
maintain the last setting.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
Operation
Warning and control
The basic function for Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist is to warn and
control the vehicle depending on the
collision level: Collision Warning,
Emergency Braking.
Collision Warning
To warn the driver of a collision,
the Collision Warning warning
message will appear on the clus
-
ter, an audible warning will sound
and the steering wheel will
vibrate.
If a vehicle is detected in front,
the function will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~93 mph (10~150
km/h).
If a pedestrian or cyclist is
detected in front, the function will
operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6~53
mph (10~85 km/h).
Emergency Braking
To warn the driver that emer
-
gency braking will be assisted, the
'Emergency Braking' warning
message will appear on the clus
-
ter, an audible warning will sound
and the steering wheel will
vibrate.
If a vehicle is detected in front,
the function will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~45 mph (10~75
km/h).
OON058079NR
OON058080NR
Driving your vehicle
605
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
fusion)
If a pedestrian or cyclist is
detected in front, the function will
operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6~40
mph (10~65 km/h).
In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong
braking power by the function to
help prevent collision with the
vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist
ahead.
WARNING
For your safety, change the
settings after parking the vehicle
at a safe location.
With Active Assist or Warning
Only selected, when ESC is turned
off by pressing and holding the
ESC OFF button, Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will turn off
automatically. In this case, the
function cannot be set from the
settings menu and the warning
light will illuminate on the cluster
which is normal. If ESC is turned
on by pressing the ESC OFF but
-
ton, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will maintain the last set
-
ting.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate in all situ
-
ations or cannot avoid all colli
-
sions.
The driver should hold the
responsibility to control the vehi
-
cle. Do not solely depend on For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Rather, maintain a safe braking
distance, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
driving speed or to stop the vehi
-
cle.
Never deliberately operate For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist
on people, animal, objects, etc. It
may cause serious injury or death.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate if the
driver depresses the brake pedal
to avoid collision.
Depending on the road and driving
conditions, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist may warn the
driver late or may not warn the
driver.
During Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist operation, the vehicle
may stop suddenly injuring pas
-
sengers and shifting loose
objects. Always have the seat belt
on and keep loose objects
secured.
If any other functions warning
message is displayed or audible
warning is generated, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist warn
-
ing message may not be dis
-
played and audible warning may
not be generated.
You may not hear the warning
sound of Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist if the surrounding is
noisy.
61
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may turn off or may not
operate properly or may operate
unnecessarily depending on the
road conditions and the surround
-
ings.
WARNING
Even if there is a problem with
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist, the vehicles basic braking
performance will operate nor
-
mally.
During emergency braking, brak
-
ing control by the function will
automatically cancel when the
driver excessively depresses the
accelerator pedal or sharply
steers the vehicle.
CAUTION
Depending on the condition of the
vehicle, pedestrian and cyclist in
front and the surroundings, the
speed range to operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may
reduce. The function may only
warn the driver, or the function
may not operate.
It operates only under certain
conditions by judging the danger
according to a condition of the
oncoming vehicle, driving direc
-
tion, speed and the surrounding
environment.
NOTICE
In a situation collision is imminent,
braking may be assisted by Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist when
braking is insufficient by the driver.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the
Check Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system warning message will
appear (turns off after a certain
time), and the and warn
-
ing lights will illuminate on the clus
-
ter. In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OON058082NR
Driving your vehicle
625
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
fusion)
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
disabled
When the front windscreen where
the front view camera is located,
front radar cover or sensor is cov
-
ered with foreign material such as
snow or rain, it can reduce the
detecting performance and tempo
-
rarily limit or disable Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist. If this occurs
the Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system disabled. Radar
blocked warning message will
appear (turns off after a certain
time), and the and warn
-
ing lights will illuminate on the clus
-
ter.
The function will operate normally
when snow, rain or foreign matter is
removed. If the function does not
operate normally after it is
removed, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Even though the warning mes
-
sage or warning light does not
appear on the cluster, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not properly operate.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate
in an area (e.g. open terrain),
where any substance are not
detected after turning ON the
engine.
Limitations of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally, or the
function may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
The detecting sensor or the sur
-
roundings are contaminated or
damaged
The temperature around the
front view camera is high or low
due to the external environment
The camera lens is contaminated
due to tinted, filmed or coated
OON051083
OON058083NR
63
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)
windscreen, damaged glass, or
stuck of foreign matters (sticker,
bug, etc.) on the glass
Moisture is not removed or frozen
on the windscreen
Washer fluid is continuously
sprayed, or the wiper is on
Driving in heavy rain or snow, or
thick fog
The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
Street light or light from an
oncoming vehicle is reflected on
the wet road surface, such as a
puddle on the road
An object is placed on the dash
-
board
Your vehicle is being towed
The surrounding is very bright
The surrounding is very dark, such
as in a tunnel, etc.
The brightness changes sud
-
denly, for example when entering
or exiting a tunnel
The brightness outside is low, and
the headlamps are not on or are
not bright
Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
Only part of the vehicle, pedes
-
trian or cyclist is detected
The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with a unusually
shaped luggage, trailer, etc.
The vehicle in front has no tail
lights, tail lights are located
unusually, etc.
The brightness outside is low, and
the tail lamps are not on or are
not bright
The rear of the front vehicle is
small or the vehicle does not look
normal, such as when the vehicle
is tilted, overturned, or the side of
the vehicle is visible, etc.
The front vehicles ground clear
-
ance is low or high
A vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist
suddenly cuts in front
The bumper around the front
radar is impacted, damaged or
the front radar is out of position
The temperature around the
front radar is high or low
Driving through a tunnel or iron
bridge
Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (i.e.
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
Driving near areas containing
metal substances, such as a con
-
struction zone, railroad, etc.
A material is near that reflects
very well on the front radar, such
as a guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
The cyclist in front is on a bicycle
made of material that does not
reflect on the front radar
The vehicle in front is detected
late
The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
The vehicle in front suddenly
changes lane or suddenly reduces
speed
Driving your vehicle
645
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
fusion)
The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
The front vehicles speed is fast or
slow
The vehicle in front steers in the
opposite direction of your vehicle
to avoid a collision
With a vehicle in front, your vehi
-
cle changes lane at low speed
The vehicle in front is covered
with snow
You are departing or returning to
the lane
You are driving unstably
You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
You are continuously driving in a
circle
The vehicle in front has an
unusual shape
The vehicle in front is driving
uphill or downhill
The pedestrian or cyclist is not
fully detected, for example, if the
pedestrian is leaning over or is not
fully walking upright
The pedestrian or cyclist is wear
-
ing clothing or equipment that
makes it difficult to detect as a
pedestrian or cyclist
Following image shows the image
the sensor recognizes as vehicle,
pedestrian, and cyclist.
The pedestrian or cyclist in front
is moving very quickly
The pedestrian or cyclist in front
is short or is posing a low posture
The pedestrian or cyclist in front
has impaired mobility
The pedestrian or cyclist in front
is moving intersected with the
driving direction
There is a group of pedestrians,
cyclists or a large crowd in front
The pedestrian or cyclist is wear
-
ing clothing that easily blends into
the background, making it difficult
to detect
The pedestrian or cyclist is diffi
-
cult to distinguish from the simi
-
lar shaped structure in the
surroundings
You are driving by a pedestrian,
cyclist traffic signs, structures,
etc. near the intersection
Driving in a parking lot
OADAS044
65
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)
Driving through a tollgate, con
-
struction area, unpaved road, par
-
tial paved road, uneven road,
speed bumps, etc.
Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
Driving through a roadside with
trees or streetlights
The adverse road conditions
cause excessive vehicle vibrations
while driving
Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
Driving through a narrow road
where trees or grass are over
-
grown
There is interference by electro
-
magnetic waves, such as driving in
an area with strong radio waves
or electrical noise
WARNING
Driving on a curved road
The front view camera or radar
sensor recognition function may
not detect the vehicle, pedestrian
ODEEV069237NR
ODEEV069238NR
ODEEV069239NR
Driving your vehicle
665
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
fusion)
or cyclist travelling in front on a
curved road.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, and if neces
-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may detect a vehicle or
pedestrian in the next lane or
outside the lane when driving on a
curved road. If this occurs, the
unnecessarily alarm the driver
and apply the brake. Always check
the traffic conditions around the
vehicle.
Driving on a sloped road
ODEEV069240NR
ODEEV069241NR
ODEEV069242NR
ODEEV069243NR
ODEEV069244NR
67
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not detect other vehi
-
cle, pedestrian or cyclist in front
while driving uphill or downhill and
this may result in no warning,
braking assist when necessary.
When the function suddenly rec
-
ognizes the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist in front while passing over
a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
Always keep your eyes forward
while driving upward or down
-
ward on a slope, and, if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
Changing lanes
[A]: Your vehicle
[B]: Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not imme
-
diately detect the vehicle, espe
-
cially if the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly. In this case, you must
maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
ODEEV069245NR
OADAS030SDY
Driving your vehicle
685
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
fusion)
[A]: Your vehicle
[B]: Lane changing vehicle
[C]: Same lane vehicle
When driving in stop-and-go traf
-
fic, and a stopped vehicle in front
of you merges out of the lane,
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not immediately
detect the new vehicle that is now
in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain
a safe distance.
Recognizing the vehicle
When the vehicle in front has
heavy loading extended rearward,
or when the vehicle in front has
higher ground clearance, it may
induce a hazardous situation.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving
and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain dis
-
tance.
WARNING
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend
that Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is turned off due to safety
reasons.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may operate if objects that
are similar in shape or character
-
istics to vehicles, pedestrians or
cyclists are detected.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate on bicy
-
OADAS031SDY
OON051161
69
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)
cles, motorcycles, or smaller
wheeled objects, such as luggage
bags, shopping carts, or strollers
that are dragged by a pedestrian
or a cyclist.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally
if interfered by strong electro
-
magnetic waves.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate for 15
seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front view camera
is initialized.
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper
-
ate the device.
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum dis
-
tance of 8 in (20 cm) between the
radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be colo
-
cated or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or trans
-
mitter.
Driving your vehicle
705
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Keeping Assist is designed to
help detect the lane markers while
driving over a certain speed. The
function will warn the driver if the
vehicle leaves the lane without using
the turn signal, or will automatically
assist the drivers steering to help
prevent the vehicle from departing
the lane.
NOTICE
LKA stands for Lane Keeping Assist.
Detecting sensor
[1]: Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane
markings.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" on page 5-55.
Lane Keeping Assist Settings
Setting features
Lane Safety
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Lane
Safety from the setting menu to
set whether or not to use each
function.
If Lane Keeping Assist is
selected, the function will auto
-
matically assist the drivers steer
-
ing when lane departure is
OON051182
OON051163
71
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Keeping Assist (LKA)
detected to help prevent the vehi
-
cle from moving out of its lane.
If Lane Departure Warning is
selected, the function will warn
the driver with an audible warning
when lane departure is detected.
The driver must steer the vehicle.
If Off is selected, the function will
turn off. The indicator light
() will turn off on the clus
-
ter.
WARNING
If Lane Departure Warning is
selected, steering is not assisted.
Lane Keeping Assist does not con
-
trol the steering wheel when the
vehicle is driven in the middle of
the lane.
The driver should always be
aware of the surroundings and
steer the vehicle if Off is
selected.
Turning Lane Keeping Assist On/Off
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press the
Lane Safety button located on the
instrument panel to turn on Lane
Keeping Assist. The white indicator
light () will illuminate on the
cluster. Press the button again to
turn off the function.
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Lane
Keeping Assist will maintain the
last setting.
When Lane Keeping Assist is
turned off with the Lane Safety
button, Lane Safety system set
-
tings will turn off.
OON051041
Driving your vehicle
725
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Warning Volume
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Warning
Volume to change the warning vol
-
ume to High, Medium, Low or
Off for Lane Keeping Assist.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance system may be changed.
Lane Keeping Assist Operation
Warning and control
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and
control the vehicle with Lane Depar
-
ture Warning and Lane Keeping
Assist.
Lane Departure Warning
Left
Right
To warn the driver that the vehi
-
cle is departing from the pro
-
jected lane in front, the green
() indicator light will blink
on the cluster, the lane line will
blink on the cluster depending on
which direction the vehicle is
veering, and an audible warning
will sound.
The function will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 40~105 mph
(64~169 km/h).
OON051164
OON058096NR
OON058095NR
73
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Keeping Assist
To warn the driver that the vehi
-
cle is departing from the pro
-
jected lane in front, the green
() indicator light will blink
on the cluster, and the steering
wheel will make adjustments to
keep vehicle inside the lane.
The function will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 40~105 mph
(64~169 km/h).
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off
the steering wheel for several sec
-
onds, the Keep hands on steering
wheel warning message will appear
on the cluster, and an audible warn
-
ing will sound in stages.
WARNING
The steering wheel may not be
assisted if the steering wheel is
held very tight or the steering
wheel is steered over a certain
degree.
Lane Keeping Assist does not
operate at all times. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
safely steer the vehicle and to
maintain the vehicle in its lane.
The handsoff warning message
may appear late depending on
road conditions. Always have your
hands on the steering wheel while
driving.
If the steering wheel is held very
lightly, the hands off warning
message may appear because the
function may not recognize that
the driver has their hands on the
steering wheel.
If you attach objects to the steer
-
ing wheel, the hands-off warning
may not work properly.
NOTICE
For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment
function, refer to "LCD Display
Modes" on page 4-78.
When lane markings are detected,
the lane lines on the cluster will
change from gray to white and
the green () indicator light
will illuminate if Lane Keeping
Assist is operable.
OON051093L
Driving your vehicle
745
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane undetected
Lane detected
Even though the steering is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist,
the driver may control the steer
-
ing wheel.
The steering wheel may feel
heavier or lighter when the steer
-
ing wheel is assisted by Lane
Keeping Assist than when it is
not.
Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction
and Limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
When Lane Keeping Assist is not
working properly, the Check Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system, warn
-
ing message will appear and the
yellow () indicator light will
illuminate on the cluster. In this
case, have the function checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not oper
-
ate normally or may operate unex
-
pectedly under the following
circumstances:
The lane is contaminated or diffi
-
cult to distinguish because,
-The lane markings is covered
with rain, snow, dirt, oil, etc.
-The color of the lane marking is
not distinguishable from the
road
OON058094NR
OON058097NR
OON058099NR
75
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Keeping Assist (LKA)
-There are markings on the road
near the lane or the markings
on the road looks similar to the
lane markings
-The lane marking is indistinct or
damaged
-The shadow is on the lane
marking by a median strip,
trees, guardrail, noise barriers,
etc.
There are more than two lane
markings on the road
The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings
are crossing
The lane markings are compli
-
cated or a structure substitutes
for the lines, such as a construc
-
tion area
There are road markings, such as
zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings
and road signs
The lane suddenly disappears,
such as at the intersection
The lane is very wide or narrow
There is a road edge without a
lane
There is a boundary structure in
the roadway, such as a tollgate,
sidewalk, curb, etc.
The distance to the front vehicle
is extremely short or the vehicle
in front is covering the lane mark
-
ing
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations
of the front view camera, refer to
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" on page 5-55.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using Lane Keeping Assist:
The driver should hold the
responsibility to safely drive and
control the vehicle. Do not solely
rely on the function and drive
dangerously.
The operation of Lane Keeping
Assist can be cancelled or not
work properly depending on road
conditions and surroundings.
Always be cautious while driving.
Refer to "Limitations of Lane
Keeping Assist" on page 5-74, if
the lane is not detected properly.
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend
that Lane Keeping Assist is turned
off due to safety reasons.
If the vehicle is driven at high
speed, the steering wheel will not
be controlled. The driver must
always follow the speed limit
when using the function.
If any other functions warning
message is displayed or audible
warning is generated, Lane Keep
-
ing Assist warning message may
Driving your vehicle
765
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
not be displayed and audible
warning may not be generated.
You may not hear the warning
sound of Lane Keeping Assist if
the surrounding is noisy.
If you attach objects to the steer
-
ing wheel, steering may not be
assisted properly.
Lane Keeping Assist may not
operate for 15 seconds after the
vehicle is started, or the front
view camera is initialized.
Lane Keeping Assist will not oper
-
ate when:
-The turn signal or hazard warn
-
ing flasher is turned on
-The vehicle is not driven in the
center of the lane when the
function is turned on or right
after changing a lane
-ESC (Electronic Stability Con
-
trol) or VSM (Vehicle Stability
Management) is activated
-The vehicle is driven on a sharp
curve
-Vehicle speed is below 35 mph
(55 km/h) or above 130 mph
(210 km/h)
-The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes
-The vehicle is suddenly stopped
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is designed to help detect and
monitor approaching vehicles in the
drivers blind spot area and warn the
driver of a possible collision with a
warning message and audible warn
-
ing.
In addition, if there is a risk of colli
-
sion when changing lanes or driving
forward out of a parking space,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist will help avoid collision by
applying the brake.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist help detects and informs the
driver that a vehicle is in the blind
spot.
CAUTION
The detecting range may vary
depending on the speed of your
vehicle. However, even if there is a
vehicle in the blind spot, Blind-Spot
ODL3A050063
77
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
warn you when you pass by at high
speeds.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist helps detect and inform the
driver that a vehicle is approaching
at high speed from the blind spot
area.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending
on the speed of the vehicle
approaching at high speed.
When changing lanes by detecting
the lane ahead, if Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist judges that
there is a collision risk with an
approaching vehicle in the blind spot,
it will help avoid collision by applying
the differential brake.
NOTICE
BCA stands for Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
Detecting sensor
[1] : Front view camera, [2] : Rear
corner radar
ODL3059062
ODL3059064
OON051182
OON051183
Driving your vehicle
785
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of
the detecting sensor:
Never disassemble the rear corner
radar or radar assembly, or apply
any impact on it.
If there is impact on the rear cor
-
ner radar or near the radar, even
though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
If the rear corner radars have
been replaced or repaired, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Use only genuine parts to repair
the rear bumper where the rear
corner radar is located.
Do not apply license plate frame
or objects, such as a bumper
sticker, film or a bumper guard
near the rear corner radar.
The function may not work prop
-
erly if the bumper has been
replaced, or the surroundings of
the rear corner radar has been
damaged or paint has been
applied.
If a trailer, carrier, etc. is installed,
it may adversely affect the per
-
formance of the rear corner radar
or the function may not operate.
For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" on page 5-55.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist Settings
Setting features
Blind-Spot Safety
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Blind-
Spot Safety from the setting menu
to set whether or not to use each
function.
OON051165
79
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
If Active Assist is selected, Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will warn the driver with a warn
-
ing message, an audible warning
and braking assist will be applied
depending on the collision risk lev
-
els.
If Warning Only is selected,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn the driver with a
warning message, an audible
warning depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking will not be
assisted.
If Off is selected, Blind-Spot Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist will turn
off.
If you change the setting from Off
to Active Assist or Warning Only,
the warning light on the side view
mirror (outside mirror) will blink for
approximately 3 seconds.
In addition, if the engine is turned
on, when the function is set to
Active Assist or Warning Only, the
warning light on the side view mir
-
ror (outside mirror) will blink for
approximately 3 seconds.
WARNING
If Warning Only is selected, brak
-
ing is not assisted.
If Off is selected, the driver
should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will main
-
tain the last setting.
Warning Timing
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing to change the initial warning
activation time for Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to Normal. If
you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver Assis
-
tance system may change.
OON051166
Driving your vehicle
805
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Warning Volume
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Warning
Volume to change the warning vol
-
ume to High, Medium, Low or
Off for Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the warning volume of other Driver
Assistance system may change.
CAUTION
The setting of the Warning Timing
and Warning Volume applies to all
functions of Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
Even though Normal is selected
for Warning Timing, if the vehicles
approaches at high speed, the ini
-
tial warning activation time may
seem late.
Select Late for Warning Timing
when traffic is light and when
driving speed is slow.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist Operation
Warning and control
Vehicle detection
To warn the driver a vehicle is
detected, the warning light on the
side view mirror (outside mirror)
and Head-up display (if equipped)
will illuminate.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your
vehicle speed is above 20 mph (30
km/h) and the speed of the vehi
-
cle in the blind spot area is above
7 mph (10 km/h).
Collision Warning
Collision Warning will operate
when the turn signal is turned on
OON051164
OON058045NR
81
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
in the direction of the detected
vehicle.
If Warning Only is selected from
the setting menu, the collision
warning will operate when your
vehicle approaches the lane the
blind spot vehicle is detected.
To warn the driver of a collision,
the warning light on the side view
mirror (outside mirror) and Head-
up display (if equipped) will blink.
When the turn signal is turned off
or you move away from the lane,
the collision warning will be can
-
celed and Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist will return to
vehicle detection state.
WARNING
The detecting range of the rear
corner radar is determined by a
standard road width, therefore,
on a narrow road, Blind-Spot Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist may
detect other vehicles in the sec
-
ond lane from your vehicle and
warn you.
In contrast, on a wide road, Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not be able to detect a vehi
-
cle driving in the next lane and
may not warn you.
When the hazard warning light is
on, the collision warning by the
turn signal will not operate.
Collision-Avoidance Assist
To warn the driver of a collision,
the warning light on the side view
mirror (outside mirror) will blink
and a warning message will
appear on the cluster. At the
same time, an audible warning will
sound, warning light on the head-
up display (if equipped) will blink.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your
vehicle speed is between 40~110
mph (60~180 km/h) and both lane
markings of the driving lane are
detected.
Emergency Braking will be
assisted to help prevent collision
with the vehicle in the blind spot
area.
WARNING
Collision-Avoidance Assist will be
canceled under the following cir
-
cumstances:
-Your vehicle enters the next
lane by a certain distance
OON051167
Driving your vehicle
825
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
-Your vehicle is away from the
collision risk
-The steering wheel is sharply
steered
-The brake pedal is depressed
-Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is operating
After function operation or
changing lane, you must drive to
the center of the lane. The func
-
tion will not operate if the vehicle
is not driven in the center of the
lane.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Set
-
tings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
If any other functions warning
message is displayed or audible
warning is generated, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assists warn
-
ing message may not be dis
-
played and audible warning may
not be generated.
You may not hear the warning
sound of Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist if the surround
-
ing is noisy.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate if the
driver applies the brake pedal to
avoid collision.
When Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist is operating,
braking control by the function
will automatically cancel when the
driver excessively depresses the
accelerator pedal or sharply
steers the vehicle.
During Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist operation, the
vehicle may stop suddenly injuring
passengers and shifting loose
objects. Always have the seat belt
on and keep loose objects
secured.
Even if there is a problem with
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist, the vehicles basic braking
performance will operate nor
-
mally.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate in all situ
-
ations or cannot avoid all colli
-
sions.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may warn the driver late or
may not warn the driver depend
-
ing on the road and driving condi
-
tions.
Driver should maintain control of
the vehicle at all times. Do not
depend on Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist. Maintain a safe
braking distance, and if neces
-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop
the vehicle.
Never operate Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist on peo
-
ple, animal, objects, etc. It may
cause serious injury or death.
83
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
WARNING
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
The ESC (Electronic Stability Con
-
trol) warning light is on.
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist Malfunction and Limitations
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the
Check Blind-Spot Collision Avoidance
Assist (BCA) warning message will
appear (turns off after a certain
time), and () warning light will
illuminate on the cluster. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
When the rear bumper around the
rear corner radar or sensor is cov
-
ered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, or installing a trailer or
carrier, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit
or disable Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion Warning (BCW) system dis
-
abled. Radar blocked warning
message will appear on the cluster.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate normally when
such foreign material or trailer, etc.
is removed, and then the engine is
restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate normally
after it is removed, have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OON058109NR
OON058107NR
Driving your vehicle
845
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
WARNING
Even though the warning mes
-
sage does not appear on the clus
-
ter, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate
in an area (e.g. open terrain),
where any substance are not
detected right after the engine is
turned on, or when the detecting
sensor is blocked with foreign
material right after the engine is
turned on.
CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist to install a trailer, car
-
rier, etc., or remove the trailer,
carrier, etc. to use Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist.
Limitations of Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally, or
the function may operate unex
-
pectedly under the following cir
-
cumstances:
There is inclement weather, such
as heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
The rear corner radar is covered
with snow, rain, dirt, etc.
The temperature around the rear
corner radar is high or low
Driving on a highway (or motor
-
way) ramp
The road pavement (or the
peripheral ground) abnormally
contains metallic components (i.e.
possibly due to subway construc
-
tion).
There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as sound barriers,
guardrails, central dividers, entry
barriers, street lamps, signs, tun
-
nels, walls, etc. (including double
structures)
Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (i.e.
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
Driving through a narrow road
where trees or grass are over
-
grown
Driving on a wet road surface,
such as a puddle on the road
The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other
vehicle passes by your vehicle in
close proximity
The speed of the other vehicle is
very fast that it passes by your
vehicle in a short time
Your vehicle passes by the other
vehicle
Your vehicle changes lanes
Your vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated
The vehicle in the next lane moves
two lanes away from you, or
when the vehicle two lanes away
moves to the next lane from you
85
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
A trailer or carrier is installed
around the rear corner radar
The bumper around the rear cor
-
ner radar is covered with objects,
such as a bumper sticker, bumper
guard, bike rack, etc.
The bumper around the rear cor
-
ner radar is impacted, damaged
or the radar is out of position
Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally, or
the function may operate unex
-
pectedly when the following objects
are detected:
A motorcycle or bicycle is
detected
A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
A big vehicle such as a bus or
truck is detected
A moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart
or a baby stroller is detected
A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
Braking control may not work,
drivers attention is required in the
following circumstances:
The vehicle severely vibrates
when driving on a bumpy, uneven
or concrete road
Driving on a slippery surface due
to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
The brake is reworked
The vehicle makes abrupt lane
changes
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations
of the front view camera, refer to
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" on page 5-55.
WARNING
Driving on a curved load
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly
when driving on a curved road. The
function may not detect the vehicle
in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
OON058049NR
Driving your vehicle
865
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly
when driving on the curved road.
The function may recognize the
vehicle in the same lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
Driving where the road is merging/
dividing
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly
when driving where the road
merges or divides. The function may
not detect the vehicle in the next
lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
Driving on a sloped road
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly
when driving on a sloped road. The
function may not detect the vehicle
in the next lane or may incorrectly
detect the ground or structure.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
Driving where the heights of the
lanes are different
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly
when driving where the heights of
OON058050NR
OON058051NR
OON051052
OON051053
87
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
the lanes are different. The function
may not detect the vehicle on a road
with different lane heights (under
-
pass joining section, grade sepa
-
rated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
WARNING
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, make sure that
you turn off Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally
if interfered by strong electro
-
magnetic waves.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate for 15
seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the rear corner radars
are initialized.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
CAUTION TO USERS
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
Driving your vehicle
885
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Basic function
Driver Attention Warning will deter
-
mine the driver's attention level by
analyzing driving pattern, driving
time, etc. while driving. Driver
Attention Warning will recommend a
break when the driver's attention
level falls below a certain level to
help drive safely.
Leading vehicle departure alert
Leading vehicle departure alert will
inform the driver when the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
NOTICE
DAW stands for Driver Attention
Warning.
Detecting sensor
[1]: Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect driving
patterns and front vehicle departure
while vehicle is being driven.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
CAUTION
Always keep the front view camera
in good condition to maintain opti
-
mal performance of Driver Atten
-
tion Warning.
For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" on page 5-55.
OON051182
89
5
5
Driving your vehicleDriver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning Settings
Setting features
Driver Attention Warning
With the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position, press
MODE button () several times
on the steering wheel until User
Settings menu appears on the
LCD display. Select Driver Assis
-
tance → Driver Attention Warning
from the setting menu to set
whether or not to use each func
-
tion.
If Low Activity Warning is
selected, the function will inform
the driver the driver's attention
level and will recommend taking a
break when the level falls below a
certain level.
Leading vehicle departure alert
If Leading vehicle departure alert is
selected from Driver Assistance →
Driving Assist, the function will
inform the driver when the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
Warning Timing
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing to change the initial warning
OON051186
OON051188
OON051166
Driving your vehicle
905
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
activation time for Driver Attention
Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
warning timing is set to 'Normal'. If
you change the warning timing, the
warning time of other Driver Assis
-
tance system may change.
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Driver
Attention Warning will maintain the
last setting.
Driver Attention Warning Operation
Basic function
Display and warning
The basic function of Driver Atten
-
tion Warning is to inform the driver
the 'Attention Level' and to warn
the driver 'Consider taking a break'.
Attention level
Off
Standby
Attentive driving
Inattentive driving
The driver can monitor his/her
driving conditions on the cluster.
OON051168
OON058103NR
OON051169
OON051170
91
5
5
Driving your vehicleDriver Attention Warning (DAW)
-When the Inattentive Driving
Warning is deselected from the
setting menu, Off is displayed.
-Driver Attention Warning will
operate when vehicle speed is
between 0~110 mph (0~180
km/h).
-When vehicle speed is not
within the operating speed, the
message 'Standby' will be dis
-
played.
The driver's attention level is dis
-
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the level is, the more inat
-
tentive the driver is.
The level decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
Taking a break
The 'Consider taking a break'
message will appear on the clus
-
ter and an audible warning will
sound to suggest that the driver
take a break, when the driver's
attention level is below 1.
Driver Attention Warning will not
suggest a break when the total
driving time is shorter than 10
minutes or 10 minutes has not
passed after the last break was
suggested.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Set
-
tings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
CAUTION
Driver Attention Warning may
suggest a break depending on the
driver's driving pattern or habits,
even if the driver doesn't feel
fatigue.
Driver Attention Warning is a sup
-
plemental function and may not
be able to determine whether the
driver is inattentive.
The driver who feels fatigued
should take a break at a safe
location, even though there is no
break suggestion by Driver Atten
-
tion Warning.
NOTICE
For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment
system, refer to "Instrument
cluster" on page 4-72.
OON058102NR
Driving your vehicle
925
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning will
reset the last break time to 00:00
in the following situations:
-The engine is turned off
-The driver unfastens the seat
belt and opens the driver's door.
-The vehicle is stopped for more
than 10 minutes.
When the driver resets Driver
Attention Warning, the last break
time is set to 00:00 and the
driver's attention level is set to
High.
Leading vehicle departure alert
While Smart Cruise Control is in
operation if your vehicle stops
behind the vehicle in front, the vehi
-
cle in front depart from a stop,
Leading vehicle departure alert will
inform the driver by displaying the
'Leading vehicle is driving away'
message on the cluster and an audi
-
ble warning will sound.
WARNING
If any other functions warning
message is displayed or audible
warning is generated, Leading
vehicle departure alert Warning
message may not be displayed
and audible warning may not be
generated.
The driver should hold the
responsibility to safely drive and
control the vehicle.
CAUTION
Leading vehicle departure alert is
a supplemental function and may
not warn the driver whenever the
front vehicle departs from a stop.
Always check the front of the
vehicle and road conditions before
departure.
OON051171
93
5
5
Driving your vehicleDriver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning Malfunc
-
tion and Limitations
Driver Attention Warning malfunc
-
tion
When Driver Attention Warning is
not working properly, the 'Check
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system' warning message will
appear on the cluster (turns off
after a certain time) and ()
warning light will illuminate. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Attention Warning may not
work properly in the following situa
-
tions:
The vehicle is driven aggressively
The vehicle intentionally crosses
over lanes frequently
The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist.
Leading vehicle departure alert
When the vehicle cuts in
[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your
vehicle, Leading vehicle departure
alert may not operate properly.
When the vehicle ahead sharply
steers
OON058104NR
ODL3059047
OCK050295
Driving your vehicle
945
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle
If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or
make a U- turn, etc., Leading vehicle
departure alert may not operate
properly.
When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departures
If the vehicle in front abruptly
departures, Leading vehicle depar
-
ture alert may not operate properly.
When a pedestrian or cyclist is
between you and the vehicle
ahead
If there is a pedestrian or cyclist in
between you and the vehicle in
front, Leading vehicle departure
alert may not operate properly.
When in a parking lot
If a vehicle parked in front drives
away from you, Leading vehicle
departure alert may warn you that
the parked vehicle is driving away.
ODL3A050266
ODL3059050
ODL3A050333
ODL3059052
95
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
When driving at a tollgate or
intersection, etc.
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive
where lanes are merged or divided
frequently, Leading vehicle depar
-
ture alert may not operate properly.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" on page 5-55.
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Smart Cruise Control allows you to
program the vehicle to maintain
constant speed and distance
detecting the vehicle ahead without
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal.
Detecting sensor
[1]: Front view camera, [2]: Front radar
The front view camera and front
radar are used as a detecting sensor
to detect front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
ODL3A050053
OON051182
OON051181
Driving your vehicle
965
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
CAUTION
Always keep the front view camera
and front radar in good condition to
maintain optimal performance of
Smart Cruise Control.
For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera and front
radar, refer to "Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
fusion)" on page 5-55.
Smart Cruise Control Settings
Setting features
To turn on Smart Cruise Control
1.Press the Driving Assist button, to
turn the function on. The CRUISE
indicator in the instrument cluster
will illuminate.
2.Accelerate to the desired speed.
The set speed can be set as fol
-
lows:
20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 100 mph
(160 km/h)
3.Push the SET- switch down, and
release it at the desired speed.
The set speed and vehicle to vehi
-
cle distance on the LCD screen will
illuminate.
4.Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automati
-
cally be maintained. If there is a
vehicle in front of you, the speed
may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead. On
a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly
while going uphill or downhill.
NOTICE
Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
OON051029
OON051030
97
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
To set vehicle distance
Each time the vehicle distance but
-
ton is pressed, the vehicle distance
changes as follows:
NOTICE
If you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h),
the distance is maintained as fol
-
lows:
-Distance 4 - approximately 172
ft. (52.5 m)
-Distance 3 - approximately 130
ft. (40 m)
-Distance 2 - approximately 106
ft. (32.5 m)
-Distance 1 - approximately 82
ft. (25 m)
The distance is set to the last set
distance when the engine is
restarted, or when Smart Cruise
Control was temporarily canceled.
To increase speed
Push the RES+ switch up, and
release it immediately. The cruis
-
ing speed will increase by 1 mph
(1 km/h) each time the switch is
operated in this manner.
Push the RES+ switch up, and hold
it while monitoring the set speed
on the cluster. The cruising speed
will increase by 5 mph or 10 km/h
each time the switch is operated
in this manner. Release the switch
when the desired speed is shown,
and the vehicle will accelerate to
that speed. You can set the speed
to 100 mph (160 km/h).
WARNING
Check the driving condition before
using the RES+ switch. Driving speed
may sharply increase when you
push up and hold the RES+ switch.
OON051035
OON051031
Driving your vehicle
985
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
To decrease speed
Push the SET- switch down, and
release it immediately. The cruis
-
ing speed will decrease by 1 mph
(1 km/h) each time the switch is
operated in this manner.
Push the SET- switch down, and
hold it while monitoring the set
speed on the cluster. The cruising
speed will decrease by 5 mph or
10 km/h each time the switch is
operated in this manner.
Release the switch at the speed
you want to maintain. You can set
the speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
To temporarily cancel Smart Cruise
Control
Press the CANCEL button or depress
the brake pedal to temporarily can
-
cel Smart Cruise Control.
To resume Smart Cruise Control
If any method other than the
RES+ or SET- switch was used to
cancel cruising speed and Smart
Cruise Control is still activated,
the set speed will automatically
resume when you push the RES+
or SET- switch up or down.
If you push the RES+ switch up,
the speed will resume to the
recently set speed. However, if
OON051030
OON058036NR
OON051031
99
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
vehicle speed drops below 5 mph
(10 km/h), it will resume when
there is a vehicle in front of your
vehicle.
NOTICE
Always check the road conditions
when you push the switch up (to
RES+) to resume speed.
To turn off Smart Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist button to
turn Smart Cruise Control off.
To adjust the sensitivity of Smart
Cruise Control
SCC Reaction
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
when following the front vehicle to
maintain the set distance can be
adjusted. Go to the User Settings →
Driver Assistance → SCC Reaction →
Fast/Normal/Slow. You may select
one of the three stages you prefer.
Converting to Cruise Control mode
The driver may choose to only use
the cruise control mode (speed con
-
trol function) by doing as follows:
OON051029
OON051172
OON058090NR
Driving your vehicle
1005
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
1.Turn Smart Cruise Control on (the
cruise indicator light will be on but
the function will not be activated).
2. Push and hold the vehicle distance
button for more than 2 seconds.
3.Choose between "Smart Cruise
Control" and "Cruise Control".
When the function is canceled
using the Driving Assist button or
the Driving Assist button is used
after the vehicle is turned on, the
Smart Cruise Control will turn on.
Warning Volume
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Warning
Volume to change the warning vol
-
ume to High, Medium, Low or
Off for Smart Cruise Control.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance system may change.
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Warning
Volume will maintain the last set
-
ting.
OON058091NR
OON051164
101
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
Smart Cruise Control Operation
Operating conditions
Smart Cruise Control will operate
when the following conditions are
satisfied.
Basic function
The gear is in D (Drive)
The drivers door is closed
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is
not applied
Your vehicle speed is within the
operating speed range
5~110 mph (10~170 km/h): when
there is no vehicle in front
0~110 mph (0~170 km/h): when
there is a vehicle in front
ESC (Electronic Stability Control),
TCS (Traction Control System) or
ABS is on
ESC (Electronic Stability Control),
TCS (Traction Control System) or
ABS is not controlling the vehicle
Engine rpm is not in the red zone
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist brake control is not operat
-
ing
ISG system is not operating
NOTICE
At a stop, if there is vehicle in front
of your vehicle, the function will
turn on when the brake pedal is
depressed.
Smart Cruise Control Display and
Control
Basic function
Operating
Temporarily canceled
You can see the status of the Smart
Cruise Control operation in the Driv
-
ing Assist view on the cluster. Refer
to "Instrument cluster" on page 4-
72.
OON058087NR
OON051174
Driving your vehicle
1025
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
To temporarily accelerate
If you want to speed up temporarily
when Smart Cruise Control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal for a
certain amount. While depressing
the accelerator pedal for a certain
amount, the set speed will blink on
the cluster. However, if the acceler
-
ator pedal is insufficiently
depressed, the vehicle may slow
down.
WARNING
Be careful when accelerating tem
-
porarily, because the speed is not
controlled automatically even if
there is a vehicle in front of you.
Smart Cruise Control temporarily
canceled
Smart Cruise Control will be tempo
-
rarily canceled automatically when:
The vehicle speed is above 110
mph (170 km/h)
The vehicle is stopped for a cer
-
tain period of time
The accelerator pedal is continu
-
ously depressed for a certain
period of time
The conditions for Smart Cruise
Control to operate is not satisfied
If Smart Cruise Control is temporar
-
ily canceled, the 'Smart Cruise Con
-
trol canceled' warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audi
-
ble warning will sound to warn the
driver.
WARNING
When Smart Cruise Control is tem
-
porarily canceled, distance with the
front vehicle will not be maintained.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving, and if necessary,
OON051189
OON058122NR
103
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
Smart Cruise Control conditions not
satisfied
If the Driving Assist button, RES+,
SET- switch is pushed when Smart
Cruise Control operating conditions
are not satisfied, the Smart Cruise
Control conditions not met will
appear on the cluster, and an audi
-
ble warning will sound.
In traffic situation
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts
moving, your vehicle will start as
well. In addition, after the vehicle
has stopped and a certain time have
passed, the Use switch or pedal to
accelerate message will appear on
the cluster. Depress the accelerator
pedal or push the RES+ switch up or
push the SET- switch down to start
driving.
Warning road conditions ahead
In the following situation, the 'Watch
for surrounding vehicles' warning
message will appear on the cluster,
and an audible warning will sound to
warn the driver of road conditions
ahead.
The vehicle in front disappears
when Smart Cruise Control is main
-
taining the distance with the vehicle
ahead while driving in low speed.
OON051175
OON058121NR
OON058088NR
Driving your vehicle
1045
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
WARNING
Always pay attention to vehicles or
objects that may suddenly appear in
front of you, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
Collision Warning
While Smart Cruise Control is oper
-
ating, when the collision risk with
the vehicle ahead is high, the 'Colli
-
sion Warning' warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audi
-
ble warning will sound to warn the
driver. Always have your eyes on
the road while driving, and if neces
-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
WARNING
In the following situations, Smart
Cruise Control may not warn the
driver of a collision.
-The distance from the front
vehicle is near, or the vehicle
speed of the other vehicle is
faster or similar with your vehi
-
cle
-The speed of the front vehicle is
very slow or is at a standstill
-The accelerator pedal is
depressed right after Smart
Cruise Control is turned on
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using Smart Cruise Control :
Smart Cruise Control does not
substitute for proper and safe
driving. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always check the
speed and distance to the vehicle
ahead.
Smart Cruise Control may not
recognize unexpected and sud
-
den situations or complex driving
situations, so always pay atten
-
tion to driving conditions and con
-
trol your vehicle speed.
Keep Smart Cruise Control off
when the function is not in use to
avoid inadvertently setting a
speed.
Do not open the door or leave the
vehicle when Smart Cruise Control
is operating, even if the vehicle is
stopped.
Always be aware of the selected
speed and vehicle distance.
OON058079NR
105
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
Keep a safe distance according to
road conditions and vehicle speed.
If the vehicle distance is too close
during high-speed driving, a seri
-
ous collision may result.
When maintaining distance with
the vehicle ahead, if the front
vehicle disappears, Smart Cruise
Control may suddenly accelerate
to the set speed. Always be aware
of unexpected and sudden situa
-
tions from occurring.
Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
Always be aware of situations
such as when a vehicle cuts in
suddenly.
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend
that Smart Cruise Control is
turned off due to safety reasons.
Turn off Smart Cruise Control
when your vehicle is being towed.
Smart Cruise Control may not
operate normally if interfered by
strong electromagnetic waves.
Smart Cruise Control may not
detect an obstacle in front and
lead to a collision. Always look
ahead cautiously to prevent unex
-
pected and sudden situations
from occurring.
Vehicles moving in front of you
with a frequent lane change may
cause a delay in the function's
reaction or may cause the func
-
tion to react to a vehicle actually
in an adjacent lane. Always drive
cautiously to prevent unexpected
and sudden situations from
occurring.
Always be aware of the surround
-
ings and drive safely, even though
a warning message does not
appear or an audible warning does
not sound.
If any other functions warning
message is displayed or warning
sound is generated, Smart Cruise
Control warning message may not
be displayed and warning sound
may not be generated.
You may not hear the warning
sound of Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist if the surrounding is
noisy.
The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic viola
-
tion or accidents caused by the
driver.
Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit in your
state.
NOTICE
Smart Cruise Control may not
operate in few seconds after the
vehicle is started or the front view
camera or front radar is initial
-
ized.
You may hear a sound when the
brake is controlled by Smart
Cruise Control.
Driving your vehicle
1065
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Smart Cruise Control Malfunction
and Limitations
Smart Cruise Control malfunction
The message will appear when
Smart Cruise Control is not func
-
tioning normally. In this case, take
your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the function
checked.
Smart Cruise Control disabled
When the front radar cover or sen
-
sor is covered with snow, rain, or
foreign matters, it can reduce the
detecting performance and tempo
-
rarily limit or disable Smart Cruise
Control.
If this occurs the Smart Cruise Con
-
trol disabled. Radar blocked. warn
-
ing message, and warning lights will
illuminate on the cluster.
Smart Cruise Control will operate
normally when such snow, rain or
foreign matter is removed.
WARNING
Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster,
Smart Cruise Control may not prop
-
erly operate.
CAUTION
Smart Cruise Control may not prop
-
erly operate in an area (e.g. open
terrain), where any substance are
not detected after turning ON the
engine.
Limitations of Smart Cruise Control
Smart Cruise Control may not oper
-
ate normally, or the function may
operate unexpectedly under the fol
-
lowing circumstances:
The detecting sensor or the sur
-
roundings are contaminated or
damaged
Washer fluid is continuously
sprayed, or the wiper is on
OON058089NR
OON058123NR
107
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
The camera lens is contaminated
due to tinted, filmed or coated
windshield, damaged glass, or
stuck of foreign matters (sticker,
bug, etc.) on the glass
Moisture is not removed or frozen
on the windshield
The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
Street light or light from an
oncoming vehicle is reflected on
the wet road surface, such as a
puddle on the road
The temperature around the
front view camera is high or low
An object is placed on the dash
-
board
The surrounding is very bright
The surrounding is very dark, such
as in a tunnel, etc.
The brightness changes sud
-
denly, for example when entering
or exiting a tunnel
The brightness outside is low, and
the headlamps are not on or are
not bright
Driving in heavy rain or snow, or
thick fog
Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
Only part of the vehicle is
detected
The vehicle in front has no tail
lights, tail lights are located
unusually, etc.
The brightness outside is low, and
the tail lamps are not on or are
not bright
The rear of the front vehicle is
small or does not look normal (i.e.
tilted, overturned, etc.)
The front vehicle's ground clear
-
ance is low or high
Your vehicle is being towed
A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
Driving through a tunnel or rail
-
road bridge
A material is near that reflects
very well on the front radar, such
as a guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
The bumper around the front
radar is impacted, damaged or
the front radar is out of position
The temperature around the
front radar is high or low
Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (i.e.
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
The vehicle in front is made of
material that does not reflect on
the front radar
Driving near a highway (or motor
-
way) interchange or tollgate
Driving on a slippery surface due
to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
Driving on a curved road
The vehicle in front is detected
late
The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
The vehicle in front suddenly
changes lane or suddenly reduces
speed
The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
Driving your vehicle
1085
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
The front vehicle's speed is fast or
slow
With a vehicle in front, your vehi
-
cle changes lane at low speed
The vehicle in front is covered
with snow
You are driving unstably
You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
You are continuously driving in a
circle
Driving in a parking lot
Driving through a construction
area, unpaved road, partial paved
road, uneven road, speed bumps,
etc.
Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
Driving through a roadside with
trees or streetlights
The adverse road conditions
cause excessive vehicle vibrations
while driving
Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
Driving through a narrow road
where trees or grass are over
-
grown
There is interference by electro
-
magnetic waves, such as driving in
an area with strong radio waves
or electrical noise
Driving on a curved road
On curves, Smart Cruise Control
may not detect a vehicle in the
same lane, and may accelerate to
the set speed. Also, vehicle speed
may rapidly decrease when the
vehicle ahead is detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
curves and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and
select the appropriate set speed.
ODEEV069237NR
ODEEV069240NR
109
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
Check to be sure that the road con
-
ditions permit safe operation of
Smart Cruise Control.
Driving on a sloped road
During uphill or downhill driving,
Smart Cruise Control may not
detect a moving vehicle in your lane,
and cause your vehicle to accelerate
to the set speed. Also, vehicle speed
will rapidly decrease when the vehi
-
cle ahead is detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
inclines and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
Changing lanes
[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Lane changing
vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be
detected by the sensor until it is in
the sensor's detection range.
Smart Cruise Control may not
immediately detect the vehicle
when the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly. In this case, you must
maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce your driving speed
in order to maintain a safe distance.
ODEEV069243NR
OADAS030SDY
Driving your vehicle
1105
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Detecting vehicle
In the following cases, some vehicles
in your lane cannot be detected by
the sensor:
Vehicles offset to one side
Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
Oncoming vehicles
Stopped vehicles
Vehicles with small rear profile,
such as trailers
Narrow vehicles, such as motor
-
cycles or bicycles
Special vehicles
Animals and pedestrians
In the following cases, the vehicle in
front cannot be detected by the
sensor:
Vehicles with higher clearance or
vehicles carrying loads that stick
out of the back of the vehicle
Vehicles that has the front lifted
due to heavy loads
You are steering your vehicle
Driving on narrow or sharply
curved roads
When a vehicle ahead disappears at
an intersection, your vehicle may
accelerate. Always pay attention to
road and driving conditions while
driving.
OCK050268
OON051161
OCK050269
111
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
When a vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, Smart
Cruise Control may not immediately
detect the new vehicle that is now in
front of you. Always pay attention
to road and driving conditions while
driving.
Always look out for pedestrian
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper
-
ate the device.
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum dis
-
tance of 8 in (20 cm) between the
radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-
located or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or trans
-
mitter.
OCK050270
OCK050271
Driving your vehicle
1125
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control (NSCC) (if equipped)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control will help automatically
adjust vehicle speed when driving on
highways (or motorways) with
speed limits by using road informa
-
tion from the navigation system
while Smart Cruise Control is oper
-
ating.
NOTICE
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is available only on con
-
trolled access road of certain
highways.
* Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances
and exits that allow uninter
-
rupted high speed traffic flow.
Only passenger cars and motor
-
cycles are allowed on controlled
access roads.
Additional highways may be
expanded by future navigation
updates.
NOTICE
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operates on main roads of
highways (or motorways), and does
not operate on interchanges or
junctions.
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
If vehicle speed is high, Highway
Auto Curve Slowdown function will
temporarily decelerate your vehicle
to help you drive safely on a curve,
based on the curve information
from the navigation.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control Settings
Setting features
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
With the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position, press
MODE button () several times
on the steering wheel until User
Settings menu appears on the
LCD display. Select Driver Assis
-
tance → Driving Assist → Highway
Auto Curve Slowdown from the
setting menu to set whether or
not to use each function.
OON051184
113
5
5
Driving your vehicleNavigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
NOTICE
When there is a problem with Navi
-
gation-based Smart Cruise Control,
the function cannot be set from the
settings menu.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control Operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is ready to operate if all of
the following conditions are satis
-
fied:
Smart Cruise Control is operating
Driving on main roads of high
-
ways (or motorways)
NOTICE
For more details on how to operate
Smart Cruise Control, refer to
"Smart Cruise Control (SCC)" on page
5-95.
Display and control
When Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control operates, it will be
displayed on the cluster as follows:
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control standby
If the operating conditions are satis
-
fied, the white () symbol will
illuminate.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operating
If temporary deceleration is
required in the standby state and
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating, the green
() symbol will illuminate on the
cluster.
OON051176
OON051177
Driving your vehicle
1145
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
WARNING
'Drive carefully' warning message
will appear in the following circum
-
stances:
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is not able to slow down
your vehicle to a safe speed.
NOTICE
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown uses
the same () symbol.
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
Depending on the curve ahead on
the highway (or motorway), the
vehicle will decelerate, and after
passing the curve, the vehicle will
accelerate to Smart Cruise Control
set speed.
Vehicle deceleration time may dif
-
fer depending on the vehicle
speed and the degree of the curve
on the road. The higher the driv
-
ing speed, the faster the vehicle
will decelerate.
Limitations of Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control may not operate normally
under the following circumstances:
The navigation is not working
properly.
The navigation is not updated to
include the latest information
about road curvature and
changes.
Speed limit and road information
in the navigation is not updated
The map information and the
actual road is different because of
real-time GPS data or map infor
-
mation error
The navigation searches for a
route while driving
GPS signals are blocked in areas
such as a tunnel
A road that divides into two or
more roads and joins again
The driver goes off course the
route set in the navigation
The route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting
the navigation (including TPEG
change)
The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (ex: ele
-
vated roads including overpass
adjacent to general roads or
nearby roads exist in a parallel
way)
The vehicle enters a service sta
-
tion or rest area
The speed limit of some sections
changes depending on the road
situations
Android Auto or Car Play is oper
-
ating
The navigation is being updated
while driving
115
5
5
Driving your vehicleNavigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
The navigation is being restarted
while driving
[1]: Driving route, [2]: Set route, [3]:
Main road, [4]: Branch line
When there is a difference
between the navigation set route
(branch line) and the driving route
(main road), Highway Auto Curve
Slowdown function may not oper
-
ate until the driving route is rec
-
ognized as the main road.
When the vehicle's driving route is
recognized as the main road by
maintaining the main road instead
of the navigation set route, High
-
way Auto Curve Slowdown func
-
tion will operate. Depending on
the distance to the curve and the
current vehicle speed, vehicle
deceleration may not be sufficient
or may decelerate rapidly.
[1]: Driving route, [2]: Main road, [3]:
Set route, [4]: Branch line
When there is a difference
between the navigation route
(main road) and the driving route
(branch line), Highway Auto Curve
Slowdown function may tempo
-
rarily operate due to the naviga
-
tion information of the highway
curve section.
When it is judged that you are
driving out of the route by enter
-
ing the highway interchange and
junction, Highway Auto Curve
Slowdown function will not oper
-
ate.
OCK050334N
OCK050335N
Driving your vehicle
1165
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
[1]: Driving route, [2]: Main road, [3]:
Branch line
If there is no destination set on
the navigation, Highway Auto
Curve Slowdown function will
operate based on the curve infor
-
mation on the main road.
Even if you depart from the main
road, Highway Auto Curve Slow
-
down function may temporarily
operate due to navigation infor
-
mation of the highway curve sec
-
tion.
WARNING
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a con
-
venience function. Always have
your eyes on the road, and it is
the responsibility of the driver to
avoid violating traffic laws.
The navigation's speed limit infor
-
mation may differ from the
actual speed limit information on
the road. It is the driver's respon
-
sibility to check the speed limit on
the actual driving road or lane.
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
will automatically cancel when
you leave the main road of the
highway. Always pay attention to
road and driving conditions while
driving.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control may not operate due to
the existence of leading vehicles
and the driving conditions of the
vehicle. Always pay attention to
road and driving conditions while
driving.
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend
that Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control is turned off due to
safety reasons.
After you pass through a tollgate
on a highway, Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control operates
based on the first lane. If you
enter one of the other lanes, the
function might not properly
decelerate.
The vehicle will accelerate if the
driver depresses the accelerate
pedal while Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control is operating,
and function will not decelerate
the vehicle. However, if the accel
-
erator pedal is insufficiently
depressed, the vehicle may slow
down.
If the driver accelerates and
releases the accelerator pedal
OON051194N
117
5
5
Driving your vehicleNavigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
while Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control is operating, the
vehicle may not decelerate suffi
-
ciently or may rapidly decelerate
to a safe speed.
If the curve is too large or too
small, Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control may not operate.
NOTICE
When the function is activated,
the vehicle decelerates automati
-
cally before reaching the curved
road according to its curvature,
and the driving speed returns to
the speed set by Smart Cruise
Control after passing the curved
section.
The speed information on the
cluster and navigation may differ.
The time gap could occur between
the navigation's guidance and
when Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control operation starts
and ends.
Even if you are driving at a speed
lower than Smart Cruise Control
set speed, acceleration may be
limited by curve sections ahead.
If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving
the main road to enter an inter
-
change, junction, rest area, etc.,
the function may operate for a
certain period of time.
Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may not be
sufficient due to road conditions
such as uneven road surfaces,
narrow lanes, etc.
Driving your vehicle
1185
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist is designed to
detect lane markings or vehicles on
the road, and assists the driver's
steering to help keep the vehicle
between lanes.
NOTICE
LFA stands for Lane Following
Assist.
Detecting sensor
[1]: Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane
markings and front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precau
-
tions of the front view camera,
refer to
"Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)"
on page 5-55.
Lane Following Assist Settings
Setting features
Turning Lane Following Assist ON/
OFF
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Driving
Assist → Lane Following Assist from
the setting menu to set whether or
not to use each function.
OON051182
OON051191
119
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Following Assist (LFA)
Warning Volume
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Warning
Volume to change the warning vol
-
ume to High, Medium, Low or
Off for Lane Following Assist.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance system may change.
Lane Following Assist Operation
Warning and control
Lane Following Assist
If the vehicle ahead or both lane
markings are detected and your
vehicle speed is below 95 mph (153
km/h), the green () indicator light
will illuminate on the cluster, and the
function will help the vehicle stay in
lane by controlling the steering
wheel.
CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not con
-
trolled, the green () indicator light
will blink and change to white.
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off
the steering wheel for several sec
-
onds, the 'Keep hands on steering
wheel' warning message will appear
and an audible warning will sound in
stages.
OON051164
OON051093L
Driving your vehicle
1205
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after
the hands-off warning, the Driving
Convenience systems canceled
warning message will appear and
Lane Following Assist will be auto
-
matically canceled.
WARNING
The steering wheel may not be
assisted if the steering wheel is
held very tight or the steering
wheel is steered over a certain
degree.
Lane Following Assist does not
operate at all times. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
safely steer the vehicle and to
maintain the vehicle in its lane.
The handsoff warning message
may appear late depending on
road conditions. Always have your
hands on the steering wheel while
driving.
If the steering wheel is held very
lightly the handsoff warning
message may appear because the
function may not recognize that
the driver has their hands on the
steering wheel.
If you attach objects to the steer
-
ing wheel, the hands-off warning
may not work properly.
NOTICE
For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment
system, refer to "LCD Display
Modes" on page 4-78.
Refer to "Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)" on page 5-95.
When both lane markings are
detected, the lane lines on the
cluster will change from gray to
white.
Lane undetected
OON051178
OON058094NR
121
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane detected
If lane markings are not detected,
steering wheel control by Lane
Following Assist can be limited
depending on whether a vehicle is
in front or the driving conditions
of the vehicle.
Even though the steering is
assisted by Lane Following Assist,
the driver may control the steer
-
ing wheel.
The steering wheel may feel
heavier or lighter when the steer
-
ing wheel is assisted by the func
-
tion than when it is not.
Lane Following Assist Malfunction
and Limitations
Lane Following Assist malfunction
When Lane Following Assist is not
working properly, the 'Check Lane
Following Assist (LFA) system'
warning message will appear on the
cluster (turns off after a certain
time) and () warning light will
illuminate.
In this case, have the function
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OON058097NR
OON051179
Driving your vehicle
1225
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) (if
equipped)
Highway Driving Assist is designed
to control the vehicle distance and
speed when driving on the highway.
The function assists drivers by
receiving information about speed
limit of the highway that the vehicle
is on and automatically changing the
set speed of Smart Cruise Control
when it is needed.
WARNING
Highway Driving Assist is not a
substitute for safe driving prac
-
tices, but a convenience function.
It is the responsibility of the driver
to always be aware of the sur
-
roundings and drive safely.
Highway Driving Assist relies
entirely on the road information
provided by the Infotainment
System. It is the responsibility of
the driver to follow traffic laws
and avoid accidents.
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
function.
Detecting sensor
[1] : Front view camera, [2]: Front
radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
of the detecting sensors, refer to
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" on page 5-55.
OON051182
OON051181
123
5
5
Driving your vehicleHighway Driving Assist (HDA)
NOTICE
Highway Driving Assist is available
only on controlled access road of
certain highways.
* Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances
and exits that allow uninter
-
rupted high speed traffic flow.
Only passenger cars, truck and
motorcycles are allowed on con
-
trolled access roads.
Additional highways may be
expanded by future navigation
updates.
Highway Driving Assist Settings
Setting features
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Driving
Assist → Highway Driving Assist
from the setting menu to set
whether or not to use each function.
The set-up of Highway Driving
Assist will be maintained, as
selected, when the engine is re-
started.
Operating conditions
If you activate Highway Driving
Assist in the instrument cluster and
the following conditions are met,
Highway Driving Assist will be ready
to operate, and the indicator light
will come on green in the
cluster.
When driving on the highway
main line.
When Smart Cruise Control is in
operation (Vehicle deceleration
and acceleration control)
-Refer to "Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)" on page 5-95.
-If Smart Cruise Control is in
standby mode (Smart Cruise
Control is on but speed is not
set), Highway Driving Assist will
be in the same mode. The white
indicator light will be
turned on.
When the vehicle speed is below
95 mph (153 km/h)
Available highway
USA, CANADAControlled access road
OON051190
Driving your vehicle
1245
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Highway Driving Assist Operation
The speed is automatically set in
accordance with the steering con
-
trol and the highway speed limit
when all the operating conditions
are met.
Steering control
If both lanes are recognized properly
(lane color: white), the steering
wheel indicator () lights up in
green and then the steering control
is initiated. When the function can
-
not provide temporary steering
inputs, the indicator flashes green
and then changes to white. Even
when Highway Driving Assist cannot
provide temporary steering inputs,
it still controls the distance from
other vehicles. (For information on
non-operating conditions of steer
-
ing wheel control, please refer to
"Lane Following Assist Malfunction
and Limitations" on page 5-121.)
Warning related to steering wheel
The hands-off warning appears
when the function detects that the
driver's hands are not on the steer
-
ing wheel while Highway Driving
Assist is in operation.
(First warning: warning message,
Second warning: warning message
with warning sound)
CAUTION
The hands-off warning may be
delayed depending on road condi
-
tions. Always keep your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
OON051138N
OON051137N
OON051093L
125
5
5
Driving your vehicleHighway Driving Assist (HDA)
If you hold the steering wheel
lightly, it may be perceived that
the steering wheel is not held at
all and trigger the hands-off
warning.
When the hands-off warning lasts
for a certain period of time
If you keep your hands off the
steering wheel even with the
hands-off warning on, the steering
assist and Smart Cruise Control will
be temporarily released automati
-
cally.
If you activate Smart Cruise Control
with Highway Driving Assist
released, the steering assist will re-
start.
Automatic speed setting
In the automatic speed setting
mode, the set speed is automati
-
cally adjusted to the changing speed
limits of highway sections.
If the driver directly changes the
speed, it enters the manual speed
setting mode and the set speed is
displayed in white and the "AUTO"
symbol will disappear.
OON058141NR
OON058138NR
OON058139NR
Driving your vehicle
1265
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Highway Driving Assist malfunction
This message shows that there is a
problem with Highway Driving
Assist, so have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
In all situations, the driver's
behavior/judgment has the prior
-
ity.
Highway Driving Assist operates
only when the driver has set it
through the user settings in the
instrument cluster.
Highway Driving Assist is limited
in other countries.
Highway Driving Assist only oper
-
ates based on the speed limits of
the highway but it does not work
with the speed cameras.
The time gap could occur between
the navigation speed warning and
function operation.
If the speed limits of speed cam
-
eras exceed the highway speed
limits during the automatic speed
setting mode, the navigation dis
-
plays its own warning.
The function is not designed to
work on expressways, national
highways and public roads. The
function automatically cancels
when you leave the highway.
Highway Driving Assist is deacti
-
vated on the user settings in the
instrument cluster when it is not
in operable condition.
When the vehicle is at resting area
or interchanges or junctions away
from the main line of the high
-
way, Highway Driving Assist is
automatically turned off so it
requires caution to the driver.
When you are 0.3 mile (500 m)
before/after an open-type toll
gate while driving on the highway,
Highway Driving Assist is auto
-
matically turned off so it requires
caution to the driver. It automati
-
cally switches to Smart Cruise
Control and a pop-up window will
appear to inform you of the
change.
When the automatic speed set
-
ting is in operation, the set speed
may automatically change on the
highway in accordance with
changes in speed limit, leading to
automatic acceleration/decelera
-
tion of the vehicle.
OON058140NR
127
5
5
Driving your vehicleHighway Driving Assist (HDA)
WARNING
Regardless of whether Highway
Driving Assist is on or off, you
must keep eyes on the road while
driving and must obey all traffic
laws.
Highway Driving Assist depends
entirely on road information pro
-
vided by the Infotainment Sys
-
tem, and the car manufacturer is
not responsible for the driver's
violation of road traffic laws or
accidents.
WARNING
Highway Driving Assist may not
function properly in the following
situations:
The navigation is not working
properly.
The navigation is not updated.
The real-time GPS or map infor
-
mation provided has errors.
The navigation is overloaded by
performing functions, such as
route search, video play-back,
voice recognition, etc, that are
performing simultaneously.
GPS signals are blocked in areas
such as a tunnel.
The driver goes off course or the
route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting
the navigation.
The vehicle enters a service sta
-
tion or resting area.
Android Auto or Car Play is oper
-
ating.
The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (ex: ele
-
vated roads including overpass
adjacent to general roads or
nearby roads exist in a parallel
way).
The navigation is being updated
while driving.
The navigation is being reset
while driving.
The road is slippery due to bad
weather such as rain or snow.
* Refer to "Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)" on page 5-95 for cautions
and warnings about Vehicle Dis
-
tance control and front radar.
* Refer to "Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA)" on page 5-70 for cautions
and warnings about steering con
-
trol and front view camera.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
Driving your vehicle
1285
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
void the user's authority to oper
-
ate the device.
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum dis
-
tance of 8 in (20 cm) between the
radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-
located or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or trans
-
mitter.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist is designed to detect
vehicles approaching from the left
and right side while your vehicle is
reversing, and warning the driver
that a collision is imminent with a
warning message and an audible
warning. Also, to help prevent colli
-
sion braking assist is applied.
[A]: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning operating range
[B]: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operating range
CAUTION
The time of warning may vary
depending on vehicle speed of the
approaching vehicle.
ODL3059072
129
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
Detecting sensor
[1]: Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
of the rear corner radar, refer to
"Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA)" on page 5-76.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist Settings
Setting features
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Parking
Safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
from the setting menu to set
whether or not to use each function.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will always turn on. However,
if 'Off' is selected after the engine is
restarted, the driver should always
be aware of the surroundings and
drive safely.
OON051192N
OON051185
Driving your vehicle
1305
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
NOTICE
Settings for Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety system include Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision Warning and Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Warning
Timing and Warning Volume will
maintain the last setting.
Warning Timing
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing to change the initial warning
activation time for Rear Cross-Traf
-
fic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
warning timing is set to Normal. If
you change the warning timing, the
warning time of other Driver Assis
-
tance system may change.
Always be aware before changing
the warning timing.
Warning Volume
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, press MODE
button () several times on the
steering wheel until User Settings
menu appears on the LCD display.
Select Driver Assistance → Warning
Volume to change the warning vol
-
ume to High, Medium, Low or
Off for Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance system may change.
OON051166
OON051164
131
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
CAUTION
The setting of the Warning Timing
and Warning Volume applies to all
functions of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Even though Normal is selected
for Warning Timing, if the vehicles
from the left and right side
approaches at high speed, the ini
-
tial warning activation time may
seem late.
Select Late for Warning Timing
when traffic is light and when
driving speed is slow.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist Operation
Warning and control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist will warning and control
the vehicle depending on collision
level: 'Collision Warning', 'Emer
-
gency Braking'.
Collision Warning
Left
Right
OON058056NR
OON058058NR
OON058057NR
Driving your vehicle
1325
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
To warn the driver of an
approaching vehicle from the rear
left/right side of your vehicle, the
warning light on the side view
mirror (outside mirror) will blink
and a warning will appear on the
cluster. At the same time, an
audible warning will sound.
The function will operate when
the following conditions are satis
-
fied:
-Your vehicle gear is shifted to R
(Reverse)
-Your vehicle speed is below 7
mph (10 km/h)
-The approaching vehicle is
within approximately 82 ft. (25
m) from the left and right side
of your vehicle
-The speed of the vehicle
approaching from the left and
right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
NOTICE
If the operating conditions are satis
-
fied, there will be a warning when
-
ever the vehicle approaches from
the left or right side even though
your vehicle speed is 0 mph (0 km/
h).
Emergency Braking
Left
OON058059NR
OON058111NR
OON058058NR
133
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
Right
Your vehicle, the warning light on
the side view mirror (outside mir
-
ror) will blink and a warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster. At
the same time, an audible warn
-
ing will sound.
The function will operate when
the following conditions are satis
-
fied:
-Your vehicle gear is shifted to R
(Reverse)
-Your vehicle speed is below 7
mph (10 km/h)
-The approaching vehicle is
within approximately 5 ft. (1.5
m) from the left and right side
of your vehicle
-The speed of the vehicle
approaching from the left and
right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
Emergency Braking will be
assisted to help prevent collision
with approaching vehicles from
the left and right.
WARNING
Brake control will end when:
-The approaching vehicle is out
of the detecting range
-The approaching vehicle passes
behind your vehicle
-The approaching vehicle does
not drive toward your vehicle
-The approaching vehicle speed
slows down
-The driver depresses the brake
pedal with sufficient power
Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immedi
-
ately and check the surroundings.
Brake control will end after the
vehicle is stopped by emergency
braking for approximately 2 sec
-
onds.
During emergency braking, brak
-
ing control by Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist will
automatically cancel when the
OON058110NR
OON058059NR
Driving your vehicle
1345
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
driver excessively depresses the
brake pedal.
WARNING
For your safety, change the set
-
tings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
If any other functions warning
message is displayed or audible
warning is generated, Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
warning message may not be dis
-
played and audible warning may
not be generated.
You may not hear the warning
sound of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist if the
surrounding is noisy.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
if the driver applies the brake
pedal to avoid collision.
During Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist opera
-
tion, the vehicle may stop sud
-
denly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always
have the seat belt on and keep
loose objects secured.
Even if there is a problem with
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist, the vehicle's
basic braking performance will
operate normally.
WARNING
During emergency braking, brak
-
ing control by the function will
automatically cancel when the
driver excessively depresses the
accelerator pedal.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist does not operate
in all situations or cannot avoid all
collisions.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may warn the
driver late or may not warn the
driver depending on the road and
driving conditions.
The driver should hold the
responsibility to control the vehi
-
cle. Do not solely depend on Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist. Rather, maintain a safe
braking distance, and if neces
-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop
the vehicle.
Never deliberately operate Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist on people, animal, objects,
etc. It may cause serious injury or
death.
CAUTION
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
135
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
The ESC (Electronic Stability Con
-
trol) warning light is on
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
NOTICE
The driver must immediately
depress the brake pedal and check
vehicle surroundings.
Brake control will end when the
driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power.
After shifting the gear to R
(Reverse), braking control will
operate once for left and right
vehicle approach.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist Malfunction and Lim
-
itations
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist malfunction
When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist is not working
properly, the Check Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion Warning (BCW) system warn
-
ing message will appear on the
cluster, and the function will turn
off automatically or the function will
be limited. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist disabled
When the rear bumper around the
rear corner radar or sensor is cov
-
ered with foreign matters, such as
snow or rain, or installing a trailer or
carrier, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit
or disable Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion Warning (BCW) system dis
-
abled. Radar blocked warning
message will appear on the cluster.
It is not a malfunction.
OON058108NR
OON058107NR
Driving your vehicle
1365
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
The function will operate normally
when such foreign matters or
trailer, etc. is removed.
Always keep the rear view camera
and rear ultrasonic sensors clean.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist does not operate
normally after it is removed, have
the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Even though the warning mes
-
sage does not appear on the clus
-
ter, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not prop
-
erly operate.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not prop
-
erly operate in an area (e.g. open
terrain), where any substance are
not detected after turning ON the
engine.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist to install
a trailer, carrier, etc., and remove
the trailer, carrier, etc. to use Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
normally, or the function may oper
-
ate unexpectedly under the follow
-
ing circumstances:
Departing from where trees or
grass is overgrown
Departing from where roads are
wet
Speed of the approaching vehicle
is fast or slow
Braking control may not work,
driver's attention is required in the
following circumstances:
The vehicle severely vibrates
while driving over a bumpy road,
uneven road or concrete patch
Driving on a slippery surface due
to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
The brake is modified
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations
of the rear corner radar, refer to
"Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA)" on page 5-76.
137
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
WARNING
[A]: Structure
Driving near a vehicle or structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may be limited
when driving near a vehicle or struc
-
ture, and may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the left or right. If
this occurs, the function may not
warn the driver or control the
brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up.
When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may detect vehi
-
cles which are parking or pulling out
near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle
leaving beside your vehicle, a vehicle
parking or pulling out in the rear
area, a vehicle approaching your
vehicle making a turn, etc.). If this
occurs, the function may unneces
-
sarily warn the driver and control
the brake.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up.
[A]: Vehicle
When the vehicle is parked diago
-
nally
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may be limited
when backing up diagonally, and
may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the left or right. If
this occurs, the function may not
warn the driver or control the
brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up.
ODL3059075
ODL3059076
ODL3059077
Driving your vehicle
1385
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
When the vehicle is on or near a
slope
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may be limited
when the vehicle is on a uphill or
downhill slope, or near it, and may
not detect the vehicle approaching
from the left or right. If this occurs,
the function may not warn the
driver or control the brakes when
necessary.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up.
WARNING
[A]: Structure, [B]: Wall
Pulling into the parking space
where there is a structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may detect vehi
-
cles passing by in front of you when
parking backwards into a parking
space with a wall or structure in the
rear or side area. If this occurs, the
function may unnecessarily warn
the driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up.
When the vehicle is parked rear
-
ward
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may detect vehi
-
cles passing by behind you when
parking backwards into a parking
space. If this occurs, the function
may unnecessarily warn the driver
and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up.
OON051063
ODL3059079
ODL3059080
139
5
5
Driving your vehicleDeclaration of conformity
WARNING
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend
that Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist is turned off due
to safety reasons.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
normally if interfered by strong
electromagnetic waves.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
for 3 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the rear corner radars
are initialized.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Declaration of conformity (if
equipped)
The radio frequency components
(Front radar) complies:
For Korea
For United States and American terri
-
tories, Micronesia, Dominican Republic,
Honduras
OSP2061031L
OYB060040L
Driving your vehicle
1405
Declaration of conformity
Europe and countries subject to CE cer
-
tification
OSP2061032L
OJA060067L
OSP2061033L
141
5
5
Driving your vehicleDeclaration of conformity
For Canada
For Taiwan
For Australia
For Serbia
OSP2061034L
OCK060060L
OSP2061035L
OCK060062L
OSP2061036L
Driving your vehicle
1425
Declaration of conformity
For Oman
For Moldova
For Ukraine
For United Arab Emirates
For Brazil
OSP2061037L
OCK060065L
ODL3059228L
OCK060066L
OSP2061038L
OSP2061039L
143
5
5
Driving your vehicleDeclaration of conformity
For Singapore
For Russia
For Malaysia
For Jordan
For Mexico
For Israel
The radio frequency components
(Rear Corner radar) complies :
For United States and American terri
-
tories, Micronesia, Dominican Republic,
Honduras
OSP2061040L
ODL3059224L
OSP2061041L
OSP2061042L
OSP2061043L
OSP2061044L
OYB060040L
Driving your vehicle
1445
Declaration of conformity
For Canada
OYB060041L
OYB060042L
145
5
5
Driving your vehicleDeclaration of conformity
For Taiwan
For Indonesia
For Malaysia
For Singapore
For Vietnam
For Brazil
OYB060043L
OYB060044L
OYB060045L
OYB060046L
OYB060047L
OYB060048L
Driving your vehicle
1465
Declaration of conformity
For Mexico
For Japan
For Ukraine
For Jordan
For Oman
OYB060049L
OYB060050L
OYB060051L
OYB060052L
OYB060053L
OYB060054L
OYB060055L
147
5
5
Driving your vehicleDeclaration of conformity
For United Arab Emirates
For Botswana
For Ghana
For Zambia
For Jamaica
For Paraguay
For Uzbekistan
OYB060056L
OYB060057L
OYB060058L
OYB060059L
OYB060060L
OYB060061L
ODL3059239L
Driving your vehicle
1485
Economical operation
For Mozambique
Europe and countries subject to CE cer
-
tification
Economical operation
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving,
where you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many miles (kilometers) you can get
from a gallon (liter) of fuel.To oper
-
ate your vehicle as economically as
possible, use the following driving
suggestions to help save money in
both fuel and repairs:
Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
moderate rate. Don't make "jack
-
rabbit" starts or full-throttle
shifts and maintain a steady
cruising speed. Don't race
between stoplights. Try to adjust
your speed to the traffic so you
don't have to change speeds
unnecessarily. Avoid heavy traffic
whenever possible. Always main
-
tain a safe distance from other
vehicles so you can avoid unnec
-
essary braking. This also reduces
brake wear.
Drive at a moderate speed. The
faster you drive, the more fuel
your vehicle uses. Driving at a
moderate speed, especially on the
highway, is one of the most
effective ways to reduce fuel con
-
sumption.
Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This
can increase fuel consumption
and also increase wear on these
components. In addition, driving
with your foot resting on the
OYB060062L
OYB060063L
149
5
5
Driving your vehicleEconomical operation
brake pedal may cause the brakes
to overheat, which reduces their
effectiveness and may lead to
more serious consequences.
Take care of your tires. Keep
them inflated to the recom
-
mended pressure. Incorrect infla
-
tion, either too much or too little,
results in unnecessary tire wear.
Check the tire pressures at least
once a month.
Be sure that the wheels are
aligned correctly. Improper align
-
ment can result from hitting
curbs or driving too fast over
irregular surfaces. Poor alignment
causes faster tire wear and may
also result in other problems as
well as greater fuel consumption.
Keep your vehicle in good condi
-
tion. For better fuel economy and
reduced maintenance costs,
maintain your vehicle in accor
-
dance with "Scheduled mainte
-
nance service" on page 7-9. If you
drive your vehicle in severe condi
-
tions, more frequent maintenance
is required (Refer to "Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions -
Non Turbo Models" on page 7-14
for details).
Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi
-
mum service, your vehicle should
be kept clean and free of corro
-
sive materials. It is especially
important that mud, dirt, ice, etc.
not be allowed to accumulate on
the underside of the vehicle. This
extra weight can result in
increased fuel consumption and
also contribute to corrosion.
Travel lightly. Don't carry unnec
-
essary weight in your vehi
-
cle.Weight reduces fuel economy.
Don't let the engine idle longer
than necessary. If you are waiting
(and not in traffic), turn off your
engine and restart only when
you're ready to go.
Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After
the engine has started, allow the
engine to run for 10 to 20 sec
-
onds prior to placing the vehicle in
gear. In very cold weather, how
-
ever, give your engine a slightly
longer warm-up period.
Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the
engine. Lugging is driving too
slowly in a very high gear result
-
ing in engine bucking. If this hap
-
pens, shift to a lower gear. Over-
revving is racing the engine
beyond its safe limit. This can be
avoided by shifting at the recom
-
mended speed.
Use your air conditioning spar
-
ingly. The air conditioning system
is operated by engine power so
your fuel economy is reduced
when you use it.
Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
Fuel economy is less in cross
-
winds and headwinds. To help off
-
Driving your vehicle
1505
Special driving conditions
set some of this loss, slow down
when driving in these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for
economy and safety. Therefore,
have an authorized Kia dealer per
-
form scheduled inspections and
maintenance.
WARNING
Engine off during motion
Never turn the engine off to coast
down hills or anytime the vehicle is
in motion. The power steering and
power brakes will not function prop
-
erly without the engine running. In
addition, turning off the ignition
while driving could engage the
steering wheel lock resulting in loss
of vehicle steering. Keep the engine
on and downshift to an appropriate
gear for engine braking effect.
Special driving conditions
If driving conditions deteriorate due
to poor weather or road conditions,
you should pay even more attention
than usual to your driving.
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz
-
ards, follow these suggestions:
Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
Avoid sudden braking or steering.
When braking with non-ABS
brakes pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use the second gear. Accelerate
slowly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
Use sand, rock salt, or other non
-
slip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when
stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehi
-
cle is defined as a Sports Utility
Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles. SUV's
have higher ground clearance and a
151
5
5
Driving your vehicleSpecial driving conditions
narrower track to make them capa
-
ble of performing in a wide variety
of offroad applications.
Specific design characteristics give
them a higher center of gravity than
ordinary vehicles. An advantage of
the higher ground clearance is a
better view of the road, which
allows you to anticipate problems.
They are not designed for cornering
at the same speeds as conventional
passenger vehicles, any more than
low-slung sports vehicles are
designed to perform satisfactorily in
off-road conditions. Due to this risk,
driver and passengers are strongly
recommended to buckle their seat
belts.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted per
-
son is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns
or abrupt maneuvers, do not load
your roof rack with heavy cargo,
and never modify your vehicle in any
way.
WARNING
Rollover
As with other Sports Utility Vehicle
(SUV), failure to operate this vehicle
correctly may result in loss of con
-
trol, an accident or vehicle rollover.
Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other
types of vehicles.
Specific design characteristics
(higher ground clearance, nar
-
rower track, etc.) give this vehicle
a higher center of gravity than
ordinary vehicles.
A SUV is not designed for corner
-
ing at the same speeds as con
-
ventional vehicles.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more likely
to die than a person wearing a
seat belt. Make sure everyone in
the vehicle is properly buckled up.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and
handling capability. Do not use tires
and wheels that are different in size
and type from the originally
installed ones. It can affect the
safety and performance of your
vehicle, which could lead to steering
failure or rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
Driving your vehicle
1525
Special driving conditions
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right
and left to clear the area around
your front wheels. Then, shift back
and forth between R (Reverse) and
any forward gear.
Do not race the vehicle, and spin the
wheels as little as possible. If you
are still stuck after a few tries, have
the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehi
-
cle to avoid vehicle overheating and
possible damage to the reduction
gear.
WARNING
Sudden Vehicle Movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if
people or objects are nearby. The
vehicle may suddenly move forward
or backwards as it becomes
unstuck.
CAUTION
Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle
overheating, reduction gear dam
-
age or failure, and tire damage.
CAUTION
Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at
speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/
h). Spinning the wheels at high
speeds when the vehicle is station
-
ary could overheat and damage
tires, and the rotating wheels may
fly away and injure bystanders.
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) should be turned OFF prior to
rocking the vehicle.
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
If you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
Slow down and keep more dis
-
tance between you and other
vehicles, as it may be more diffi
-
cult to see at night, especially in
areas where there may not be
any street lights.
Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's head
-
lights.
Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. (On vehicles not
equipped with the automatic
headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
153
5
5
Driving your vehicleSpecial driving conditions
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
Avoid staring directly at the head
-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and
it will take several seconds for
your eyes to readjust to the dark
-
ness.
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you're not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
A heavy rainfall will make it
harder to see and will increase the
distance needed to stop your
vehicle, so slow down.
Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades
when they show signs of streak
-
ing or missing areas on the wind
-
shield.
If your tires are not in good condi
-
tion, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
Turn on your headlights to make
it easier for others to see you.
Driving too fast through large
puddles can affect your brakes. If
you must go through puddles, try
to drive through them slowly.
If you believe you may have got
-
ten your brakes wet, apply them
lightly while driving until normal
braking operation returns.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water
slowly. Allow adequate stopping dis
-
tance because brake performance
may be affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them
several times while the vehicle is
moving slowly.
Driving on unpaved roads
Drive carefully on unpaved roads
because your vehicle may be dam
-
aged by rocks or roots of trees.
Become familiar with the on
unpaved roads conditions where you
are going to drive before you begin
driving.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pres
-
sures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Driving your vehicle
1545
Winter driving
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the
tires.
WARNING
Under/over inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper
inflation before driving. Underin
-
flated or overinflated tires can
cause poor handling, loss of vehicle
control, and sudden tire failure lead
-
ing to accidents, injuries, and even
death. For proper tire pressures,
refer to "Tires and wheels" on page
8-5.
WARNING
Tire tread
Always check the tire tread before
driving your vehicle. Worn-out tires
can result in loss of vehicle control.
Worn-out tires should be replaced
as soon as possible. For further
information and tread limits, refer
to "Tires and wheels" on page 8-5.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not
forget to check both the engine
coolant and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
Winter driving
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems.
To minimize the problems of winter
driving, you should follow these
suggestions:
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is neces
-
sary to select tires equivalent in size
and type of the original equipment
tires. Failure to do so may adversely
affect the safety and handling of
your vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous prac
-
tices.
During deceleration, use vehicle
braking to the fullest extent. Sud
-
den brake applications on snowy or
icy roads may cause skids to occur.
You need to keep sufficient distance
between the vehicle in operation in
front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tire will
provide a greater driving force, but
will not prevent side skids.
155
5
5
Driving your vehicleWinter driving
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your
vehicle, make sure they are radial
tires of the same size and load
range as the original tires. Mount
snow tires on all four wheels to bal
-
ance your vehicle's handling in all
weather conditions. Keep in mind
that the traction provided by snow
tires on dry roads may not be as
high as your vehicle's original equip
-
ment tires. You should drive cau
-
tiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
WARNING
Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent in
size and type to the vehicle's stan
-
dard tires. Otherwise, the safety
and handling of your vehicle may be
adversely affected.
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls on some radial
tires are thinner than other types of
tires, they may be damaged by
mounting certain types of tire
chains on them. Therefore, the use
of snow tires is recommended
instead of tire chains. Do not mount
tire chains on vehicles equipped with
aluminum wheels; if unavoidable,
use AutoSock (fabric snow chain).
Install the tire chain after reviewing
the instructions provided with the
tire chains.
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper tire chain use is not cov
-
ered by your vehicle manufacturer's
warranty.
NOTICE
Install AutoSock (fabric snow
chain) on the front tires for FWD
vehicles or for AWD vehicles. It
should be noted that installing
AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on
the tires will provide a greater
OON058070NR
Driving your vehicle
1565
Winter driving
driving force, but will not prevent
side skids.
Do not install studded tires with
-
out first checking local and munic
-
ipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
CAUTION
When using AutoSock (fabric snow
chain):
Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels.
If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to prevent contact with the
vehicle body.
To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driving
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
Chain installation
When using tire chains, chains
should be installed on the front
wheels. This also applied All four
wheels vehicle.
When installing AutoSock (fabric
snow chain), follow the manufac
-
turer's instructions and mount them
as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains
installed. If you hear the chains con
-
tacting the body or chassis, stop
and tighten them. If they still make
contact, slow down until the noise
stops.
Remove the AutoSock (fabric snow
chain) as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
WARNING
Mounting chains
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning flashers and place a
triangular emergency warning
device behind the vehicle if available.
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing snow
chains.
WARNING
Tire chains
The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the chain manufacturer's rec
-
ommended speed limit, whichever
is lower.
Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel
braking.
CAUTION
Chains that are the wrong size or
improperly installed can damage
157
5
5
Driving your vehicleWinter driving
your vehicle's brake lines, suspen
-
sion, body and wheels.
Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the
cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be
sure to replace or replenish your
coolant refer to "Normal mainte
-
nance schedule - Non Turbo Models"
on page 7-11. Before winter, have
your coolant tested to assure that
its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables (refer to "For
best battery service" on page 7-32).
The level of charge in your battery
can be checked by an authorized Kia
dealer or a service station.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter
weight" oil be used during cold
weather. Refer to "Recommended
lubricants and capacities" on page
8-6 for recommendations. If you
aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition sys
-
tem
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in "Scheduled mainte
-
nance service" on page 7-9 and
replace them if necessary. Also
check all ignition wiring and compo
-
nents to be sure they are not
cracked, worn or damaged in any
way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen inter
-
nally, you may be able to thaw it out
by using a heated key. Handle the
heated key with care to avoid injury.
Driving your vehicle
1585
Winter driving
Use approved window washer anti-
freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add
an approved window washer anti-
freeze solution in accordance with
instructions on the container. Win
-
dow washer anti-freeze is available
from an authorized Kia dealer and
most auto parts outlets. Do not use
vehicle coolant or other types of
anti-freeze as these may damage
the paint finish.
Don't let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to hap
-
pen when there is an accumulation
of snow or ice around or near the
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.
If there is a risk the parking brake
may freeze, apply it only temporar
-
ily while you put the gear shift dial
in P (Park) and block the rear wheels
so the vehicle cannot roll. Then
release the parking brake.
Don't let ice and snow accumulate
underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. In
severe winter conditions you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropri
-
ate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tow straps or chains, flash
-
light, emergency flares, sand,
shovel, jumper cables, window
scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover
-
alls, blanket, etc.
Drive your vehicle when water
vapor condenses and accumulates
inside the exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a
long time in winter while the engine
is running, water vapor may con
-
dense and accumulate inside the
exhaust pipes. Water in the exhaust
pipes may cause noise, etc., but it is
drained driving at medium to high
speed.
159
5
5
Driving your vehicleTrailer towing
Trailer towing
If you are considering towing with
your vehicle, you should first check
with your country's Department of
Motor Vehicles to determine their
legal requirements.
Since laws vary the requirements
for towing trailers, cars, or other
types of vehicles or apparatus may
differ. Ask an authorized Kia dealer
for further details before towing.
WARNING
Towing a trailer
Always check your towing equip
-
ment to confirm correct equipment
size and installation before use.
Using incompatible or incorrectly
installed trailer equipment can
effect the vehicle operation and
endanger you and your passengers.
You may require an additional wiring
harness connector to install a trailer
hitch. Please contact an authorized
Kia dealer for more details.
WARNING
Weight limits
Before towing, make sure the total
trailer weight, GCW (Gross Combi
-
nation Weight), GVW (Gross Vehicle
Weight), GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
and trailer tongue load are all within
the limits.
CAUTION
Trailer installation
Follow instructions in this section
when pulling a trailer. Pulling a
trailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and result in costly repairs
not covered by your warranty.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To
identify what the vehicle trailering
capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in
"Weight of the trailer" on page 5-
166.
Remember that trailering is differ
-
ent than just driving your vehicle by
itself. Trailering means changes in
handling, durability, and fuel econ
-
omy. Successful, safe trailering
requires correct equipment, and it
has to be used properly.
This section contains many time-
tested, important trailering tips and
safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that
of your passengers. Please read this
section carefully before you pull a
trailer.
Load-pulling components such as
the engine, transmission, wheel
assemblies, and tires are forced to
work harder against the load of the
added weight. The engine is
required to operate at relatively
higher speeds and under greater
Driving your vehicle
1605
Trailer towing
loads. This additional burden gener
-
ates extra heat. The trailer also
adds considerably to wind resis
-
tance, increasing the pulling require
-
ments.
Hitches
It's important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by, and rough roads are
a few reasons why you'll need the
right hitch. Here are some rules to
follow:
Will you have to make any holes in
the body of your vehicle when you
install a trailer hitch? If you do,
then be sure to seal the holes
later when you remove the hitch.
If you don't seal them, deadly car
-
bon monoxide (CO) from your
exhaust can get into your vehicle,
as well as dirt and water.
The bumpers on your vehicle are
not intended for hitches. Do not
attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to them.
Use only a frame-mounted hitch
that does not attach to the
bumper.
Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail
-
able at an authorized Kia dealer.
Safety chains
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your
trailer. Cross the safety chains
under the tongue of the trailer so
that the tongue will not drop to the
road if it becomes separated from
the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains
may be provided by the hitch manu
-
facturer or by the trailer manufac
-
turer. Follow the manufacturer's
recommendation for attaching
safety chains. Always leave just
enough slack so you can turn with
your trailer. And, never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a
braking system, make sure it con
-
forms to your state's regulations
and that it is properly installed and
operating correctly.
If your trailer weight exceeds the
maximum allowed weight without
trailer brakes, then the trailer will
also require its own brakes as well.
Be sure to read and follow the
instructions for the trailer brakes so
you'll be able to install, adjust and
maintain them properly.
Don't tap into or modify your
vehicle's brake system.
WARNING
Trailer brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own
brakes unless you are absolutely
certain that you have properly set
161
5
5
Driving your vehicleTrailer towing
up the brake system. This is not a
task for amateurs. Use an experi
-
enced, competent trailer shop for
this work.
Driving with a trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before set
-
ting out for the open road, you must
get to know your trailer. Acquaint
yourself with the feel of handling
and braking with the added weight
of the trailer. And always keep in
mind that the vehicle you are driving
is now a good deal longer and not
nearly so responsive as your vehicle
is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer
hitch and platform, safety chains,
electrical connector(s), lights, tires
and mirror adjustment. If the trailer
has electric brakes, start your vehi
-
cle and trailer moving and then
apply the trailer brake controller by
hand to be sure the brakes are
working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same
time.
During your trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure,
and that the lights and any trailer
brakes are still working.
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving your vehicle without a trailer.
This can help you avoid situations
that require heavy braking and sud
-
den turns.
Passing
You'll need more passing distance up
ahead when you're towing a trailer.
And, because of the increased vehi
-
cle length, you'll need to go much
farther beyond the passed vehicle
before you can return to your lane.
Due to the added load to the engine
when going uphill the vehicle may
also take longer to pass than it
would on flat ground.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. Then, to move
the trailer to the left, just move
your hand to the left. To move the
trailer to the right, move your hand
to the right. Always back up slowly
and, if possible, have someone guide
you.
Making turns
When you're turning with a trailer,
make wider turns than normal. Do
this so your trailer won't strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
or other objects near the edge of
Driving your vehicle
1625
Trailer towing
the road. Avoid jerky or sudden
maneuvers. Signal well in advance
before turning or lane changes.
Turn signals when towing a trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle
has to have a different turn signal
flasher and extra wiring. The green
arrows on your instrument panel
will flash whenever you signal a turn
or lane change. Properly connected,
the trailer lights will also flash to
alert other drivers you're about to
turn, change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green
arrows on your instrument panel
will flash for turns even if the bulbs
on the trailer are burned out. Thus,
you may think drivers behind you
are seeing your signals when, in
fact, they are not. It's important to
check occasionally to be sure the
trailer bulbs are still working. You
must also check the lights every
time you disconnect and then
reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting sys
-
tem directly to your vehicle's light
-
ing system. Use only an approved
trailer wiring harness.
An authorized Kia dealer can assist
you in installing the wiring harness.
CAUTION
Always use an approved trailer wir
-
ing harness. Failure to use an
approved trailer wiring harness
could result in damage to the vehicle
electrical system.
Driving on grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before you start down a long
or steep downgrade. If you don't
shift down, you might have to use
your brakes so much that they
would get hot and no longer operate
efficiently. On a long uphill grade,
shift down and reduce your speed to
around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce
the possibility of engine and trans
-
mission overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the
maximum trailer weight without
trailer brakes and you have an auto
-
matic transmission, you should drive
in D (Drive) when towing a trailer.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
when towing a trailer will minimize
heat build up and extend the life of
your transmission.
Towing uphill
When towing a trailer on steep
grades (in excess of 6%) pay close
attention to the engine coolant
163
5
5
Driving your vehicleTrailer towing
temperature gauge to ensure the
engine does not overheat.
If the needle of the coolant tem
-
perature gauge moves across the
dial towards "H" (HOT), pull over and
stop as soon as it is safe to do so,
and allow the engine to idle until it
cools down. You may proceed once
the engine has cooled sufficiently.
You must decide driving speed
depending on trailer weight and
uphill grade to reduce the possibility
of engine and transmission over
-
heating.
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer
attached to your vehicle, you should
not park your vehicle on a hill. Peo
-
ple can be seriously or fatally
injured, and both your vehicle and
the trailer can be damaged if they
unexpectedly roll downhill.
However, if you ever have to park
your trailer on a hill, here's how to
do it:
1.Pull the vehicle into the parking
space. Turn the steering wheel in
the direction of the curb (right if
headed downhill, left if headed up
hill).
2.If the vehicle has an automatic
transmission, place the vehicle in
P (Park).
3.Set the parking brake and shut off
the engine.
4.Place chocks under the trailer
wheels on the down hill side of
the wheels.
5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,
shift to neutral, release the park
-
ing brake and slowly release the
brakes until the trailer chocks
absorb the load.
6.Reapply the brakes, reapply the
parking brake and shift the vehicle
to P (Park) for automatic trans
-
mission.
7.Shut off the vehicle and release
the vehicle brakes but leave the
parking brake set.
When you are ready to leave after
parking on a hill
1.With the automatic transmission
in P (Park), apply your brakes and
hold the brake pedal down while
you:
Start your engine;
Shift into gear; and
Release the parking brake.
2.Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3.Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
4.Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a
trailer. Important items to pay par
-
ticular attention to include engine
oil, automatic transmission fluid,
axle lubricant and cooling system
Driving your vehicle
1645
Trailer towing
fluid. Brake condition is another
important item to frequently check.
Each item is covered in this manual,
and the Index will help you find
them quickly. If you're trailering, it's
a good idea to review these sections
before you start your trip.
Don't forget to also maintain your
trailer and hitch. Follow the mainte
-
nance schedule that accompanied
your trailer and check it periodically.
Preferably, conduct the check at the
start of each day's driving. Most
importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
should be tight.
CAUTION
Air conditioning (A/C)
Do not use the air conditioning while
using your vehicle to tow uphill. Due
to higher load during trailer usage,
overheating might occur on hot
days or during uphill driving.
When towing check transmission
fluid more frequently.
If you do decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if
you decide to pull a trailer:
Consider using a sway control.
You can ask a hitch dealer about
sway control.
Do not do any towing with your
vehicle during its first 1,200 miles
(2,000 km) in order to allow the
engine to properly break in. Fail
-
ure to heed this caution may
result in serious engine or trans
-
mission damage.
When towing a trailer, be sure to
consult an authorized Kia dealer
for further information on addi
-
tional requirements such as a
towing kit, etc.
Always drive your vehicle at a
moderate speed (less than 60
mph (100 km/h)).
On a long uphill grade, do not
exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the
posted towing speed limit, which
-
ever is lower.
The chart contains important
considerations that have to do
with weight:
165
5
5
Driving your vehicleTrailer towing
To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should
read the information in "Weight of the trailer" on page 5-166.
Item
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
lbs. (kg)
Maximum trailer weight
Without brake system1,650 (750)
With brake system5,000 (2,267)
Maximum tongue weight500 (227)
Driving your vehicle
1665
Trailer towing
Weight of the trailer
What is the maximum safe weight
of a trailer? It should never weigh
more than the maximum trailer
weight with trailer brakes. But even
that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use
your trailer. For example, speed,
altitude, road grades, outside tem
-
perature and how often your vehicle
is used to pull a trailer are all
important. The ideal trailer weight
can also depend on any special
equipment that you have on your
vehicle.
The tongue load of any trailer is an
important weight to measure
because it affects the total Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) of your vehi
-
cle. This weight includes the curb
weight of the vehicle, any cargo you
may carry in it, and the people who
will be riding in the vehicle. And if
you will tow a trailer, you must add
the tongue load to the GVW because
your vehicle will also be carrying
that weight.
After you've loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the
tongue, separately, to see if the
weights are proper. If they aren't,
you may be able to correct them
simply by moving some items
around in the trailer.
Tongue LoadTotal Trailer Weight
OON058156NR
Gross Axle WeightGross Vehicle Weight
OON058157NR
167
5
5
Driving your vehicleVehicle load limit
WARNING
Trailer
Always follow the loading instruc
-
tions provided with your trailer.
Improper loading can effect vehicle
operation and result in an accident.
Vehicle load limit
The vehicle load limit is displayed on
the tire and loading information
label on the driver's door.
Tire and loading information label
OON069032NR
OON069033NR
OON069034NR
Driving your vehicle
1685
Vehicle load limit
The label located on the driver's
door sill gives the original tire size,
cold tire pressures recommended
for your vehicle, the number of peo
-
ple that can be in your vehicle and
vehicle capacity weight.
Vehicle capacity weight:
7 persons: 1,173 lbs. (532 kg)
8 persons: 1,323 lbs. (600 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi
-
mum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity:
Total
7 persons (Front seat: 2 persons,
Rear seat: 5 persons)
8 persons (Front seat: 2 persons,
Rear seat: 6 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry. How
-
ever, the seating capacity may be
reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi Without trailer
brakes: 1,650 lbs. (750 kg)
With trailer brakes: 5,000 lbs.
(2,267 kg)
Towing capacity is the maximum
trailer weight including its cargo
weight, your vehicle can tow
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants.
Steps for Determining Correct Load
Limit -
(1) Locate the statement "The com
-
bined weight of occupants and cargo
should never exceed XXX lbs. or XXX
kg'' on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight
of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
OON069035NR
169
5
5
Driving your vehicleVehicle load limit
(3) Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from XXX
lbs. or XXX kg.
(4) The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug
-
gage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
(635 kg) and there will be five 150
lbs. (68 kg) passengers in your vehi
-
cle, the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(295 kg). (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650
lbs. or 635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg)
(5) Determine the combined weight
of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity calculated
in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and lug
-
gage load capacity of your vehicle.
WARNING
Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured blunt
objects in the passenger compart
-
ment of your vehicle (e.g. suit cases
or unsecured child seats). These
items may strike an occupant during
a sudden stop or crash.
Example 1
Example 2
ItemDescriptionTotal
AVehicle Capacity Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg) 2
300 lbs.
(136 kg)
C
Available Cargo and Lug
-
gage weight
549 lbs.
(249 kg)
ItemDescriptionTotal
AVehicle Capacity Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg) 5
750 lbs.
(340 kg)
ODEEV078137NR
ODEEV078138NR
Driving your vehicle
1705
Vehicle load limit
Example 3
Refer to your vehicle's tire and load
-
ing information label for specific
information about your vehicle's
capacity weight and seating posi
-
tions. The combined weight of the
driver, passengers and cargo should
never exceed your vehicle's capac
-
ity weight.
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center
pillar.
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants and cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi
-
mum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go
to a weigh station and weigh your
vehicle. Your dealer can help you
with this. Be sure to spread out your
load equally on both sides of the
centerline.
WARNING
Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle capac
-
ity weight. Exceeding these ratings
C
Available Cargo and Lug
-
gage weight
99 lbs.
(45 kg)
ItemDescriptionTotal
AVehicle Capacity Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
161 lbs. (73 kg) 5
805 lbs.
(365 kg)
C
Available Cargo and Lug
-
gage weight
44 lbs.
(20 kg)
ItemDescriptionTotal
ODEEV078139NR
OON058155NR
171
5
5
Driving your vehicleVehicle weight
can affect your vehicle's handling
and braking ability.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equip
-
ment your vehicle can carry.
If you carry items inside your vehicle
- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going and
can cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
WARNING
Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle. Over
-
loading your vehicle can cause heat
buildup in your vehicle's tires and
possible tire failure, increased stop
-
ping distances and poor vehicle han
-
dling-all of which may result in a
crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be cov
-
ered by your warranty. Do not over
-
load your vehicle.
Vehicle weight
This chapter will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle or
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle
weight within its design rating capa
-
bility, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the
vehicle design performance. Before
loading your vehicle, familiarize
yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle's
weight ratings, with or without a
trailer, from the vehicle's specifica
-
tions and the compliance label:
Base curb weight This is the weight
of the vehicle including a full tank of
fuel and all standard equipment. It
does not include passengers, cargo,
or optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight This is the
weight of your new vehicle when
you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight This figure includes all
weight added to the Base Curb
Weight, including cargo and optional
equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the
total weight placed on each axle
(front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
Driving your vehicle
1725
Vehicle weight
weight that can be carried by a sin
-
gle axle (front or rear). These num
-
bers are shown on the compliance
label. The total load on each axle
must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is
the Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the certification label
located on the driver's door sill.
CAUTION
Do not use replacement tires with
lower load carrying capacities than
the original tires because they may
lower your vehicle's GVWR and
GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the
original tires do not increase the
GVWR and GAWR limitations.
6What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
Road warning.............................................................................6-2
Hazard warning flasher.........................................................6-2
In case of an emergency while driving..................................6-3
If the vehicle stalls while driving..........................................6-3
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing..................6-3
If you have a flat tire while driving......................................6-3
If the engine will not start......................................................6-4
If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly..............6-4
If engine turns over normally but does not start.............6-4
Emergency starting..................................................................6-5
Jump-starting.........................................................................6-5
Push-starting..........................................................................6-6
If the engine overheats............................................................6-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)............................6-8
Effective use of the TPMS....................................................6-9
Low tire pressure telltale ...................................................6-10
TPMS malfunction indicator ..............................................6-11
Tire replacement with TPMS..............................................6-12
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.......6-14
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)...............................6-14
Jack and tools........................................................................6-15
Storing the spare tire..........................................................6-17
Changing tires.......................................................................6-17
Important - use of compact spare tire............................6-22
Jack label................................................................................6-24
Towing......................................................................................6-25
Towing without wheel dollies when using a towing
service ....................................................................................6-26
What to do in an emergency
26
Road warning
What to do in an emergency
Road warning
When in an emergency situation
occurs while driving or when you
park by the edge of the roadway,
you must alert approaching or pass
-
ing vehicles to be careful as they
pass. For this, you should use the
hazard warning flasher.
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to
exercise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emer
-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in any
position. The flasher switch is
located in the center fascia panel. All
turn signal lights will flash simulta
-
neously.
The hazard warning flasher oper
-
ates whether your vehicle is run
-
ning or not.
The turn signals do not work
when the hazard flasher is on.
Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
OON068001NR
3
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIn case of an emergency while driving
In case of an emergency while
driving
If an emergency situation occurs
while driving, stay calm and take the
following steps.
If the vehicle stalls while driving
1.Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line.
2.Move cautiously off the road to a
safe place.
3.Turn on your hazard warning
flasher.
4.Try to start the vehicle again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing, set the shift lever in
the N (Neutral) position and then
push the vehicle to a safe place.
If your vehicle has a manual
transmission not equipped with a
ignition lock switch, the vehicle
can move forward by shifting to
the 2 (second) or 3 (third) gear
and then turning the starter
without depressing the clutch
pedal.
If you have a flat tire while driving
1.Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immedi
-
ately or attempt to pull off the
road as this may cause a loss of
control.
2.When the vehicle has slowed to
such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road.
3.Drive off the road as far as possi
-
ble and park on firm level ground.
If you are on a divided highway,
do not park in the median area
between the two traffic lanes.
4.When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flash
-
ers, set the parking brake and put
the transmission in P.
5. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is
away from traffic.
6.When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in
this section.
What to do in an emergency
46
If the engine will not start
If the engine will not start
When the engine doesn't start, first
check to see how much fuel there is
and whether the battery is dis
-
charged.
If engine doesn't turn over or turns
over slowly
1.Be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park) and the
emergency brake is set.
2.Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3.Turn on the interior light. If the
light dims or goes out when you
operate the starter, the battery is
discharged.
4.Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tight
-
ened.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could cause damage to
your vehicle. Refer to "Jump-start
-
ing" on page 6-5.
WARNING
Push/pull start
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. Push or pull starting may
cause the catalytic converter to
overload and create a fire hazard.
If engine turns over normally but
does not start
1.Check the fuel level.
2.With the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the OFF position, check
all connectors at the ignition coils
and spark plugs. Reconnect any
that may be disconnected or
loose.
3.Check the fuel line in the engine
compartment.
4.If the engine still does not start,
call an authorized Kia dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
5
6
6
What to do in an emergencyEmergency starting
Emergency starting
When the vehicle will not start
because of low battery power, you
may need to jump start the vehicle.
Jump-starting
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
Jump-starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these
jump-starting procedures. If in
doubt, we strongly recommend that
you have a competent technician or
towing service jump-start your
vehicle.
WARNING
Battery
Never attempt to check the electro
-
lyte level of the battery as this may
cause the battery to rupture or
explode.
WARNING
Frozen batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery is
frozen as the battery may rupture
or explode.
WARNING
Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away from
the battery. The battery produces
hydrogen gas which will explode if
exposed to flame or sparks.
WARNING
Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative ter
-
minal of the discharged battery,
directly. This can cause the dis
-
charged battery to overheat and
crack, degradation.
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative termi
-
nal of the booster battery, and the
other end to a metallic point, far
away from the battery.
WARNING
Sulfuric acid risk
Automobile batteries contain sulfu
-
ric acid. When jump starting your
ODEEV088002NR
What to do in an emergency
66
Emergency starting
vehicle, be careful not to get sulfuric
acid on yourself, your clothing, or on
the vehicle. This acid is poisonous
and highly corrosive.
Jump-starting
1.Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative ter
-
minal is grounded.
If the booster battery is in
another vehicle, do not allow the
vehicles to come in contact.
2.Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
3.Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illus
-
tration.
1)Connect on end of a jumper
cable to the positive terminal of
the discharged battery (1).
2)Connect the other end to the
positive terminal of the booster
battery (2).
3)Proceed to connect one end of
the other jumper cable to the
negative terminal of the
booster battery (3), then the
other end to a solid, stationary,
metallic point away from the
battery (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables
to contact anything except the
correct battery terminals or the
correct ground. Do not lean
over the battery when making
connections.
4.Start vehicle with the booster
battery and let it run at 2,000
rpm, then start the vehicle with
the discharged battery.
If the cause of your battery dis
-
charging is not apparent, you should
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative termi
-
nal of the booster battery, and the
other end to a metallic point, far
away from the battery.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transmission cannot be push-
started, and only jump starting can
be applied. Follow the directions in
this page for jump-starting.
WARNING
Tow starting vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it.
When the engine starts, the vehicle
can suddenly surge forward and
could cause a collision with the tow
vehicle.
7
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf the engine overheats
If the engine overheats
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine will probably be
too hot.
If this happens, you should:
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2.Place the shift lever in P and set
the parking brake.
3.If the air conditioning is on, turn it
off.
4.If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is
coming out from underneath the
hood, stop the engine. Do not
open the hood until the coolant
has stopped running or the
steaming has stopped.
5.If there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is
operating.
1)If the fan is not running, turn
the engine off.
6.Check to see if the water pump
drive belt is missing.
1)If it is not missing, check to see
that it is tight.
2)If the drive belt seems to be
satisfactory, check for coolant
leaking from the radiator, hoses
or under the vehicle. (If the air
conditioning had been in use, it
is normal for cold water to be
draining from it when you
stop).
WARNING
Under the hood
While the engine is running,
keep hair, hands and clothing
away from moving parts
such as the fan and drive
belts to prevent injury.
7.If the water pump drive belt is
broken or engine coolant is leak
-
ing out, stop the engine immedi
-
ately and call the nearest
authorized Kia dealer for assis
-
tance.
8.If you cannot find the cause of
the overheating, wait until the
engine temperature has returned
to normal. If coolant has been
lost, carefully add coolant to the
reservoir to bring the fluid level in
the reservoir up to the halfway
mark.
9.Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of over
-
heating. If overheating happens
again, call an authorized Kia
dealer for assistance.
What to do in an emergency
86
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator
cap when the engine is hot.
This may result in coolant
being blown out of the opening and
cause serious burns.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS)
The Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS) detects the pressure of
vehicle's tires and displays it on the
LCD display.
1.Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS
malfunction indicator
2.Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
OON061002L
OON068003NR
9
6
6
What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Tire Pressure Indicator
You can check the tire pressure in
the assist mode on the cluster.
-Refer to "User Settings mode"
on page 4-80.
Tire pressure is displayed 1~2
minutes later after driving.
If tire pressure is not displayed
when the vehicle is stopped,
"Drive to display" message dis
-
plays. After driving, check the tire
pressure.
You can change the tire pressure
unit in the user settings mode on
the cluster.
-psi, kPa, bar (Refer to "User
Settings mode" on page 4-80).
NOTICE
The tire pressure may change due
to factors such as parking condi
-
tion, driving style, and altitude
above sea level.
The tire pressure shown on the
dashboard may differ from the
tire pressure measured by tire
pressure gauge.
Effective use of the TPMS
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect
vehicle handling, and lead to sudden
tire failure that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an acci
-
dent
Each tire, including the spare (if pro
-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the infla
-
tion pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure
label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a differ
-
ent size than the size indicated on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label, you should deter
-
mine the proper tire inflation pres
-
sure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
TPMS that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly under-
inflated. Accordingly, when the low
tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them to
the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the vehi
-
cle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire mainte
-
nance, and it is the driver's respon
-
sibility to maintain correct tire
What to do in an emergency
106
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger illu
-
mination of the TPMS low tire pres
-
sure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator
to indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS mal
-
function indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approxi
-
mately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This
sequence will continue upon subse
-
quent vehicle start-ups as long as
the malfunction exists. When the
malfunction indicator is illuminated,
the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may
occur for a variety of reasons,
including the installation of replace
-
ment or alternate tires or wheels on
the vehicle that prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function prop
-
erly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
1.The low tire pressure telltale /
TPMS malfunction indicator does
not illuminate for 3 seconds when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
is turned to the ON position or
engine is running.
2.The TPMS malfunction indicator
remains illuminated after blinking
for approximately 1 minute.
3.The Low tire pressure position
telltale remains illuminated.
Low tire pressure telltale
Low tire pressure position telltale
When the TPMS warning indicators
are illuminated, one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
If the telltale illuminates, immedi
-
ately reduce your speed, avoid hard
cornering and anticipate increased
OON068004NR
11
6
6
What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as pos
-
sible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pres
-
sure as indicated on the vehicle's
placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver's side
center pillar outer panel. If you can
-
not reach a service station or if the
tire cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with
the spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indica
-
tor and the Low Tire Pressure tell
-
tale may turn on and illuminate
after restarting and about 20 min
-
utes of continuous driving before
you have the low pressure tire
repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low
tire pressure telltale may be illumi
-
nated if the tire pressure was
adjusted to the recommended tire
inflation pressure in warm weather.
It does not mean your TPMS is mal
-
functioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional
lowering of tire pressure.
You should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
when driving your vehicle in the fol
-
lowing conditions.
from a warm area to a cold area
from a cold area to a warm area
the outside temperature is
extremely high or low
When filling tires with more air, con
-
ditions to turn off the low tire pres
-
sure telltale may not be met. This is
because a tire inflator has a margin
of error in performance. The low
tire pressure telltale will be turned
off if the tire pressure is above the
recommended tire inflation pres
-
sure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Do not drive on low pressure tires.
Significantly low tire pressure can
cause the tires to overheat and fail
making the vehicle unstable result
-
ing in increased braking distances
and a loss of vehicle control.
TPMS malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will
illuminate after it blinks for approxi
-
mately one minute when there is a
problem with the TPMS.
If the system is able to correctly
detect an underinflation warning at
the same time as system failure, it
will illuminate both the TPMS mal
-
function and the low tire pressure
position telltales. For example, if the
Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS
malfunction indicator illuminates,
but if the Front Right, Rear Left, or
What to do in an emergency
126
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Rear Right tire is underinflated, the
low tire pressure position telltales
may illuminate together with the
TPMS malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible to determine the cause of
the problem.
The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if the vehicle is
moving around electric power
supply cables or radios transmit
-
ters such as at police stations,
government and public offices,
broadcasting stations, military
installations, airports, or trans
-
mitting towers, etc. This can
interfere with normal operation
of the TPMS.
The TPMS malfunction indicator
may illuminate if the vehicle is
equipped with snow chains or
some personal electronic devices
(such as a laptop computer,
mobile charger, remote starter or
navigation) are being used in the
vehicle. This can interfere with
normal operation of the TPMS.
Tire replacement with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will come on. Have
the flat tire repaired by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer as soon as possible
or replace the flat tire with the
spare tire.
CAUTION
Repair Agents
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by Kia to repair
and/or inflate a low pressure tire.
The sealant not approved by Kia
may damage the tire pressure sen
-
sor.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem. You
must use TPMS specific wheels. It is
recommended that you always have
your tires serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will remain on until
the low pressure tire is repaired and
placed on the vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the TPMS
malfunction indicator may illumi
-
nate after a few minutes. This is
because the TPMS sensor mounted
on the spare wheel is not yet acti
-
vated.
Once the low pressure tire is inflated
again to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle or the
TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel is initiated by
an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS
malfunction indicator and the low
13
6
6
What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
tire pressure telltale will turn off
within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicator has not disappeared
after a few minutes of driving,
please visit an authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is
replaced with the spare tire, the
TPMS sensor on the replaced spare
wheel should be initiated and the
TPMS sensor on the original
mounted wheel should be deacti
-
vated. If the TPMS sensor on the
original mounted wheel located in
the spare tire carrier still activates,
the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem may not operate properly. Have
the tire with TPMS serviced or
replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.
You may not be able to identify a
low tire by simply looking at it.
Always use a good quality tire pres
-
sure gauge to measure the tire's
inflation pressure. Please note that
a tire that is hot (from being driven)
will have a higher pressure mea
-
surement than a tire that is cold
(from sitting stationary for at least
3 hours and driven less than 1 mile
(1.6 km) during that 3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before mea
-
suring the inflation pressure. Always
be sure the tire is cold before inflat
-
ing to the recommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven
for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that
3 hour period.
Never use tire sealant if your vehicle
is equipped with a TPMS. The liquid
sealant can damage the tire pres
-
sure sensors.
The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors such
as nails or road debris.
If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off
the accelerator, apply the brakes
gradually and with light force, and
slowly move to a safe position off
the road.
NOTICE
Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or dis
-
abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) components may
interfere with the system's ability
to warn the driver of low tire pres
-
sure conditions and/or TPMS mal
-
functions. Tampering with,
modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may void the warranty
for that portion of the vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
146
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper
-
ate the device.
If you have a flat tire (with
spare tire)
If you have a flat tire, you can
change the flat tire to a spare tire
using tools.
WARNING
Driving on a flat tire will cause per
-
manent damage to the tire. Re-
inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely underin
-
flated or flat may cause a blowout
and a serious crash. Never attempt
to re-inflate a tire that has been
driven on while severely underin
-
flated or flat. In this case, repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as pos
-
sible.
WARNING
Changing as tire can be dangerous.
Follow the instructions in this sec
-
tion when changing a tire to reduce
the risk of serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack han
-
dle to stay clear of the flat end. The
flat end has sharp edges that could
cause cuts.
15
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Jack and tools
1.Jack handle
2.Wheel nut wrench
3.Driver
4.Socket
5.Jack
The jack and tools are stored in the
luggage side trim.
Remove the tray cover indicated in
the illustration.
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from "rattling"
while the vehicle is in motion,
store it properly.
Follow jacking instructions to
reduce the possibility of personal
injury.
WARNING
Changing tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in
the traffic lanes of a public road
or highway.
Always move the vehicle com
-
pletely off the road and onto the
shoulder before trying to change
a tire. The jack should be used on
firm level ground. If you cannot
find a firm level place off the road,
call a towing service company for
assistance.
Be sure to use the correct front
and rear jacking positions on the
vehicle; never use the bumpers or
any other part of the vehicle for
jacking support.
The vehicle can roll off the jack
causing serious injury or death.
Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the jack.
Do not allow anyone to remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
Make sure any children present
are in a secure place away from
the road and from the vehicle to
be raised with the jack.
WARNING
Tire jack
Do not place any portion of your
body under a vehicle that is only
supported by a jack since the vehicle
OON068005NR
What to do in an emergency
166
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
can easily roll off the jack. Use vehi
-
cle support stands.
WARNING
Changing tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in the
traffic lanes of a public road or high
-
way.
Always move the vehicle com
-
pletely off the road and onto the
shoulder before trying to change
a tire. The jack should be used on
a firm level ground. If you cannot
find a firm, level place off the
road, call a towing service com
-
pany for assistance.
Be sure to use the correct front
and rear jacking positions on the
vehicle; never use the bumpers or
any other part of the vehicle for
jack support.
Do not allow anyone to remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
Make sure any children present
are in a secure place away from
the road and from the vehicle to
be raised with the jack.
WARNING
Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of the
vehicle while the vehicle is on the
jack as this may cause the vehicle to
fall off the jack.
To prevent the jack from "rattling"
while the vehicle is in motion, store
it properly.
NOTICE
Retreaded tires
Possibly substantial variations in the
design and age of the tire casing
structures can limit service life and
have a negative impact on road
safety.
Removing the spare tire
Your spare tire is stored underneath
the back of your vehicle, directly
below the right sliding door.
To remove the spare tire:
1.Open the luggage floor cover and
find the plastic hex bolt cover on
the floor.
2.Remove the cover.
3.Use the tool to loosen the bolt
enough to lower the spare tire.
OON068006NR
17
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Turn the tool counterclockwise
until the spare tire reaches the
ground.
4.After the spare tire reaches the
ground, continue to turn the tool
counterclockwise, and draw the
spare tire outside. Never rotate
the tool excessively, otherwise
the spare tire carrier may be
damaged.
5.Remove the retainer from the
center of the spare tire.
Storing the spare tire
1.Place the wheel under the vehicle
and install the retainer through
the wheel center.
2.Turn the tool clockwise until it
clicks.
Ensure the spare tire retainer is
properly aligned with the center of
the spare tire to prevent the spare
tire from "rattling".
Otherwise, it may cause the spare
tire to fall off the carrier and lead to
an accident.
Changing tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to
you or those nearby. Take the fol
-
lowing safety precautions:
Never place any portion of your
body under a vehicle that is sup
-
ported by a jack.
NEVER attempt to change a tire in
the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move
OON068007NR
OON068008NR
OON068010NR
What to do in an emergency
186
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
the vehicle completely off the
road on level, firm ground away
from traffic before trying to
change a tire. If you cannot find a
level, firm place off the road, call a
towing service for assistance.
Be sure to use the jack provided
with the vehicle.
ALWAYS place the jack on the des
-
ignated jacking positions on the
vehicle and NEVER on the bum
-
pers or any other part of the
vehicle for jacking support.
Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the jack.
Do not allow anyone to remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
Keep children away from the road
and the vehicle.
1.Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2.Place the transmission shift lever
in P (Park).
3.Activate the hazard warning
flashers.
4.Remove the wheel lug nut
wrench, jack and spare tire from
the vehicle.
5.Block both the front and rear of
the wheel that is diagonally oppo
-
site from the jack position.
WARNING
Jack location
To reduce the possibility of injury,
be sure to use only the jack provided
with the vehicle in the correct jack
position; never use any other part of
the vehicle for jack support.
WARNING
Changing a tire
To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always set
the parking brake fully, and
always block the wheel diagonally
opposite the wheel being
changed.
We recommend that the wheels
of the vehicle be blocked, and that
OON061029NR
OON061030NR
19
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
no person remain in a vehicle that
is being jacked.
6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun
-
terclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
7.Place the jack at the front (1) or
rear (2) jacking position closest to
the tire you are changing. Place
the jack at the designated loca
-
tions under the frame. The jack
-
ing positions are plates welded to
the frame with two tabs and a
raised dot to line up with the jack.
8.Insert the wheel lug nut wrench
into the jack and turn it clockwise,
raising the vehicle until the tire
just clears the ground. This mea
-
surement is approximately 1 in
(30 mm).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta
-
ble and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
9.Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
10.Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away.
11.To put the wheel on the hub, pick
up the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip
OON061011
OON061012
OON061013
OON061014
What to do in an emergency
206
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
the wheel slightly and get the top
hole in the wheel lined up with the
top stud.
12.Jiggle the wheel back and forth
until the wheel can slide over the
other studs.
Wheels may have sharp edges.
Handle them carefully to avoid
possible severe injury. Before put
-
ting the wheel into place, be sure
that there is nothing on the hub
or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,
etc.) that prevents the wheel
from fitting solidly against the
hub.
WARNING
Installing a wheel
When you install a wheel, always
remove any corrosion, dirt or for
-
eign materials present on the
mounting surfaces of the wheel
or the surface of the wheel hub,
brake drum or brake disc that
contacts the wheel. Make sure to
secure any fasteners that attach
the rotor to the hub so they do
not interfere with the mounting
surfaces of the wheel. Installing
wheels without correct metal-to-
metal contact at the wheel
mounting surfaces can cause the
wheel nuts to loosen and the
wheel to come off while your
vehicle is in motion, resulting in
loss of vehicle control, personal
injury or death.
Make sure the wheel makes good
contact with the hub when
installed. If the contact of the
mounting surface between the
wheel and hub is not good, the
wheel nuts could come loose and
cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of
a wheel may result in loss of con
-
trol of the vehicle.
WARNING
Wheel covers will not fit on the vehi
-
cle's compact spare. If you try to put
a wheel cover on the compact spare,
the cover or the spare could be
damaged.
13.To install the wheel, hold it on
the studs, put the wheel nuts on
the studs and tighten them finger
tight.
14.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
completely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible with
your fingers again.
15.Insert the wrench into the jack
and lower the vehicle to the
ground by turning the wheel nut
wrench counterclockwise.
16.Position the wrench as shown in
the drawing and tighten the
wheel nuts. Be sure the socket is
seated completely over the nut.
Do not stand on the wrench han
-
dle or use an extension pipe over
the wrench handle.
17.Go around the wheel, tightening
every nut following the numerical
21
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
sequence shown in the image
until they are all tight. Double-
check each nut for tightness.
18.After changing wheels, have an
authorized Kia dealer tighten the
wheel nuts to their proper torque
as soon as possible.
19.To prevent the jack, wheel lug
nut wrench and spare tire from
rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
20.Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing
the spare tire. Adjust it to the
specified pressure, if necessary.
Refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 8-5.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
79~94 lbfft (11~13 kgfm)
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recom
-
mended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the
correct pressure. If it is too high,
adjust it until it is correct. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting the tire pressure. If the
cap is not replaced, dust and dirt
may get into the tire valve and air
may leak from the tire. If you lose a
valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its
place and return the jack and tools
to their proper storage locations.
CAUTION
Reusing lug nuts
Make certain during wheel removal
that the same nuts that were
removed are reinstalled - or, if
replaced, that nuts with metric
threads and the same chamfer con
-
figuration are used. Your vehicle has
metric threads on the wheel studs
and nuts. Installation of a non-met
-
ric thread nut on a metric stud will
not secure the wheel to the hub
properly and will damage the stud
so that it must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use
extreme care in checking for thread
style before installing aftermarket
lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, con
-
sult an authorized Kia dealer.
OON061015
What to do in an emergency
226
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
WARNING
Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they may
lose their ability to retain the wheel.
This could lead to the loss of the
wheel and a collision resulting in
serious injuries.
WARNING
Never use oil or grease on bolts or
nuts because the nuts might come
loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall
off, causing a crash.
Important - use of compact spare
tire
Your vehicle is equipped with a com
-
pact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regu
-
lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than
a conventional tire and is designed
for temporary use only.
You should drive carefully when
the compact spare is in use. The
compact spare should be replaced
by the proper conventional tire
and rim at the first opportunity.
The operation of this vehicle is
not recommended with more than
one compact spare tire in use at
the same time.
WARNING
Spare tire
The compact spare tire is for emer
-
gency use only. Do not operate your
vehicle on this compact spare at
speeds over 50 mph (80 km/h). The
original tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the spare possibly leading
to bodily injury or death.
The compact spare should be
inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure afterin
-
stalling the spare tire. Adjust it
tothe specified pressure, as neces
-
sary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
Under no circumstances should
you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a
higher speed could damage the
tire.
Ensure that you drive slowly
enough for the road conditions to
avoid all hazards. Any road haz
-
ard, such as a pothole or debris,
could seriously damage the com
-
pact spare.
Any continuous road use of this
tire could result in tire failure, loss
of vehicle control, and possible
personal injury.
23
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Do not exceed the vehicle's maxi
-
mum load rating or the load-car
-
rying capacity shown on the
sidewall of the compact spare
tire.
Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a
conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1
inch (25 mm), which could result
in damage to the vehicle.
Do not take this vehicle through
an automatic vehicle wash while
the compact spare tire is installed.
Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because of
the smaller size, a tire chain will
not fit properly. This could dam
-
age the vehicle and result in loss
of the chain.
Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
The compact spare tire's tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn com
-
pact spare tires with the same
size and design, mounted on the
same wheel.
The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other vehicle com
-
ponents may occur.
Do not use more than one com
-
pact spare tire at a time.
Do not tow a trailer while the
compact spare tire is installed.
Do not suddenly accelerate or
decelerate (0 ↔ 25 mph) in any
driving mode. It may cause leak
-
age of transfer oil.
What to do in an emergency
246
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Jack label
Type A
Type B
Type C
* The actual jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For
more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1.Model Name
2.Maximum allowable load
3.When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4.When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5.Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6.The designated locations under
the frame
7.When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8.Move the shift lever to the P posi
-
tion on vehicles with intelligent
variable transmission.
9.The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacturer
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
OHYK060006
OHYK060007
OSK3068045NR
25
6
6
What to do in an emergencyTowing
Towing
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commer
-
cial tow-truck service.
Towing service
Proper lifting and towing proce
-
dures are necessary to prevent
damage to the vehicle. The use of
wheel dollies (1) or flatbed is recom
-
mended.
On Front Wheel Drive (FWD) vehi
-
cles, it is acceptable to tow the vehi
-
cle with the rear wheel on the
ground (without dollies) and the
front wheels off the ground. If any
of the loaded wheels or suspension
components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing
dolly under the front wheels. When
being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used,
the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
On All Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles,
your vehicle must be towed with a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed
equipment with all the wheels off
the ground.
WARNING
Side and curtain Air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with side
and curtain air bag, set the ENGINE
START/STOP button to ACC position
when the vehicle is being towed.
The side and curtain air bag may
deploy when the ENGINE START/
STOP button to ON position and the
rollover sensor detects the situation
as a rollover.
NOTICE
If the EPB does not release normal-
ly, take your vehicle to an author-
ized Kia dealer by loading the vehi-
cle on a flatbed tow truck and have
the system checked.
OON061016L
What to do in an emergency
266
Towing
CAUTION
Towing
Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the front wheels on the
ground as this may cause damage
to the transmission.
Do not tow with sling-type equip
-
ment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
WARNING
If you tow the vehicle while the
front wheels are touching the
ground, the vehicle motor may
generate electricity and the
motor components may be dam
-
aged or a fire may occur.
When a vehicle fire occurs due to
the battery, there is a risk of a
second fire. Contact the fire
department when towing the
vehicle.
Towing without wheel dollies when
using a towing service
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1.Set the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to ACC position.
2.Place the transmission shift lever
in N (Neutral).
3.Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Towing gear position
Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may
cause internal damage to the vehi
-
cle.
OON061017
OON061018
7Maintenance
Maintenance
Engine compartment...............................................................7-4
Maintenance services...............................................................7-5
Owner maintenance.................................................................7-7
Scheduled maintenance service.............................................7-9
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...................7-15
Engine oil and filter................................................................7-19
Checking the engine oil level...............................................7-19
Changing the engine oil and filter......................................7-20
Engine coolant.........................................................................7-21
Checking the coolant level...................................................7-22
Changing the coolant...........................................................7-23
Brake fluid................................................................................7-24
Checking the brake fluid level.............................................7-24
Washer fluid.............................................................................7-25
Checking the washer fluid level..........................................7-25
Air cleaner filter......................................................................7-26
Replacing air cleaner filter..................................................7-26
Climate control air filter........................................................7-28
Inspecting and replacing climate control air filter..........7-28
Wiper blades............................................................................7-29
Front windshield wiper blade.............................................7-30
Replacing front windshield wiper blade............................7-30
Replacing rear window wiper blade...................................7-31
Battery.....................................................................................7-32
Tires and wheels.....................................................................7-35
Checking tire inflation pressure.........................................7-36
Tire rotation..........................................................................7-37
7Maintenance
Wheel alignment and tire balance.....................................7-38
Tire replacement..................................................................7-38
Wheel replacement..............................................................7-39
Tire traction...........................................................................7-39
Tire maintenance..................................................................7-39
Tire sidewall labeling............................................................7-40
Tire terminology and definitions.......................................7-43
All season tires......................................................................7-45
Summer tires........................................................................7-46
Snow tires..............................................................................7-46
Tire chains..............................................................................7-46
Radial-ply tires......................................................................7-47
Low aspect ratio tire............................................................7-47
Fuses.........................................................................................7-48
Replacing inner panel fuse..................................................7-50
Replacing engine compartment fuse................................7-51
Fuse/relay panel description..............................................7-53
Light bulbs................................................................................7-62
Headlamp bulb ......................................................................7-65
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Position lamp / Daytime
running lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type) bulb (Headlamp
Type B)...................................................................................7-66
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Front turn signal lamp
bulb (Headlamp Type A)......................................................7-66
Replacing Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb (Headlamp
Type A)...................................................................................7-67
Replacing front fog lamp bulb............................................7-67
Replacing side repeater lamp (LED Type) bulb................7-67
Replacing turn signal lamp (bulb Type) bulb....................7-68
7Maintenance
Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp
Type A)...................................................................................7-68
Replacing Tail lamp/Stop lamp/Rear turn signal lamp bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type B) .......................................7-69
Replacing Back Up lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type
A/B).........................................................................................7-69
Replacing High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED type) bulb.....7-69
Replacing license plate lamp bulb......................................7-70
Replacing map lamp (bulb type) bulb................................7-70
Replacing map lamp (LED type) bulb................................7-70
Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb....................................7-71
Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bulb..............................7-71
Replacing room lamp (LED type) bulb...............................7-72
Replacing personal lamp (LED Type) bulb........................7-72
Replacing glove box lamp....................................................7-73
Replacing luggage lamp bulb..............................................7-73
Replacing luggage lamp (LED Type) bulb .........................7-73
Appearance care.....................................................................7-74
Exterior care..........................................................................7-74
Interior care...........................................................................7-80
Emission control system.......................................................7-82
California perchlorate notice................................................7-85
Maintenance
47
Engine compartment
Maintenance
Engine compartment
Open the hood to see the engine compartment.
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
* The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1.Engine coolant reservoir
2.Engine oil filler cap
3.Brake fluid reservoir
4.Air cleaner
5.Fuse box
6.Negative battery terminal
7.Positive battery terminal
8.Engine oil dipstick
9.Radiator cap
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
OON071001L
5
7
7
MaintenanceMaintenance services
Maintenance services
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever
performing any maintenance or
inspection procedures.
Should you have any doubts con
-
cerning the inspection or servicing
of your vehicle, we strongly recom
-
mend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has fac
-
tory-trained technicians and genu
-
ine Kia parts to service your vehicle
properly. For expert advice and
quality service, see an authorized
Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi
-
cient servicing may result in opera
-
tional problems with your vehicle
that could lead to vehicle damage,
an accident, or personal injury.
Owner's responsibility
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsi
-
bility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor
-
dance with the scheduled mainte
-
nance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this
information to establish your com
-
pliance with the servicing and main
-
tenance requirements of your
vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Warranty & Con
-
sumer Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required
as a result of improper maintenance
or a lack of required maintenance
are not covered.
We recommend you have your vehi
-
cle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. Authorized
Kia dealers meet Kia's high service
quality standards and receive tech
-
nical support from Kia in order to
provide you with a high level of ser
-
vice satisfaction.
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) has issued
a general warning to all vehicle own
-
ers of all brands regarding the risks
associated with vehicle underbody
corrosion. From your initial pur
-
chase, take the following steps to
prevent unsafe corrosion damage to
your vehicle:
Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the winter
and whenever your vehicle has
Maintenance
67
Maintenance services
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
Use professional service techni
-
cians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for
corrosion.
Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visu
-
ally aware of corrosion flaking or
scaling or if you become aware of
a change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongy brakes,
fluids leaking, impairment of
directional control, suspension
noises or rattling metal straps.
NHTSA further advises that after
a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen
-
tial that you take these indicated
maintenance steps to ensure that
you protect yourself from unsafe
corrosion conditions.
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section
gives instructions only for the main
-
tenance items that are easy to per
-
form.
As explained earlier in this section,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with
special tools.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance proce
-
dure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance work
Do not wear jewelry or loose cloth
-
ing while working under the hood of
your vehicle with the engine run
-
ning. These items can become
entangled in moving parts, if you
must run the engine while working
under the hood, make certain that
you remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and neck
-
laces) and all neckties, scarves, and
7
7
7
MaintenanceOwner maintenance
similar loose clothing before getting
near cooling fans.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts (including
strut bars) while the vehicle is oper
-
ating or hot. Doing so could result in
serious bodily injury. Turn the vehi
-
cle off and wait until the metal parts
cool down to perform maintenance
work on the vehicle.
Owner maintenance
The following lists detail the vehicle
checks and inspections that should
be performed by the owner or an
authorized Kia dealer. They should
be performed at the indicated fre
-
quencies to help ensure the safe
and dependable operation of your
vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your
dealer as soon as possible.
These owner maintenance checks
are generally not covered by war
-
ranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
When you stop for fuel:
Check the coolant level in coolant
reservoir.
Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
Look for low or under-inflated
tires. Check if the front of the
radiator and condenser are clean
and not blocked with leaves, dirt
or insects etc. If any of the above
parts are extremely dirty or you
are not sure of their condition,
take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer.
Maintenance
87
Owner maintenance
WARNING
Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure.
While operating your vehicle:
Check for vibrations in the steer
-
ing wheel. Notice any increased
steering effort or looseness in the
steering wheel, or change in its
straight-ahead position.
Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer.
Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
Check the parking brake.
Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the
air conditioning system during or
after use is normal).
At least monthly:
Check the coolant level in the
coolant reservoir.
Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights,
turn signals and hazard warning
flashers.
Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year (i.e., every
Spring and Fall):
Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
Check the headlight alignment.
Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
At least once a year:
Clean the body and door drain
holes.
Lubricate the door hinges and
check the hood hinges.
Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
Lubricate the door rubber weath
-
erstrips.
Check the air conditioning system.
9
7
7
MaintenanceScheduled maintenance service
Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
Clean the battery and terminals.
Check the brake fluid level.
Visually inspect steering, suspen
-
sion, and chassis components for
damaged, loose, or missing parts
or signs of wear.
Scheduled maintenance service
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the follow
-
ing conditions apply.
Follow the Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions if any of
the following conditions apply.
Repeated driving short distance
of less than 5 miles (8 km) in nor
-
mal temperature or less than 10
miles (16 km) in freezing tem
-
perature.
Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances.
Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads.
Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather.
Driving in heavy dust condition.
Driving in heavy traffic area.
Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly.
Using for towing or camping and
driving with loading on the roof
Vehicle towing, driving for patrol
car, taxi, or other commercial use.
Frequently driving under high
speed or rapid acceleration/decel
-
eration
Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
If your vehicle is operated in any of
the prior listed conditions, you
Maintenance
107
Scheduled maintenance service
should inspect, replace or refill more
frequently, using the severe usage
maintenance schedule instead of
the normal usage maintenance
schedule.
NOTICE
After 10 years or 100,000 miles
(150,000 km), we recommend to
use severe maintenance schedule.
11
7
7
MaintenanceScheduled maintenance service
Normal maintenance schedule - Non Turbo Models
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good
emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle services to
protect your warranty. Where both mileage and date are shown, the fre
-
quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
R: Replace or change
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months1224364860728496108120132144
Miles1,00081624324048566472808896
Km1,00013263952657891104117130143156
Tire rotationRotate every 8,000 miles (13,000 km)
Fuel additives
*1
Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
*2
(Gasoline)
3.8 GDi
RRRRRRRRRRRR
Climate control air filter IRIRIRIRIRIR
Air cleaner filterIIRIIRIIRIIR
Brake fluid
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months, Replace every
48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
Spark plugsReplace every 96,000 miles (156,000 km)
Coolant (Engine)
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (195,000 km) or 120 months
After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
Vacuum hose
IIIIIIIIIIII
Air conditioner compressor/
refrigerant
Bolt and nuts on chassis and
body
Brake lines, hoses and connec
-
tions
Parking brake
Brake discs and pads
Suspension ball joints and
mountingbolts
Steering gear rack, linkage and
boots
Tire (pressure & tread wear)
Maintenance
127
Scheduled maintenance service
* 1. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is
recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer
along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
* 2. As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine
oil level should be checked on regular basis. The engine oil change interval
for normal operating conditions is based on the use of the recommended
engine specification. If the recommended engine oil specification is not
used, then replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule
under severe operating conditions.
* 3. Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic
inspection is recommended as the level of maintenance will be dependent
upon the quality fuel used in the vehicle.
* 4. If the vehicle has been submerged in water or in a flooded area, the flu
-
ids should be changed as a precaution.
* 5. The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is
reduced.
* 6. Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation.
Fuel filter (gasoline engine): The fuel filter is considered to be mainte
-
nance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance
schedule depends on fuel quality.
Drive shaft and boots
-I-I-I-I-I-I
Propeller shaft
Fuel tank and fuel cap
Fuel lines, hoses and connec
-
tions
Fuel tank air filter
*3
Cooling system---I-I-I-I-I
Rear axle oil (AWD)
*4
---I---I---I
Transfer case oil (AWD)
*4
Drive belts
*5
-
----IIIIIII
Valve clearance
*6
Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
Automatic transmission fluidNo service required
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months1224364860728496108120132144
Miles1,00081624324048566472808896
Km1,00013263952657891104117130143156
13
7
7
MaintenanceScheduled maintenance service
-If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc., replace the fuel filter
immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer for details.
Maintenance
147
Scheduled maintenance service
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used
under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropri
-
ate maintenance intervals.
R: Replace
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervalsDriving condition
Engine oil and engine oil filterR
Every 5,000 miles (8,000
km) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K
Automatic transmission fluid R
Every 56,000 miles (91,000
km)
A, C, F, G, H, I, J, K
Transfer case oil (AWD) R
Every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Rear axle oil (AWD) R
Every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Air cleaner filter RMore frequently C, E
Spark plugsRMore frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Climate control air filter IMore frequently C, E, G
Parking brake IMore frequently C, D, G, H
Brake discs, pads and calipers IMore frequently C, D, E, G, H, I, J, K
Suspension ball joints and
mounting bolts
IMore frequently C, D, E, F, G
Steering gear rack, linkage
and boots
IMore frequently C, D, E, F, G
Drive shafts and boots IMore frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Propeller shaft IMore frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
15
7
7
MaintenanceExplanation of scheduled maintenance items
Severe Driving Conditions
A: Repeatedly driving short distance
of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles
(16 km) in freezing temperature.
B: Extensive low speed driving for
long distances.
C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads.
D: Driving in areas using salt or
other corrosive materials or in very
cold weather.
E: Driving in heavy dust condition.
F: Driving in heavy traffic area.
G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain roads.
H: Using for towing or camping and
driving with loading on the roof
I: Vehicle towing, driving for patrol
car, taxi, or other commercial use.
J: Frequently driving under high
speed or rapid acceleration/deceler
-
ation.
K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go
conditions
Explanation of scheduled main
-
tenance items
The following parts require sched
-
uled maintenance.
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe con
-
ditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked peri
-
odically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel filter
Kia gasoline vehicles are equipped
with a lifetime fuel filter that is
integrated with the fuel tank. Regu
-
lar maintenance or replacement is
generally not needed. This may vary
depending on fuel quality. If you
experience any of the following: fuel
flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, or a hard starting issue,
inspection and, if necessary,
replacement may be needed. Have
the fuel filter inspected or replaced
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Maintenance
167
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec
-
tions
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and dam
-
age. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
Fuel tank and fuel cap
The fuel tank and fuel cap should be
inspected at those intervals speci
-
fied in the maintenance schedule.
Make sure that a new fuel tank or
fuel cap is correctly replaced.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi
-
dence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterio
-
ration. Particular attention should
be paid to examine those hose sur
-
faces nearest to high heat sources,
such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in con
-
tact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving components which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are pres
-
ent. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
When assembling parts, be sure to
wipe the inside and outside of the
boot bottom of the ignition coil and
the insulator of the spark plug with
a soft cloth to prevent contamina
-
tion of the spark plug insulator.
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
should perform the operation.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system compo
-
nents, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections for
leakage and damage. Replace any
damaged parts.
17
7
7
MaintenanceExplanation of scheduled maintenance items
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the main
-
tenance schedule.
Automatic transmission fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions,
the fluid should be changed at an
authorized Kia dealer in accordance
to the scheduled maintenance at
the beginning of this section.
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color is
usually red. As the vehicle is driven,
the automatic transmission fluid will
begin to look darker.
It is the normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace
the fluid based upon the changed
color.
CAUTION
Transmission fluids
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission mal
-
function and failure. Use only speci
-
fied automatic transmission fluid.
(Refer to "Recommended lubricants
and capacities" on page 8-6.)
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installa
-
tion, chafing, cracks, deterioration
and any leakage. Replace any dete
-
riorated or damaged parts immedi
-
ately.
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
NHTSA has warned all vehicle own
-
ers of all brands that they must
maintain their vehicles in a manner
which will prevent brake hose and
brake line failures due to corrosion
when such vehicles are exposed to
winter road salt and related chemi
-
cals. While serious corrosion condi
-
tions typically only manifest
themselves as safety issues after 7
years of vehicle use, the corrosion
process starts immediately and
thus underbody cleaning mainte
-
nance must commence from your
vehicle's first exposure to road salts
and chemicals. NHTSA urges vehicle
owners to take the following steps
to prevent corrosion:
1.Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly throughout the
winter and do a thorough washing
in the spring to remove road salt
and other de-icing chemicals.
2.Monitor the brake system for
signs of corrosion by having regu
-
lar professional inspections and
watching for signs of problems,
including loss of brake fluid,
Maintenance
187
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
unusual leaks and soft or spongy
feel in the brake pedal.
3.Replace the entire brake pipe
assembly if you find severe corro
-
sion that causes scaling or flaking
of brake components.
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level
should be between "MIN" and "MAX"
marks on the side of the reservoir.
Use only hydraulic brake fluid con
-
forming to DOT 4 specification.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever (or
pedal) and cables.
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks,
deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con
-
nections or replace parts as neces
-
sary.
Brake discs, pads and calipers
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and cali
-
pers for fluid leakage.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or dam
-
age. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Propeller shaft
Check the propeller shaft, boots,
clamps, rubber coupling and center
bearing rubber for cracks, deterio
-
ration, or damage. Replace any
damaged parts and if necessary,
repack the grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and dam
-
age.
19
7
7
MaintenanceEngine oil and filter
Checking fluid levels
When checking engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer
fluid, always be sure to clean the
area around any filler plug, drain
plug, or dipstick before checking or
draining any lubricant or fluid. This
is especially important in dusty or
sandy areas and when the vehicle is
used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the
plug and dipstick areas will prevent
dirt and grit from entering the
engine and other mechanisms that
could be damaged.
Engine oil and filter
Checking the engine oil level
Engine oil is used for lubricating,
cooling, and operating various
hydraulic components in the engine.
Engine oil consumption while driving
is normal, and it is necessary to
check and refill the engine oil regu
-
larly. Also, check and refill the oil
level within the recommended
maintenance schedule to prevent
deterioration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the
below procedure.
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
1.Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2.Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating tempera
-
ture.
3.Turn the engine off, remove the
oil filler cap and pull the dipstick
out. Wait for 15 minutes for the
oil to return to the oil pan.
4.Wipe the dipstick clean and re-
insert it fully.
OON071002
Maintenance
207
Engine oil and filter
5.Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. Check if the oil
level is between the F-L line, and
if it is below the L line, add enough
oil to bring the level to F line.
WARNING
Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may be
hot enough to burn you.
CAUTION
When you wipe the oil level gauge,
you should wipe it with a clean cloth.
When mixed with debris, it can
cause engine damage.
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
Use a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to "Recommended lubricants
and capacities" on page 8-6.)
Do not spill engine oil when adding
or changing engine oil. Wipe off
spilled oil immediately.
The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle and it will be stabilized
after driving 4,000 miles (6,000
km).
The engine oil consumption can be
affected by driving habits, climate
conditions, traffic conditions, oil
quality, etc. Therefore, it is rec
-
ommended that you inspect the
engine oil level regularly and refill
it if necessary.
Changing the engine oil and filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
If the maintenance schedule to
replace engine oil is exceeded, the
engine oil performance may dete
-
riorate, and the engine condition
may be affected. Therefore,
replace the engine oil according to
the maintenance schedule.
To keep the engine in optimal
condition, use the recommended
engine oil and filter. If the recom
-
mended engine oil and filter are
not used replace it according to
the maintenance schedule under
severe usage conditions.
The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replace
-
OON071003
21
7
7
MaintenanceEngine coolant
ment is to prevent oil deteriora
-
tion and it is irrelevant to oil
consumption. Check and refill
engine oil regularly.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in con
-
tact with the skin for prolonged
periods of time. Used engine oil con
-
tains chemicals that have caused
cancer in laboratory animals. Always
protect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
Do not leave used engine oil within
the reach of children.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot immedi
-
ately after the vehicle has been
driven and can cause burns during
replacement. Replace the engine oil
after the engine oil has cooled down.
Engine coolant
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year
round antifreeze coolant. The reser
-
voir is filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder cli
-
mate.
WARNING
Radiator/Inverter cap
Never attempt to remove the radia
-
tor or inverter cap while the engine
is operating or hot. Doing so might
lead to cooling system and engine
damage and could result in serious
bodily injury from escaping hot cool
-
ant or steam.
Recommended coolant
When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the
factory. An improper coolant mix
-
ture can result in serious malfunc
-
tion or damage.
Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the
specified coolant.
Do not use a solution that con
-
tains more than 60% antifreeze
or less than 35% antifreeze,
Maintenance
227
Engine coolant
which would reduce the effective
-
ness of the solution.
The cooling circuit of a vehicle
equipped with a heat pump sys
-
tem may freeze in extremely low
temperature when the concen
-
tration of the antifreezing liquid is
below 45%.
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure which
may result in serious injury.
Engine room rear view
Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
Never attempt to
remove the radia
-
tor cap while the
engine is operating or hot. Doing so
might lead to cooling system dam
-
age and could result in serious per
-
sonal injury from escaping hot
coolant or steam.
1.Turn the vehicle off and wait until
it cools down.
2.Use extreme care when removing
the radiator cap. Wrap a thick
towel around it, and turn it coun
-
terclockwise slowly to the first
stop.
3.Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
Ambient Tem
-
perature
Mixture Percentage (volume)
AntifreezeWater
5 F (-15 C)3565
-13 F (-25 C)4060
-31 F (-35 C)5050
-49 F (-45 C)6040
OON078004NR
OON078005NR
23
7
7
MaintenanceEngine coolant
4.When you are sure all the pres
-
sure has been released, press
down on the cap, using a thick
towel, and continue turning coun
-
terclockwise to remove it.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric
motor (cooling fan) is controlled by
coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure and vehicle speed. it may
sometimes operate even when the
vehicle is not running.
5.Check the condition and connec
-
tions of all cooling system hoses
and heater hoses.
6.Replace any swollen or deterio
-
rated hoses.
7.Check the coolant level. The cool
-
ant level should be filled between
F and L marks on the side of the
coolant reservoir when the engine
room is cool.
8.If the coolant level is low, add
enough specified coolant to pro
-
vide protection against freezing
and corrosion. Bring the level to F,
but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required,
see an authorized Kia dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth or fabric around
the radiator cap before refilling the
coolant in order to prevent the cool
-
ant from overflowing into engine
parts such as the alternator.
Maintenance
247
Brake fluid
Brake fluid
The brake fluid acts to transmit
force to the brake when the driver
depresses the brake pedal. Brake
fluid must be maintained periodi
-
cally to ensure that the brakes
operate smoothly.
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
1.Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap
thoroughly to prevent brake fluid
contamination.
CAUTION
Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in the brake
system. Small amounts of improper
fluids can cause damage to the
brake system.
2.Periodically check that the fluid
level in the brake fluid reservoir is
between MIN and MAX. The level
will fall with accumulated mileage.
This is a normal condition associ
-
ated with the wear of the brake
linings. If the fluid level is exces
-
sively low, have the brake system
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid.
(Refer to "Recommended lubricants
and capacities" on page 8-6.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When changing and adding brake
fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it
come in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid should come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush
them with a large quantity of fresh
tap water. Have your eyes examined
by a doctor as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to contact
the vehicle's body paint, as paint
damage will result.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed
to open air for an extended time
should never be used as its quality
OON078006NR
25
7
7
MaintenanceWasher fluid
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
CAUTION
To maintain your vehicles best
brake and ABS/ESC performance,
use Kia genuine brake fluid as in the
specification. (Classification : SAE
J1704 DOT4 LV, ISO4925 CLASS-
6,FMVSS116 DOT-4)
Washer fluid
Washer fluid is used when wiping
the windshield of the vehicle with a
windshield wiper. You should check
and refill washer fluid periodically to
make sure that it doesn't run out.
Checking the washer fluid level
The reservoir is translucent so that
you can check the level with a quick
visual inspection.
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if
necessary. Plain water may be
used if washer fluid is not avail
-
able. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in
cold climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
Flammable Fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open flames or
sparks. The windshield washer fluid
reservoir is flammable under certain
OON078007NR
Maintenance
267
Air cleaner filter
circumstances. This can result in a
fire.
WARNING
Coolant
Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid res
-
ervoir.
Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed on
the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
Windshield fluid
Do not drink the windshield washer
fluid. The windshield washer fluid is
poisonous to humans and animals.
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Replacing air cleaner filter
Air cleaner filter must be replaced
when necessary, and should not be
washed.
You can clean the filter when
inspecting the air cleaner compart
-
ment. Clean the filter by using com
-
pressed air.
1.Pull out the air cleaner cover.
2.Unlock by turning the locking lever
downward.
OON078009NR
OON078010NR
27
7
7
MaintenanceAir cleaner filter
3.Pull the air cleaner filter to
replace.
4.Lock the cover with the reverse
order.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in
extremely dusty or sandy areas,
replace the element more often
than the usual recommended inter
-
vals. (Refer to "Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions - Non
Turbo Models" on page 7-14.)
CAUTION
Air filter maintenance
Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in exces
-
sive engine wear.
When removing the air cleaner fil
-
ter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a
non-genuine part could damage
the air flow sensor.
OON078011NR
OON078012NR
Maintenance
287
Climate control air filter
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the main
-
tenance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced ear
-
lier.
Inspecting and replacing climate
control air filter
When you replace the climate con
-
trol air filter, replace it performing
the following procedure. Be careful
to avoid damaging other compo
-
nents.
1.Open the glove box and remove
the stoppers on both sides.
2.With the glove box open, pull the
pin and the support strap (1).
3.Remove the climate control air fil
-
ter cover while pressing the lock
on the upper side of the cover.
4.Replace the climate control air fil
-
ter.
OON078013NR
OON078014NR
OON078015NR
OON078016NR
29
7
7
MaintenanceWiper blades
5.Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly. Other
-
wise, the system may produce noise
and the effectiveness of the filter
may be reduced.
Wiper blades
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manu
-
ally.
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunc
-
tion and failure.
Blade inspection
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic vehicle washes have been
known to make the windshield diffi
-
cult to clean.
Contamination of either the wind
-
shield or the wiper blades with for
-
eign matter can reduce the
effectiveness of the windshield wip
-
ers. Common sources of contamina
-
tion are insects, tree sap, and hot
wax treatments used by some com
-
mercial vehicle washes. If the blades
ODEEV098012NR
Maintenance
307
Wiper blades
are not wiping properly, clean both
the window and the blades with a
good cleaner or mild detergent, and
rinse thoroughly with clean water.
Front windshield wiper blade
To inspect or replace the windshield
wiper blades and to prevent damag
-
ing the hood, move the windshield
wiper blades to the service position
as follows;
After turning off the engine,
move the wiper switch to the sin
-
gle wiping (MIST) position within
20 seconds and hold the switch
more than 2 seconds until the
wiper blade is in the fully up posi
-
tion
Replacing front windshield wiper
blade
Type A
1.Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
CAUTION
Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it
may chip or crack the windshield.
Do not pull wiper arm forward,
since arm could chip hood paint.
2.Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
OON071076
ODEEV098013NR
ODEEV098016NR
31
7
7
MaintenanceWiper blades
3.Lift it off the arm.
4.Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Type B
1.Raise the wiper arm.
2.Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then
pull down the blade assembly and
remove it.
3.Install the new blade assembly.
4.Return the wiper arm on the
windshield.
5.Turn ignition to the ON position
and wiper arms will return to the
normal operating position.
Replacing rear window wiper blade
1.Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
ODEEV098015NR
ODEEV098016NR
ODEEV098017NR
OON079074NR
Maintenance
327
Battery
2.Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3.Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
Battery
The battery powers the engine in
order to move the vehicle as well as
supplying power to the various
devices installed in the vehicle.
For best battery service
Keep the battery securely
mounted.
Keep the battery top clean and
dry.
Keep the terminals and connec
-
tions clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal
grease.
Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, dis
-
connect the battery cables.
OON079075NR
OON078017NR
33
7
7
MaintenanceBattery
WARNING
Risk of explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and all
other flames or sparks
away from the battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen -- a highly com
-
bustible gas which will
explode if it comes in contact with a
flame or spark.
Keep batteries out of the
reach of children because
batteries contain highly
corrosive SULFURIC ACID
and electrolytes. Do not allow bat
-
tery acid to contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide
ventilation when working
in an enclosed space.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate
medical attention. If electrolyte gets
on your skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel pain or
burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.
An inappropriately dis
-
posed battery can be
harmful to the environ
-
ment and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
The battery contains lead.
Do not dispose of it after
use. Please return the bat
-
tery to an authorized Kia dealer to
be recycled.
Never attempt to recharge the bat
-
tery when the battery cables are
connected.
WARNING
Risk of electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition
system while the vehicle is running.
This system works with high volt
-
age which can "zap" you.
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized elec
-
tronic devices to the battery, the
battery may be discharged. Never
use unauthorized devices.
WARNING
Recharging battery
Never attempt to recharge the bat
-
tery when the battery cables are
connected.
Maintenance
347
Battery
WARNING
Battery lead compound
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds. Wash hands after
handling.
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-
free, calcium-based battery
If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for
example, the headlights or inte
-
rior lights were left on while the
vehicle was not in use), recharge it
by slow charging (trickle) for 10
hours.
If the battery gradually dis
-
charges because of high electric
load while the vehicle is being
used, recharge it at 20~30 A for
two hours.
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in an
area with good ventilation.
Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce the
charging rate in following cases:
1.the battery cells begin gassing
(boiling) violently
2.the electrolyte temperature of
any cell exceeds 120 F (49 C).
Wear eye protection when check
-
ing the battery during charging.
Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1.Turn off the battery charger
main switch.
2.Unhook the negative clamp
from the negative battery ter
-
minal.
3.Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
Before performing maintenance
or recharging the battery, turn
off all accessories and stop the
vehicle.
The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
CAUTION
AGM battery
Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) bat
-
teries are maintenance free and
have the AGM battery serviced by
a professional workshop. Kia rec
-
ommends to visit an authorized
Kia dealer.
For charging your AGM battery,
use only fully automatic battery
chargers that are specially devel
-
oped for AGM batteries.
When replacing the AGM battery,
use parts for replacement from a
professional workshop. Kia rec
-
35
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
ommends to visit an authorized
Kia dealer.
Do not open or remove the cap on
top of the battery. This may
cause leaks of internal electrolyte
that could result in severe injury.
Reset items
The following items should be reset
after the battery has been dis
-
charged or the battery has been
disconnected.
Auto up/down window (Refer to
"Window opening and closing" on
page 4-39)
Trip computer (Refer to "Trip
information (trip computer)" on
page 4-87)
Climate control system (Refer to
"Automatic climate control sys
-
tem" on page 4-139)
Tires and wheels
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain the recommended
tire inflation pressures and stay
within the load limits and weight
distribution recommended for your
vehicle.
Recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
All tire pressures should be checked
when the tires are cold. "Cold Tires"
means the vehicle has not been
driven for at least three hours or
driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pres
-
sure, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 8-5.
All specifications (sizes and pres
-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side center
pillar.
Maintenance
367
Tires and wheels
WARNING
Tire underinflation
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Regularly check the tire
inflation pressure, and correct it as
needed: at least twice a month and
before any long trips on the road. If
you fail to observe this precaution,
you may be driving on underinflated
tires, which may not only compro
-
mise your vehicle's driving stability,
but also lead to tire damage and the
risk of an accident. This risk is much
higher on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
Failure to maintain specified pres
-
sure may result in excessive wear,
poor handling, reduced fuel econ
-
omy, deformation of tire and/or
wheel, harsh ride conditions, possi
-
bility for additional damage from
road hazards, or result in tire failure.
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than 1
mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pres
-
sure of other tires.
Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
Warm tires normally exceed rec
-
ommended cold tire pressures by
4~6 psi (28~41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires
will be underinflated.
WARNING
Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect
vehicle handling, and lead to sudden
tire failure. This could result in loss
of vehicle control and potential
injury.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Use a good quality gauge to check
tire pressure. You cannot tell if your
ODEEV098028NR
37
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
or at least three hours or driven no
more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
1.Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem.
2.Press the tire gauge firmly onto
the valve to get a pressure mea
-
surement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recom
-
mended pressure on the tire and
loading information label, no fur
-
ther adjustment is necessary.
3.If the pressure is low, add air until
you reach the recommended
amount.
4.If you overfill the tire, release air
by pushing on the metal stem in
the center of the tire valve.
5.Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
6.Be sure to put the valve caps back
on the valve stems. They help
prevent leaks by keeping out dirt
and moisture.
Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage. Always use a tire pressure
gauge.
Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly. This could
result in poor handling, loss of vehi
-
cle control, and sudden tire failure
leading to accidents, injuries, and
even death. The recommended cold
tire pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recom
-
mended that the tires be rotated
every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for
uneven wear and damage. Abnormal
wear is usually caused by incorrect
tire pressure, improper wheel align
-
ment, out of-balance wheels, severe
braking or severe cornering. Look
for bumps or bulges in the tread or
side of tire. Replace the tire if you
find either of these conditions.
Replace the tire if fabric or cord is
visible. After rotation, be sure to
bring the front and rear tire pres
-
sures to specification and check lug
nut tightness. (proper torque is
79~94 lbfft [11~13 kgfm])
Refer to "Tires and wheels" on page
8-5.
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are
rotated.
Maintenance
387
Tires and wheels
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to
left.
WARNING
Mixing tires
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances. This
may cause unusual handling charac
-
teristics.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire
life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may
need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road,
your wheels may need to be rebal
-
anced.
CAUTION
Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can dam
-
age your vehicle's aluminum wheels.
Use only approved wheel weights.
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread
wear indicator will appear as a solid
band across the tread.
This shows there is less than 1/16
inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the
tire. Replace the tire when this hap
-
pens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before
replacing the tire.
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
works by comparing the speed of
the wheels. The tire size affects
wheel speed. When replacing tires,
all 4 tires must use the same size
originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can
ODEEV098029NR
ODEEV098030NR
39
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
cause the ABS and Electronic Stabil
-
ity Control (ESC) to work irregularly.
It is best to replace all four tires at
the same time. If that is not possi
-
ble, or necessary, then replace the
two front or two rear tires as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can seriously
affect your vehicle's handling.
NOTICE
We recommend that when replac
-
ing tires, use the same originally
supplied with the vehicles. If not,
that affects driving performance.
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels
for any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
A wheel with an incorrect size may
adversely affect many things: wheel
and bearing life, braking and stop
-
ping abilities, handling characteris
-
tics, ground clearance, body-to-tire
clearance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibra
-
tion, headlight aiming and bumper
height.
CAUTION
Wheels
Wheels that do not meet Kia specifi
-
cations may fit poorly and result in
damage to the vehicle or unusual
handling and poor vehicle control.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when tread
wear indicators appear. Slow down
whenever there is rain, snow or ice
on the road to reduce the possibility
of losing control of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, cor
-
rect wheel alignment helps to
decrease tire wear.
If you find a tire is worn unevenly,
have your dealer check the wheel
alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort
and tire life. Additionally, a tire
should always be rebalanced if it is
removed from the wheel.
Maintenance
407
Tires and wheels
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac
-
teristics of the tire and also provides
the Tire Identification Number (TIN)
for safety standard certification.
The TIN can be used to identify the
tire in case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replace
-
ment tires for your vehicle. The fol
-
lowing explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size desig
-
nator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P235/65R17 108T
P: Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix "P" are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
235: Tire width in millimeters.
65: Aspect ratio. The tire's section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R: Tire construction code (Radial).
17: Rim diameter in inches.
108: Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T: Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you
need if you ever have to replace one.
The following explains what the let
-
ters and numbers in the wheel size
designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.0JX17
7.0: Rim width in inches.
J: Rim contour designation.
17: Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
ODEEV098031NR
41
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
tires. The speed rating is part of the
tire size designation on the sidewall
of the tire. This symbol corresponds
to that tire's designed maximum
safe operating speed.
3. Checking tire life
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
should be replaced by new ones. You
can find the manufacturing date on
the tire sidewall (possibly on the
inside of the wheel), displaying the
DOT code. The DOT code is a series
of numbers on a tire consisting of
numbers and English letters. The
manufacturing date is designated
by the last four digits (characters)
of the DOT code.
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four
numbers indicate week and year
manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1621 represents
that the tire was produced in the
16th week of 2021.
WARNING
Tire age
Replace tires within the recom
-
mended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended can
result in sudden tire failure, which
could lead to a loss of control and an
accident.
4. Tire ply composition and mate
-
rial
The number of layers or plies of
rubber- coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indi
-
cate the materials in the tire, which
include steel, nylon, polyester, and
others. The letter "R" means radial
ply construction; the letter "D"
means diagonal or bias ply con
-
struction; and the letter "B" means
belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maxi
-
mum permissible inflation pressure.
Refer to "Tire and loading informa
-
tion label" on page 5-167 for rec
-
ommended inflation pressure.
Speed Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S112 mph (180 km/h)
T118 mph (190 km/h)
H130 mph (210 km/h)
V149 mph (240 km/h)
W168 mph (270 km/h)
Y186 mph (300 km/h)
Maintenance
427
Tires and wheels
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maxi
-
mum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recom
-
mend that tires be replaced after
approximately six (6) years of nor
-
mal service. Heat caused by hot cli
-
mate or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the aging
process.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a compara
-
tive rating based on the wear rate
of the tire when tested under con
-
trolled conditions on a specified
government test course. For exam
-
ple, a tire graded 150 would wear
one-and-a-half times (1) as well
on the government course as a tire
graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use. Performance may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle
tires. The tires available as standard
or optional equipment on your vehi
-
cle may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on spec
-
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perfor
-
mance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead
braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction char
-
acteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire's resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi
-
tions on a specified indoor labora
-
tory test wheel.
43
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degrade and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C cor
-
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger vehicle tires
must meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the labo
-
ratory test wheel than the mini
-
mum required by law.
Tire terminology and definitions
Refer to the following for detailed
definitions of the terms that are
found in the tire description.
Air Pressure The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo
-
pascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight The combined
weight of optional accessories.
Some examples of optional accesso
-
ries are automatic transmission,
power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies
and the tread. Cords may be made
from steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo
-
pascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
Curb Weight The weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment (including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant), but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings A code molded into
the sidewall of a tire signifying that
the tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of Transportation
motor vehicle safety standards. The
DOT code includes the Tire Identifi
-
cation Number (TIN), an alphanu
-
meric designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer, pro
-
duction plant, brand and date of
production.
GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating
for the Front axle.
GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating
for the Rear axle.
Maintenance
447
Tires and wheels
Intended Outboard Sidewall The side
of an asymmetrical tire that must
always face outward when mounted
on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for
air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire A tire desig
-
nated by its manufacturer as pri
-
marily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipurpose
passenger vehicles.
Load ratings The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a
given inflation pressure.
Load Index An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corre
-
sponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maxi
-
mum air pressure is molded onto
the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating The load rat
-
ing for a tire at the maximum per
-
missible inflation pressure for that
tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight The num
-
ber of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
lbs. (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall The side of
a asymmetrical tire that has a par
-
ticular side that faces outward
when mounted on a vehicle. The
outward facing sidewall bears white
lettering or bears manufacturer,
brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the
same moldings on the inner facing
sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Pneumatic tire A mechanical device
made of rubber, chemicals, fabric
and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive
wheel, provides the traction and
contains the gas or fluid that sus
-
tains the load.
Production options weight The
combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over 5
lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard
items which they replace, not previ
-
ously considered in curb weight or
accessory weight. Examples include
heavy duty brakes, ride levelers,
45
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recom
-
mended tire inflation pressure and
shown on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to
the beads are laid at 90 degrees to
the centerline of the tread.
Rim A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are
seated.
Sidewall The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating An alphanumeric code
assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands,
sometimes called "wear bars," that
show across the tread of a tire
when only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of
tread remains.
UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards, a tire information sys
-
tem that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, tem
-
perature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce
-
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight The weight
of designated seating positions
multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus
the rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maxi
-
mum occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occu
-
pant weight.
Vehicle Placard A label permanently
attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and rec
-
ommended inflation pressure.
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good per
-
formance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road condi
-
tions.
All season tires are identified by ALL
SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
Maintenance
467
Tires and wheels
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior perfor
-
mance on dry roads.
Summer tire performance is sub
-
stantially reduced in snow and ice.
Summer tires do not have the tire
traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)
on the tire side wall. If you plan to
operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
conditions, Kia recommends the use
of snow tires or all season tires on
all four wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your vehicle with snow
tires, they should be the same size
and have the same load capacity as
the original tires.
Snow tires should be installed on all
four wheels; otherwise, poor han
-
dling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the
standard tires on the tire label on
the driver's side of the center pillar,
or up to the maximum pressure
shown on the tire sidewall, which
-
ever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph
(120 km/h) when your vehicle is
equipped with snow tires.
WARNING
Do not use summer tires at tem
-
peratures below 45 F (7 C) or
when driving on snow or ice. At
temperatures below 45 F (7 C),
summer tires can lose elasticity, and
therefore traction and braking
power as well. Change the tires on
your vehicle to winter or all-
weather tires of the same size as
the standard tires of the vehicle.
Both types of tires are identified by
the M+S (Mud and Snow) marking.
Using summer tires at very cold
temperatures could cause cracks to
form, thereby damaging the tires
permanently.
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should be
installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are installed
in accordance with the manufac
-
turer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear, do
not continue to use tire chains when
they are no longer needed.
When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at less
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
Use the SAE "S" class or wire
chains.
If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
47
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
chain to avoid contact with the
vehicle body.
To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driving
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels.
In unavoidable circumstance, use
a wire type chain.
Use wire chains less than 0.47
inches (12 mm) to prevent dam
-
age to the chain's connection.
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance
and smoother high speed ride.
The radial-ply tires used on this
vehicle are of belted construction,
and are selected to complement the
ride and handling characteristics of
your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have
the same load carrying capacity, as
bias-ply or bias belted tires of the
same size, and use the same rec
-
ommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-
ply or bias belted tires is not recom
-
mended. Any combinations of
radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to
follow is: Identical radial-ply tires
should always be used as a set of
four.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear.
It is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this sec
-
tion to achieve the tread life poten
-
tial of these tires. Cuts and
punctures in radial-ply tires are
repairable only in the tread area,
because of sidewall flexing. Consult
your tire dealer for radial-ply tire
repairs.
Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and
braking, it may be more uncomfort
-
able to ride in and there is more
noise compare with normal tires.
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than the
normal, the wheel and tire of the
low aspect ratio tire is easier to be
damaged. So, follow the instructions
below.
When driving on a rough road or
off road, drive cautiously because
tires and wheels may be dam
-
aged. And after driving, inspect
tires and wheels.
When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
Maintenance
487
Fuses
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not dam
-
aged.
If the tire is impacted, we recom
-
mend that you inspect the tire
condition or contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,900 miles (3,000
km).
It is not easy to recognize the tire
damage with your own eyes. But
if there is the slightest hint of tire
damage, even though you cannot
see the tire damage with your
own eyes, have the tire checked
or replaced because the tire dam
-
age may cause air leakage from
the tire.
If the tire is damaged by driving
on a rough road, off road, pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, it will not
be covered by the warranty.
You can find out the tire informa
-
tion on the tire sidewall.
Fuses
A vehicle's electrical system is pro
-
tected from electrical overload
damage by fuses.
Blade type
Cartridge type
Multi fuse
BFT
* Left side: Normal, Right side:
Blown
ODEEV098032NR
ODEEV098077NR
ODEEV098078NR
ODEEV098079NR
49
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver's side panel
bolster, the other in the engine
compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, acces
-
sories, or controls do not work,
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If
a fuse has blown, the element inside
the fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver's side
fuse panel.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.
Avoid using the system involved and
immediately consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating,
cartridge type, and multi fuse for
higher amperage ratings.
WARNING
Fuse replacement
Never replace a fuse with any
-
thing but another fuse of the
same rating.
A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly a fire.
Never install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse -
even as a temporary repair. It
may cause extensive wiring dam
-
age and a possible fire.
Do not arbitrarily modify or add-
on electric wiring to the vehicle.
NOTICE
When replacing a fuse, Turn
ENGINE START/STOP button to
the OFF position and turn off
switches of all electrical devices
then remove battery (-) terminal.
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
WARNING
Electrical Fire
Always ensure replacements fuses
and relays are securely fastened
when installed. Failure to do so can
result in a vehicle fire.
Do not remove fuses, relays and
terminals fastened with bolts or
nuts. The fuses, relays and termi
-
nals may be fastened incompletely,
and it may cause a possible fire. If
fuses, relays and terminals fastened
with bolts or nuts are blown, we
recommend that you consult with
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
When replacing a blown fuse or
relay, make sure the new fuse or
relay fits tightly into the clips. Fail
-
ure to tightly install the fuse or
Maintenance
507
Fuses
relay may cause damage to the wir
-
ing and electric systems.
CAUTION
Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into fuse/
relay terminals such as a screw
-
driver or wiring. It may cause con
-
tact failure and system
malfunction.
Do not plug in screwdrivers or
aftermarket wiring into the ter
-
minal originally designed for fuse
and relays only. The electrical
system and wiring of the vehicle
interior may be damaged or
burned due to contact failure.
If you directly connect the wire on
the taillight or replace the bulb
which is over the regulated capac
-
ity to install trailers etc., the inner
junction block can get burned.
WARNING
Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be per
-
formed by authorized Kia dealer
-
ships using approved Kia parts.
Using other wiring components,
especially when retrofitting multi
-
media or theft alarm system, car
phone or radio may cause vehicle
damage and increase the risk of a
vehicle fire.
NOTICE
Remodeling Prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any
way as doing so may affect the per
-
formance of several safety features
in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle
may also void your warranty and
cause you to be responsible for any
subsequent vehicle damage which
may result.
Replacing inner panel fuse
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF position and all
other switches off.
2.Open the fuse panel cover.
3.Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool pro
-
vided on the engine fuse panel
cover.
OON071018
51
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
4.Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5.Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits
tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a cir
-
cuit you may not need for operating
the vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,
stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail
lamp or High Mounted Stop Lamp
(HMSL) do not work and the fuses
are OK, check the fuse panel in the
engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced.
NOTICE
If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig
-
nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction
even without any problem to the
lamps, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer for assis
-
tance.
Replacing engine compartment
fuse
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF position and all
other switches off.
2.Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up.
3.Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4.Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits
tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely,
consult an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Always securely install the fuse
panel cover in the engine compart
-
ment to protect against electrical
failure which may occur from water
contact. Listen for the audible click
-
OON078064NR
OON078020NR
Maintenance
527
Fuses
ing sound to ensure fuse panel cover
is securely fastened.
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF position and all
other switches off.
2.Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3.Remove the nuts shown in the
picture above.
4.Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5.Reverse these steps to reinstall
the multi fuse.
NOTICE
Do not disassemble or assemble the
multi fuse when it is secured with
nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial
assembly torque may cause a fire.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Main fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF position and all
other switches off.
2.Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3.Remove the nuts shown in the
picture above.
4.Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5.Reverse these steps to reinstall
the multi fuse.
NOTICE
The electronic system may not
function correctly even when the
engine compartment and internal
fuse box's individual fuses are not
disconnected. In such case the cause
of the problem may be disconnec
-
tion of the main fuse (BFT type),
which is located inside the positive
battery terminal (+) cap.
Since the main fuse is designed
more intricately than other parts,
OON078021NR
OON078022NR
53
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Do not disassemble or assemble the
multi fuse when it is secured with
nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial
assembly torque may cause a fire.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Battery fuse
If the battery fuse is blown, it must
be removed as follows:
1.Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
2.Remove the nuts shown in the
picture below.
3.Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
4.Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
NOTICE
If the battery fuse is blown, have
the vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap to
ensure it is securely closed. If the
battery cap is not securely closed,
moisture may enter the system and
damage the electrical components.
Fuse/relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
OON078023NR
Maintenance
547
Fuses
Driver's side fuse panel
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle. It is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse
panel in your vehicle, refer to the
fuse panel label on the inside of the
fuse cover. This diagram will provide
you with the specific information
for your vehicles.
OON071024
OON070025NR
55
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
DescriptionFuse ratingProtected component
MODULE 47.5 A
ATM (Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Switch, Stop Lamp
Switch, Driver Door Module
AIR BAG 115 A
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Pas
-
senger Occupant Detection Sensor
BRAKE SWITCH7.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Stop Lamp Switch
MODULE 915 A
Front A/C Control Module, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio),
Power Tail Gate Module, Driver IMS Control Module, Driver
Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Rear
A/C Control Module
MODULE 127.5 AHead-Up Display
MODULE 1010 A
Rear Corner Radar LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror, Console
Switch
AIR BAG IND10 AFront A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster
IBU 17.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
MODULE 27.5 A
Surround View Monitor Unit, AC Inverter Outlet, AC Inverter
Unit, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat
Warmer Control Module,2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control
Module LH/RH,2ND Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH
MODULE 87.5 A
Hazard Switch, Rain Sensor, Driver/Passenger Smart Key
Outside Handle, Mood Lamp Control Unit, Driver/Passenger
Mood Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp, Rear Door
Mood Lamp LH/RH
S/HEATER (FRT)20 A
Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer
Control Module, Data Link Connector
AIR BAG 215 ASRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module
MODULE 57.5 A
Front View Camera, Crash Pad Switch, IBU (Integrated Body
Control Unit), Front Radar, ATM (Auto Transmission) Shift
Lever Indicator, 4WD ECM (Engine Control Module), Console
Switch, Electronic Parking Brake Switch
IBU 215 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
SUNROOF 220 ARear Sunroof Controller
MODULE 17.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
P/WINDOW RH25 A
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety
Power Window Module RH
RR SEAT (LH)25 A
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH, 2ND Seat
Warmer Control, Module LH, 2ND Seat LH Reclining Folding
Actuator
CLUSTER7.5 AInstrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
MDPS10 AMDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
Maintenance
567
Fuses
A/C7.5 A
E/R Junction Block (Blower FRT Relay, Blower RR Relay, PTC
Heater 1/2 Relay), Front A/C Control Module, Rear A/C Con
-
trol Module
CHILD LOCK15 A
ICM (Integrated Circuit Module) Relay Box (Child Lock/Unlock
Relay)
DOOR LOCK20 A
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, T/Turn
Unlock Relay
SUNROOF 120 AFront Sunroof Controller
MODULE 1110 ARear Occupant Detection Sensor
P/WINDOW LH25 A
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power
Window Module LH
MODULE 37.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
MODULE 67.5 A
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Low DC-DC Converter
(Audio/AMP), Front A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic
Mirror, Center fascia Keyboard, Driver/Passenger Seat
Warmer Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer LIN Switch,
Driver IMS Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Control
Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module,2ND Air Venti
-
lation Seat Control Module LH/RH,2ND Seat Warmer Control
Module LH/RH
WASHER15 A
Multifunction Switch, Front Washer Motor, Rear Washer
Motor, Washer Level Sensor
RR SEAT (RH)25 A
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module RH, 2ND Seat
Warmer Control, Module RH, 2ND Seat RH Reclining Folding
Actuator
WIPER RR15 ARear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
AMP25 ALow DC-DC Converter (AMP)
ACC7.5 A
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Low DC-DC Converter
(Audio/AMP)
P/SEAT (PASS)30 APassenger Seat Manual Switch
P/SEAT (DRV)30 ADriver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch
DescriptionFuse ratingProtected component
57
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
Engine compartment fuse panel
OON078027NR
OON071029L
Maintenance
587
Fuses
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected
MDPS80 AMDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
COOLING FAN80 ACooling Fan Controller
EPB60 AESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
B+250 A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 8/IPS 10/IPS 11/IPS 12/IPS 13/IPS
14/IPS 15)
B+350 A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, RR SEAT (LH), P/
SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS), MODULE 11)
B+450 A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE 8, S/HEATER (FRT), P/
WINDOW RH, AMP, SUNROOF 1)
ESC 140 AESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
ESC 240 AESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
PTC HEATER 150 APTC Heater 1 Relay
PTC HEATER 250 APTC Heater 2 Relay
ECU 615 AECM (Engine Control Module)
TCU 115 ATCM (Transmission Control Module)
TCU 315 ATCM (Transmission Control Module)
B+550 A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, IBU (Integrated Body
Control Unit) 1, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) 2, BRAKE
SWITCH, CHILD LOCK, RR SEAT (RH), SUNROOF 2)
TRAILER 330ATrailer Connector
BLOWER FRT 140 ABlower FRT Relay
OIL PUMP40 AElectric Oil Pump Inverter
REAR HEATED40 ARear Heated Relay
B+150 A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7, Long/
Short Term Load Latch Relay)
BLOWER RR 140 ABlower RR Relay
4WD20 A4WD ECM (Engine Control Module)
AMS10 ABattery Sensor
H/LAMP HI15 AH/Lamp HI Relay
IG240 AStart Relay, PCB Block (IG2 Relay)
TRAILER 230ATrailer Connector
INVERTER30 AAC Inverter Unit
POWER TAIL GATE30 APower Tail Gate Module
TRAILER 130 ATrailer Connector
HEATED MIRROR10 A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Front A/C Control
Module
59
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
BLOWER RR 210 ARear A/C Control Module
WIPER FRT 210 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
BLOWER FRT 210 AFront A/C Control Module
WIPER FRT 130 AWiper FRT Relay
B/ALARM HORN15 AB/Alarm Horn Relay
FUEL PUMP20 AFuel Pump Relay
ACC 140 AACC 1 Relay
ACC 240 AACC 2 Relay
ECU 530 AEngine Control Relay
IG140 AIG1 Relay
A/C10 AA/C Relay
HORN15 AHorn Relay
POWER OUTLET 220 AFront Power Outlet
ACC 315 A
Rear USB Charger, Luggage USB Charger, Driver/Passenger
Seat Cushion USB Charger
ACC 410 AFront USB Charger, Rear USB Charger RH
ICU10 AICU Junction Block (Fuse - ACC)
SENSOR 110 AFuel Pump Relay
SENSOR 415 ACanister Close Valve, Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4
ESC 310 A
Data Link Connector, ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Mod
-
ule
TCU 210 A
TCM (Transmission Control Module), Transaxle Range
Switch
SENSOR 610 AElectric Oil Pump Inverter
ECU 410 AECM (Engine Control Module)
POWER OUTLET 120 ALuggage Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET 320 ARear Power Outlet
SENSOR 510 AOil Pump Solenoid
SENSOR 210 A
A/C Relay, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve
#1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/Exhaust), Variable Intake Solenoid
Valve #1/#2, Electronic Thermostat
SENSOR 320 ACooling Fan Controller
ECU 120 AECM (Engine Control Module)
ECU 220 AECM (Engine Control Module)
ECU 320 AECM (Engine Control Module)
IGN COIL20 AIgnition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6
Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected
Maintenance
607
Fuses
Refer to the following table for the relay type.
Relay NameType
Blower FRT RelayMINI
Rear Heated RelayMINI
Start RelayMICRO
PTC Heater 1 RelayMICRO
PTC Heater 2 RelayMICRO
H/LAMP HI RelayMICRO
Blower RR RelayMICRO
Wiper Lo RelayMICRO
Wiper Hi RelayMICRO
Wiper FRT RelayMICRO
FUEL PUMP RelayMICRO
61
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
Battery terminal cover
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle. It is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse
panel in your vehicle, refer to the
fuse panel label.
OON078031NR
Maintenance
627
Light bulbs
Light bulbs
Light bulbs are installed in various
parts of the vehicle to provide light
-
ing inside and outside the vehicle as
well as to alert other vehicles.
Bulb replacement precaution
Please keep extra bulbs on hand
with appropriate wattage ratings in
case of emergencies.
Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 8-
4.
When changing lamps, first turn off
the vehicle at a safe place, firmly
apply the parking brake and detach
the battery's negative (-) terminal.
WARNING
Working on the lights
Prior to working on the light, firmly
apply the parking brake, ensure that
the vehicle start/stop button is in
OFF position and turn off the lights
to avoid sudden movement of the
vehicle and burning your fingers or
receiving an electric shock.
Use only bulbs of the specified
wattage.
CAUTION
Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burned-out
bulb with one of the same wattage
rating. Otherwise, it may cause
damage to the fuse or electric wir
-
ing system.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts
used to secure them. Failure to do
so may result in heat damage, fire,
or water entering the headlight unit.
This may damage the headlights or
cause condensation to build up on
the lens. To prevent damage or fire,
make sure bulbs are fully seated
and locked.
CAUTION
Headlamp Lens
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlamp lens with chemical sol
-
vents or strong detergents.
NOTICE
If the light bulb or lamp connector
is removed while the lamp is still
on, the fuse box's electronic sys
-
tem may log it as a malfunction.
Therefore, a lamp malfunction
incident may be recorded as a
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
the fuse box.
It is normal for an operating lamp
to flicker momentarily. This is due
to a stabilization function of the
vehicle's electronic control device.
If the lamp lights up normally
after momentarily blinking, then
it is functioning as normal.
63
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off
completely, there may be an error
in the vehicle's electronic control
device. Please have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer immediately.
NOTICE
We recommend that the headlight
aiming be adjusted by an authorized
Kia dealer after an accident or after
the headlight assembly is rein
-
stalled.
NOTICE
You can find moisture inside the lens
of lamps after a car wash or driving
in the rain. It is a natural event
caused by the temperature differ
-
ence between the inside and the
outside of the lamp and does not
mean a problem with its functions.
The moisture inside the lamp would
disappear if you drive the vehicle
with the headlamp turned on, how
-
ever, the level at which the moisture
is removed may differ depending on
the size/location/condition of the
lamp. If the moisture continues to
stay inside the lamp, we recom
-
mend that you have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
If you don't have the necessary
tools, the correct bulbs and the
expertise, consult an authorized Kia
dealer. In many cases, it is difficult
to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle
must be removed before you can
get to the bulb. This is especially
true if you have to remove the
headlamp assembly to get to the
bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle. If non-genuine parts or
substandard bulbs are used, it may
lead to blowing a fuse or other wir
-
ing damages.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to
the vehicle. If additional lights are
installed, it may lead to lamp mal
-
functions and flickering. Addition
-
ally, the fuse box and other writing
may be damaged.
Maintenance
647
Light bulbs
Light bulb position (Front)
Headlamp Type A
Headlamp Type B
Fog lamp
1.Headlamp (Bulb Type) (Low/High)
2.Position lamp / Daytime running
lamp (LED Type)
3.Front turn signal lamp (Bulb Type)
4.Side marker (Bulb Type)
5.Headlamp (LED Type) (Low)
6.Headlamp (LED Type) (Sub Low)
7.Headlamp (LED Type) (High)
8.Position lamp / Daytime running
lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED
Type)
9.Side marker (LED Type)
10.Front fog lamp (LED Type)
Light bulb position (Rear)
Rear combination lamp - Type A
Rear combination lamp - Type B
OON078033NR
OON078035NR
OON078037NR
OON078040NR
OON078042NR
65
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
Rear turn signal lamp
High Mounted Stop Lamp (HMSL)
License plate lamp
1.Tail lamp (Bulb Type)
2.Stop lamp (Bulb Type)
3.Back up lamp (Bulb Type)
4.Side marker (Bulb Type)
5.Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb Type)
6.Tail lamp/Stop lamp/Rear turn
signal lamp (LED Type)
7.Side marker (LED Type)
8.High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED
Type)
9.License plate lamp (Bulb Type)
Light bulb position (Side)
1.Side repeater lamp (LED type)
Headlamp bulb
OON078044NR
OON078047NR
OON071049
OON078050NR
OSK3078081NR
Maintenance
667
Light bulbs
WARNING
Halogen bulbs
Handle halogen bulbs with care.
Halogen bulbs contain pressurized
gas that will produce flying pieces
of glass if broken.
Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact
with liquids. Never touch the glass
with bare hands. Residual oil may
cause the bulb to overheat and
burst when lit. A bulb should be
operated only when installed in a
headlamp.
If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
Wear eye protection when chang
-
ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) /
Position lamp / Daytime running
lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type)
bulb (Headlamp Type B)
If the Headlamp (Low/High)/ Posi
-
tion lamp/Daytime running lamp/
Turn signal lamp (1) does not oper
-
ate, have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) /
Front turn signal lamp bulb (Head
-
lamp Type A)
1.Open the hood.
2.Remove the bulb socket-connec
-
tor by turning it counterclockwise.
3.Remove the bulb from the lamp
assembly.
4.Install a new bulb.
5.Connect the bulb socket-connec
-
tor.
OON078051NR
OON078052NR
67
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
Replacing Position lamp + DRL (LED
type) bulb (Headlamp Type A)
If the position lamp + DRL (LED) (1)
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit. A
skilled technician should check or
repair the position lamp + DRL (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Replacing front fog lamp bulb (if
equipped)
If the front fog lamp (1) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Replacing side repeater lamp (LED
Type) bulb
If the side repeater lamp (LED), does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit.
OON078065NR
OON078038NR
OON078050NR
Maintenance
687
Light bulbs
A skilled technician should check or
repair the side repeater lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Replacing turn signal lamp (bulb
Type) bulb (if equipped)
If the rear turn signal lamp (Bulb
Type) does not operate, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type A)
1.Open the liftgate.
2.Loosen the lamp assembly retain
-
ing screws with a screwdriver.
3.Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
4.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
5.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket.
6.Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it
until it locks into place.
7.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly and
turning the socket clockwise.
8.Reinstall the lamp assembly to
the body of the vehicle.
OON078057NR
OON078054NR
69
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
Replacing Tail lamp/Stop lamp/Rear
turn signal lamp bulb (Rear combi
-
nation lamp Type B)
If the Tail lamp/Stop lamp/Rear turn
signal lamp (LED Type) does not
operate, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Replacing Back Up lamp bulb (Rear
combination lamp Type A/B)
If the Back Up lamp bulb (Bulb Type)
(1) does not operate, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Replacing High Mounted Stop Lamp
(LED type) bulb
If the High Mounted Stop Lamp
(LED) (1), does not operate, have
the vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the High Mounted Stop Lamp
(LED), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
OON078053NR
OON078070NR
OON078046NR
Maintenance
707
Light bulbs
Replacing license plate lamp bulb
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly
from interior.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Install the lamp assembly to inte
-
rior.
Replacing map lamp (bulb type)
bulb
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the lens,
lens tab, and plastic housings or get
them dirty.
Replacing map lamp (LED type)
bulb
If the map lamp (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because they
are part of an integrated unit. The
LED lamps have to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the map lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
OON071066
OON078061NR
OON078058NR
71
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button
is depressed to avoid burning your
fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
If the map lamp (LED type) does not
operate, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte
-
grated unit. The LED lamps have to
be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the map lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the lens,
lens tab, and plastic housings or get
them dirty.
Replacing room lamp (bulb type)
bulb
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the lens,
lens tab, and plastic housings or get
them dirty.
OON078073NR
OON078062NR
Maintenance
727
Light bulbs
Replacing room lamp (LED type)
bulb
If the Room lamp (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because they
are part of an integrated unit. The
LED lamps have to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the Room lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Replacing personal lamp (LED Type)
bulb
If the personal lamp (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte
-
grated unit. The LED lamps have to
be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the personal lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
OON078059NR
OON078060NR
73
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
Replacing glove box lamp
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly
from interior.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Install the lamp assembly to inte
-
rior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to damage the lens,
lens tab, and plastic housings or get
them dirty.
Replacing luggage lamp bulb
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
Replacing luggage lamp (LED Type)
bulb
If the luggage lamp (LED) (1) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OON078069NR
OON078068NR
OON078067NR
Maintenance
747
Appearance care
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because they
are part of an integrated unit. The
LED lamps have to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the Liftgate room lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the lens,
lens tab, and plastic housings or get
them dirty.
Appearance care
Use the information in the following
sections to keep the exterior and
interior of your vehicle clean.
Exterior care
Use the information in the following
sections to maintain the exterior of
your vehicle. Keeping the exterior
clean is not only aesthetically pleas
-
ing, but it also helps to prolong the
life of the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you park the vehicle around a
stainless signboard or windshield
building etc., the plastic exterior
trim (bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp,
outside mirror etc.) may be dam
-
aged by reflected sunlight from the
external structure. To avoid damag
-
ing the plastic exterior trim, park
the vehicle away from the areas
where the reflected light may occur
or use a vehicle cover (Depending on
the vehicle, the type of exterior trim
applied such as spoiler may differ).
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the
label directions when using any
chemical cleaner or polish. Read all
warning and caution statements
that appear on the label.
75
7
7
MaintenanceAppearance care
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after
each off-road trip. Pay special
attention to the removal of any
accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and
other foreign materials. Make sure
the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are
kept clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle's
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove
all these deposits. A mild soap, safe
for use on painted surfaces, may be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold
water. Do not allow soap to dry on
the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow for
-
ward speed.
CAUTION
Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do
not wash the vehicle in direct sun
-
light or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
Be careful when washing the side
windows of your vehicle, espe
-
cially with high-pressure water.
Water may leak through the win
-
dows and wet the interior.
To prevent damage to the plastic
parts and lamps, do not clean with
chemical solvents or strong
detergents.
High-pressure washing
When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient
distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
Do not spray the camera, sensors or
its surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may
cause the device to not operate
normally.
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be dam
-
aged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
Maintenance
767
Appearance care
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow for
-
ward speed.
CAUTION
Wetting engine compartment
Water washing in the engine com
-
partment including high pressure
water washing may cause the
failure of electrical circuits located
in the engine compartment.
Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
After the vehicle has been
washed, brake carefully while
paying attention to the traffic
conditions until the braking effect
has been fully restored.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer's instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to
maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar mate
-
rials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be
sure to re-wax these areas even if
the rest of the vehicle does not yet
need waxing.
Be careful not to touch the lens
when waxing the lamps.
CAUTION
Drying vehicle
Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, acid detergents or
strong detergents containing high
alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized alumi
-
num parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating
and cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
OON071063
77
7
7
MaintenanceAppearance care
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body shop
applies anti-corrosion materials to
the parts repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
To remove road tar and insects, use
a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
To protect the surfaces of bright
metal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preserva
-
tive and rub to a high luster.
During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chem
-
icals are used in cold weather states
to melt snow and prevent ice accu
-
mulation. If these chemicals are not
regularly removed, they will corrode
the vehicle underbody and, over
time, damage many parts: the fuel
lines, the fuel tank retention sys
-
tem, the vehicle's suspension, the
exhaust system, and even the body
frame.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration has warned all vehi
-
cle owners of all brands of the need
to take the following steps:
Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the winter
and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
Use professional service techni
-
cians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for
corrosion.
Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visu
-
ally aware of corrosion flaking or
scaling or if you become aware of
a change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongy brakes,
fluids leaking, impairment of
directional control, suspension
noises or rattling metal straps.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
Maintenance
787
Appearance care
Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum
wheels. They may scratch or
damage the finish.
Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corro
-
sion.
Avoid washing the wheels with
high speed vehicle wash brushes.
Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergents. They may damage
and corrode the aluminum wheels
coated with a clear protective fin
-
ish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corro
-
sion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to com
-
bat corrosion, we produce vehicles
of the highest quality. However, this
is only part of the job. To achieve
the long-term corrosion resistance
your vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corro
-
sion on your vehicle are:
Road salt, dirt and moisture that
is allowed to accumulate under
-
neath the vehicle.
Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abra
-
sion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
Exposure to corrosive environ
-
ments
If you live in an area where your
vehicle is regularly exposed to cor
-
rosive materials, corrosion protec
-
tion is particularly important. Some
of the common causes of acceler
-
ated corrosion are road salts, dust
control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, par
-
ticularly when temperatures are
just above freezing. In such condi
-
tions, the corrosive material is kept
in contact with the vehicle's surface
by moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be
dry, it can still retain the moisture
and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also acceler
-
ate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these rea
-
79
7
7
MaintenanceAppearance care
sons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other
materials. This applies not only to
the visible surfaces but particularly
to the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the follow
-
ing:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is par
-
ticularly important.
If you live in a corrosion-prone area
where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial pol
-
lution, acid rain, etc., you should
take extra care to prevent corrosion.
In winter, hose off the underside of
your vehicle at least once a month
and be sure to clean the underside
thoroughly when winter is over.
When cleaning underneath the vehi
-
cle, give particular attention to the
components under the fenders and
other areas that are hidden from
view. Do a thorough job; just damp
-
ening the accumulated mud rather
than washing it away will accelerate
corrosion rather than prevent it.
Water under high pressure and
steam are particularly effective in
removing accumulated mud and
corrosive materials.
When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accel
-
erate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This cre
-
ates a favorable environment for
corrosion. This is particularly true if
you wash your vehicle in the garage
or drive it into the garage when it is
still wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can con
-
tribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condi
-
tion
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the
attention of a qualified body and
paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings: Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
Maintenance
807
Appearance care
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause cor
-
rosion. Check under the mats peri
-
odically to be sure the carpeting is
dry. Use particular care if you carry
fertilizers, cleaning materials or
chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in
proper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed
with clean water and thoroughly
dried.
Interior care
Use the information in the following
sections to maintain the interior of
your vehicle.
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand
cleaner, and air freshener from con
-
tacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discolor
-
ation. If they do contact the interior
parts, wipe them off immediately. If
necessary, use a vinyl cleaner, see
product instructions for correct
usage.
CAUTION
Electrical components
Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electrical/elec
-
tronic components inside the vehicle
as this may damage them.
CAUTION
Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol
content solutions. If you use high
alcohol content solutions or acid/
alkaline detergents, the color of the
leather may fade or the surface
may get stripped off.
Taking care of leather seats
Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the
seat. It will prevent abrasion or
damage of the leather and main
-
tain its quality.
Wipe the natural leather seat
cover often with dry or soft cloth.
Sufficient use of a leather protec
-
tive may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the
color. Be sure to read the instruc
-
tions and consult a specialist
when using leather coating or
protective agents.
Leather with bright colors (beige,
cream beige) is easily contami
-
nated. Clean the seats frequently.
Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It
may cause the surface to crack.
81
7
7
MaintenanceAppearance care
Cleaning the leather seats
Remove all contaminations
instantly. Refer to instructions
below for removal of each contami
-
nant.
Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
-Apply cleansing cream on a
cloth and wipe the contami
-
nated point. Wipe off the cream
with a wet cloth and remove
water with a dry cloth.
Beverages (coffee, soft drink,
etc.)
-Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until con
-
taminations do not smear.
Oil
-Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover for natural
leather only.
Chewing gum
-Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Fabric seat cover (if equipped)
Please clean the fabric seats regu
-
larly with a vacuum cleaner in con
-
sideration of fabric material
characteristics. If they are heavily
soiled with beverage stains, etc., use
a suitable interior cleaner. To pre
-
vent damage to seat covers, wipe
off the seat covers down to the
seams with a large wiping motion
and moderate pressure using a soft
sponge or microfiber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the
seats.
Make sure not to rub such objects
against the surface.
Cleaning the upholstery and inte
-
rior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from
fabric with a whisk broom or vac
-
uum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap
solution recommended for uphol
-
stery or carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive
immediate attention, the fabric can
be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant
properties can be reduced if the
material is not properly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric's appearance and fire-
resistant properties.
Maintenance
827
Emission control system
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web
-
bing
Clean the belt webbing with any
mild soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Fol
-
low the instructions provided with
the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye
the webbing because this may
weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, cov
-
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION
Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the rear window. This may result
in damage of the rear window
defroster grid.
Emission control system
The emission control system of
your vehicle is covered by a written
limited warranty. Please see the
warranty information contained in
the Warranty & Consumer Informa
-
tion manual in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
1.Crankcase emission control sys
-
tem
2.Evaporative emission control sys
-
tem
3.Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper func
-
tion of the emission control sys
-
tems, it is recommended that you
have your vehicle inspected and
maintained by an authorized Kia
dealer in accordance with the main
-
tenance schedule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
To prevent the vehicle from mis
-
firing during dynamometer test
-
ing, turn the ESC off by pressing
the ESC switch.
After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC back on
by pressing the ESC switch again.
83
7
7
MaintenanceEmission control system
1. Crankcase emission control sys
-
tem
The Positive Crankcase Ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered
air to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)
valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control
(including Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery (ORVR)) system
The evaporative emission control
system is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the
atmosphere. (The ORVR system is
designed to allow the vapors from
the fuel tank to be loaded into a
canister while refueling at the gas
station, preventing the escape of
fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the
fuel tank are absorbed and stored in
the onboard canister. When the
engine is running, the fuel vapors
absorbed in the canister are drawn
into the surge tank through the
Purge Control Solenoid Valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV) is controlled by the Engine
Control Module (ECM); when the
engine coolant temperature is low
during idling, the PCSV closes so
that evaporated fuel is not taken
into the engine. After the engine
warms up during ordinary driving,
the PCSV opens to introduce evapo
-
rated fuel to the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control system
The exhaust emission control sys
-
tem is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle per
-
formance.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. There
-
fore, if you smell exhaust fumes
of any kind inside your vehicle,
have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
WARNING
Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain car
-
bon monoxide (CO). It is a colorless,
odorless and dangerous gas which is
Maintenance
847
Emission control system
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions on
this page to avoid CO poisoning.
Do not operate the engine in con
-
fined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in
or out of the area.
When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into
the vehicle.
Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time
with the engine running.
When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to
restart the engine may cause
damage to the emission control
system.
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters
WARNING
Catalytic converter
Keep away from the catalytic con
-
verter and exhaust system while
the vehicle is running or immedi
-
ately thereafter. The exhaust and
catalytic systems are very hot and
may burn you.
WARNING
Fire
Do not park, idle or drive the vehi
-
cle over or near flammable
objects, such as grass, vegetation,
paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust
system can ignite flammable
items under your vehicle.
Also, do not remove the heat sink
around the exhaust system, do
not seal the bottom of the vehicle
or do not coat the vehicle for cor
-
rosion control. It may present a
fire risk under certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a cata
-
lytic converter emission control
device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine mal
-
function, such as misfire or a
noticeable loss of performance.
Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission
control system. All inspections
85
7
7
MaintenanceCalifornia perchlorate notice
and adjustments must be made
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of fuel
could cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the cata
-
lytic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
California perchlorate notice
Perchlorate Material-special han
-
dling may apply, See
https://dtsc.ca.gov/perchlorate
Notice to California Vehicle Disman
-
tlers: Perchlorate containing mate
-
rials, such as air bag inflators,
seatbelt pre-tensioners and key
-
less remote entry batteries, must
be disposed of according to Title 22
California Code of Regulations Sec
-
tion 67384.10 (a).
8Specifications, Consumer informa
-
tion and Reporting safety defects
Specificat ions, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions.................................................................................8-2
Engine.........................................................................................8-2
Gross Vehicle Weight................................................................8-3
Luggage volume........................................................................8-3
Air conditioning system...........................................................8-3
Bulb wattage.............................................................................8-4
Tires and wheels.......................................................................8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities.............................8-6
Recommended SAE viscosity number................................8-7
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)......................................8-8
Vehicle certification..................................................................8-9
Tire specification and pressure label.....................................8-9
Engine Number........................................................................8-10
Refrigerant label.....................................................................8-10
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)..........................................8-11
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)...........................................8-13
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)..................................8-14
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)..................8-15
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
28
Dimensions
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety
defects
Dimensions
Engine
Item7 Seater8 Seater
Overall length196. 8 in (5,000 mm)←
Overall width78.3 in (1,990 mm)←
Overall height
Without Roof rack68.9 in (1,750 mm)←
With Roof rack70.9 in (1,800 mm)←
Tread
Front
245/60 R1867.2 in (1,708 mm)←
245/50 R2067.2 in (1,708 mm)←
Rear
245/60 R1867.6 in (1,716 mm)←
245/50 R2067.6 in (1,716 mm)←
Wheelbase114.1 in (2,900 mm)←
Item(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
Displacement: cu in (cc)230.55 (3,778)
Bore x Stroke: in (mm)3.78 X 3.43 (96 X 87)
Firing order1-2-3-4-5-6
No. of cylinders6, V-type
3
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
Gross Vehicle Weight
Gross Vehicle Weight
lbs. (kg)
Luggage volume
cu ft (L)
Min: Behind 3rd row.
Max: Behind front seat to roof.
Air conditioning system
oz (g)
Contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
ITEM
FWDAWD
7 Seater8 Seater7 Seater8 Seater
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi5,776 (2,620)5,776 (2,620)5,917 (2,684)5,917 (2,684)
ITEM7 Seater8 Seater
SAE
MIN.21.2 (601)21.2 (601)
MAX.86.8 (2,457)86.8 (2,457)
ITEMWeight of volumeClassification
Refrigerant33.50.9 (95025)R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant7.40.35 (21010)FD46XG (IDEMITUS)
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
48
Bulb wattage
Bulb wattage
*: if equipped
Light BulbBulb TypeWattage (W)
Front
Headlamp
Bulb type
LowHB360
HighHB360
LED type
LowLEDLED
HighLEDLED
Turn signal lamp
Bulb type
27/8W
1157NA
27
LED typeLEDLED
Day time running lamp/Position lampLEDLED
Side marker
Bulb typeW5W5
LED typeLEDLED
Fog lamp*LEDLED
Side repeater lamp (outside mirror)LEDLED
Rear
Rear combination lamp
Bulb type
Stop lampP21/5W21/5
Tail lampP21/5W21/5
Side markerW5W5
LED type
Stop lampLEDLED
Tail lampLEDLED
Side markerLEDLED
Turn signal
lamp
LEDLED
Back up lampW16W16
Turn signal lamp (Bulb type only)28/8W LL28
High Mounted Stop LampLEDLED
License plate lampW5W5
Interior
Map lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON10
LED typeLEDLED
Room lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON10
LED typeLEDLED
Vanity mirror lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON5
LED typeLEDLED
Personal lamp*LEDLED
Glove box lamp*FESTOON5
Cargo lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON10
LED typeLEDLED
5
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
NOTICE
We recommend that when replac
-
ing tires, use the same tires as
the originally supplied ones.
If not, that affects driving perfor
-
mance.
When driving in high altitude
grades, it is natural for the atmo
-
spheric pressure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tire
pressure and add more air when
necessary.
Additionally required tire air pres
-
sure per km above sea level: 1.5
psi(10.5 kPa)/km
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same
size originally supplied with the
vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can
damage the related parts or make it
work irregularly.
Item
Tire
size
Whe
el
size
Supplier
Load
Capacity
Speed
capacity
Inflation pressure [psi (kPa)]Wheel lug nut
torque
lbfft (kgfm,
Nm)
Normal load
*1
Maximum load
LI
*2
kg
SS
*3
km/hFrontRearFrontRear
Full size
tire
245/60
R18
7.5JX
18
Michelin
105925H210
35
(240)
35
(240)
35
(240)
35
(240)
79 ~ 94
(11~13, 107 ~
127)
Pirelli
245/50
R20
7.5JX
20
Michelin
102850V240
35
(240)
35
(240)
35
(240)
35
(240)
Pirelli
Compact
Spare tire
T155/
90 R18
4.00
BX18
Kumho113
1,15
0
M130
60
(420)
60
(420)
60
(420)
60
(420)
*1.Normal load - Up to 3 persons
*2.Load Index
*3.Speed Symbol
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
68
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended lubricants and capacities
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability,
use only lubricants of the proper quality.
Using the right lubricants help reduce engine friction and improve fuel effi
-
ciency.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
LubricantVolumeClassification
Engine oil
*1*2
(drain
and refill)
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi6.87 US qt. (6.5 L)
Full synthetic SAE 5W-30,
ACEA A5/B5
*3
Automatic transmis
-
sion fluid
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi7.4 US qt. (7.0 L)
ATF SP-IV(M1)
(Recommended: SK ATF
SP4M-1, MICHANG ATF SP4M-
1, S-OIL ATF SP4M-1)
*4
Coolant(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
Approx. 12.9 US. qt.
(12.2 L)
Mixture of antifreeze and dis
-
tilled water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant
for aluminum radiator)
Brake fluid
*5
0.47~0.51 US. qt.
(0.44~0.48 L)
SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV,
ISO4925 CLASS-6,
FMVSS 116 DOT-4
Rear differential oil (AWD)0.74 US qt. (0.7 L)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
SAE 75W/85
(SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W/85
or equivalent)
Transfer case oil
(AWD)
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi0.74 US qt. (0.7 L)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
SAE 75W/85
(Recommended: SK HCT-
5GEAR OIL 75W85 or equiva
-
lent)
Fuel18.75 US gal. (71 L)
Refer to "Fuel requirements"
on page 1-2
*1.Refer to "Recommended SAE viscosity number" on page 8-7.
*2.Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits,
they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's
time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3.Requires <API Latest(or ILSAC Latest) or ACEA A5/B5 Full synthetic> grade engine oil.
7
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended SAE viscosity num
-
ber
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscos
-
ity engine oils can provide better
fuel economy and cold weather per
-
formance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfac
-
tory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other
than those recommended could
result in engine damage. When
choosing an oil, consider the range
of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil
change. Proceed to select the rec
-
ommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certification Mark conforms to the international Lubricant Specifi
-
cation Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use
engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
*4.Use only specified genuine Automatic transmission fluid. The use of non-specified fluid (even
marked as compatible with genuine) could result in shift quality deterioration and vibrations,
eventually, the transmission failure. (Refer to "Explanation of scheduled maintenance items" on
page 7-15.)
*5.To maintain your vehicles best brake and ABS/ESC performance, use Kia genuine brake fluid as in
the specification.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
C
-30-20-1001020304050
(F)
-10020406080100120
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi5W-30
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
88
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN)
The Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN) is the number used in register
-
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat
-
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
Frame number
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check
the number, open the cover.
VIN label (if equipped)
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
OON088004NR
OON088008NR
9
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
Vehicle certification
Vehicle certification
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver's (or front
passenger's) side center pillar gives
the Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN).
Tire specification and pressure
label
The tires supplied on your new vehi
-
cle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pres
-
sures recommended for your vehi
-
cle.
OON088002NR
OON088003NR
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
108
Engine Number
Engine Number
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
Refrigerant label
The refrigerant label is located on
the underside of the hood.
OON088005NR
OON081006L
11
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Roadside Assistance is provided on
all new current model year Kia Vehi
-
cles from the date the vehicle is
delivered to the first retail buyer or
otherwise put into use (inservice
date), whichever is earlier, for a
period of 60 months or 60,000
miles, whichever is earlier, subject to
the terms, conditions and exclusions
set forth in the Kia Warranty and
Consumer Information Manual
applicable to your model year vehi
-
cle.
Kia America, Inc. reserves the right
to limit or deny services or other
benefits to any owner or driver
when, in Kia America, Inc.s judg
-
ment, the claims and/or service
requests are excessive in frequency
or type of occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Mon
-
day through Friday and is accessible
by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
For more information regarding
assistance available, please refer to
your Kia Warranty & Consumer
Information Manual.
Emergency roadside assistance
24 hours a day, 365 days a year and
is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-
4Kia (4542).
Please note that you must provide
your Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN) to verify coverage at the time
of your call. The VIN can be found on
the dash of your vehicle on the
driver's side, on the door jamb of the
driver's door, your vehicle's registra
-
tion or proof of insurance card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000
roadside assistance providers.
Should you accidentally run out of
fuel, require a battery jump, or need
help changing a tire, a Kia Roadside
Assistance Representative will dis
-
patch someone to deliver a small
quantity of gas, change a flat tire
with your inflated spare, or arrange
a battery jump to allow you to pro
-
ceed to your destination. We have
access to a network of over 10,000
locksmiths to help you should you
become locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical diffi
-
culty renders your vehicle undrive
-
able due to a warranty-related
concern, Kia's Roadside Assistance
Representative will arrange to
transport your vehicle to the near
-
est Kia dealer or to an authorized
Kia alternative service location.
Your vehicle must be accessible to
our dispatch transport vehicle, as
determined by our driver, to receive
this service.
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
128
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are
not available for any Kia vehicle that
has ever been or should be issued a
"salvage" title or similar "branded"
title under any state's law or has
been declared a "total loss" or
equivalent by a financial institution
or insurance company.
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits
are provided in the event that a
warranty-related disablement
occurs more than 150 miles from
your home, and the repairs require
more than 24 hours to complete.
Reasonable reimbursement is
included for meals, lodging, or rental
vehicle expenses. Trip interruption
coverage is limited to $100 per day
subject to a three day maximum
limit per incident. You must contact
the Kia Roadside Assistance Center
to obtain pre-authorization of
expenses. Once the Kia Roadside
Assistance Center gives authoriza
-
tion for trip interruption benefits,
they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance
deductibles, expenses, and claims
paid by your insurance company or
other providers are not eligible for
reimbursement.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from
reimbursement under Kia's Trip
Interruption Policy.
Registering your vehicle in a foreign
country
If you plan to register your vehicle in
a foreign country, you should con
-
firm that it conforms to the regula
-
tions in that country. Even if you
successfully register the vehicle in a
foreign country, you may experi
-
ence the following problems and
should therefore consider the possi
-
bility of having to deal with them:
1.The fuel specified for your vehicle
may be unavailable. If other than
the specified fuel is used, it could
cause damage to the engine, the
fuel injection system, and other
fuel-related parts which may not
be covered under your New Vehi
-
cle Emissions Limited Warranty.
2.We must, therefore, clearly state
that when you leave the country
in which you purchased your Kia
new and register it in another
country, problems arising from
the use of fuel other than the
specified fuel are not subject to
manufacturer's warranty.
Because vehicles like yours may
not be marketed in the new coun
-
try of registration, parts, servic
-
ing techniques and tools
necessary to maintain and repair
your vehicle may be unavailable.
13
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
Even if vehicles like yours are sold
there, mechanical specifications
required by the government may
vary enough from the country of
purchase to cause additional
problems.
3.There may not be an Authorized
Kia Dealer in the area in which you
plan to register your vehicle. You
may additionally experience diffi
-
culty in obtaining services in a
foreign country for any number
of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any
responsibility for problems that
result from unsatisfactory service
or lack of service outside of the
United States.
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
The electrical system of your vehicle
is designed to perform under all
reasonably expected operating con
-
ditions.
However, before any additional elec
-
trical equipment is installed in your
vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia
Dealer, in order to ensure that you
do not void your warranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the
way in which it is installed, may
adversely affect the operation of
your vehicle, including such sys
-
tems as the engine control system,
the audio system and the electrical
charging system and thus poten
-
tially void all or part of your war
-
ranty.
We assume no responsibility for any
expense you may incur or for any
malfunction of your vehicle or any
of its components or systems that
may result from the installation of
additional electrical equipment that
is not supplied, or recommended for
installation by Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way
radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is
installed improperly, or if an exces
-
sively powerful type of system is
used, other electronic systems may
be adversely affected. To avoid
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
148
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)
damage to your vehicle, consult an
Authorized Kia Dealer concerning
the proper equipment and installa
-
tion.
Kia vehicles are designed and manu
-
factured to meet or exceed all appli
-
cable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we
strongly urge you to read and follow
all directions in this Owner's Manual,
particularly the information under
the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION"
and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you
have any questions regarding the
operation of your vehicle, safety
issues and defects please contact
your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assis
-
tance hot line as below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
only)
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition
to notifying Kia America, Inc..
If NHTSA receives similar com
-
plaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become
involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or Kia
America, Inc..
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-
888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safer
-
car.gov; download the SaferCar
mobile application; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New
Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC
20590.
You can also obtain other informa
-
tion about motor vehicle safety
from http://www.safercar.gov.
15
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Re
-
porting safety defects
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)
Online factory authorized man
-
uals (U.S. only)
The following publications are avail
-
able on www.KiaTechinfo.com.
Service manual
This manual covers maintenance
and recommended procedures for
repair to engine and chassis compo
-
nents. It is written for the Journey
-
man mechanic, but is simple enough
for most mechanically inclined own
-
ers to understand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual
This manual complements the Ser
-
vice Manual by providing indepth
troubleshooting information for
each electrical circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual
This manual describes the overall
features and operating procedures
for the vehicle.
Abbreviation
2A
Abbreviation
Abbreviation
Abbreviation
A/C
Air conditioning
ABS
Anti-lock Brake System
ADS
Auto Defogging System
AGM
Absorbent Glass Mat
AWD
All Wheel Drive
BCA
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist
BCW
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
BVM
Bind-spot View Monitor
CRS
Child Restraint System
DAW
Driver Attention Warning
DRL
Daytime Running Light
EBD
Electronic Brake force Distribution
ECM
Electric Chromic Mirror
EDR
Event Data Recorder
EPB
Electronic Parking Brake
EPS
Electric Power Steering
ESC
Electronic Stability Control
FCA
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist
FCC
Federal Communications Commis
-
sion
FMVSS
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards
FWD
Front Wheel Drive
GAW
Gross Axle Weight
GAWR
Gross Axle Weight Rating
GVW
Gross Vehicle Weight
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
HAC
Hill-start Assist Control
HBA
High Beam Assist
3A
AbbreviationAbbreviation
HDA
Highway Driving Assist
HUD
Head-Up Display
ISG
Idle Stop and Go
LATCH
Lower Anchors and Tether for
CHildren
LDW
Lane Departure Warning
LFA
Lane Following Assist
LKA
Lane Keeping Assist
MIL
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
NHTSA
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration
ODS
Occupant Detection System
ORVR
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recov
-
ery
PCSV
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
RCCA
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist
RCCW
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warn
-
ing
ROA
Rear Occupant Alert
SCC
Smart Cruise Control
SEA
Safe Exit Assist
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System
SRSCM
SRS Control Module
SUV
Sports Utility Vehicle
SVM
Surround View Monitoring
TIN
Tire Identification Number
TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
VSM
Vehicle Stability Management
IIndex
Index
2I
Index
A
ac inverter 4-164
adjusting steering wheel angle and
height
4-60
air bags 3-53
air bag collision sensors
3-72
air bag warning label 3-77
curtain air bag
3-70
inflation conditions 3-73
non-inflation conditions 3-74
occupant detection system
(ODS)
3-59
side air bag 3-68
supplemental restraint system
(SRS) 3-76
air cleaner filter 7-26
air ventilation seat 4-160
all wheel drive (AWD) system 5-18
anti-lock brake system (ABS) 5-34
appearance care 7-74
exterior care 7-74
interior care 7-80
armed stage 4-14
assist mode 4-79
audio system 4-173
radio 4-173
shark fin antenna
4-173
USB port 4-173
auto defogging system
(ADS)
4-153
auto hold 5-31
warning messages
5-33
auto light 4-120
automatic climate control
system
4-139
air conditioning
4-145
controlling air intake 4-144
controlling fan speed 4-145
controlling rear climate
4-146
heating and air conditioning
automatically 4-140
mode selection 4-142
temperature control 4-143
turning off the front air climate
control
4-146
automatic transmission 5-12
good driving practices
5-16
ignition key interlock system 5-16
moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
5-17
overriding the shift lock 5-15
shift lock system 5-15
transmission ranges
5-13
automatic ventilation 4-154
AWD
AWD mode 5-18
safe operation 5-20
B
battery 7-32
for best battery service
7-32
recharging the battery 7-34
reset items 7-35
battery saver function 4-119
before driving 5-6
blind-spot collision-avoidance
assist (BCA)
5-76
function malfunction and
limitations 5-83
function operation
5-80
function settings 5-78
limitations of the function 5-84
blind-spot view monitor
(BVM)
4-118
bonnet, see the hood 4-42
brake fluid 7-24
brake system 5-25
anti-lock brake system (ABS)
5-34
applying auto hold 5-31
applying the parking brake
5-28
auto hold 5-31
canceling auto hold 5-32
3I
electronic parking brake (EPB) 5-28
electronic stability control (ESC) 5-36
good braking practices 5-42
hill-start assist control (HAC)
5-41
malfunction of EPB 5-31
power brakes 5-25
releasing the parking brake 5-29
trailer stability assist (TSA)
5-41
vehicle stability management
(VSM) 5-39
bulb replacement precaution 7-62
C
center console storage 4-155
central door lock switch 4-18
check exhaust system 5-5
child restraint system (CRS) 3-42
climate control air filter 7-28
climate control system 4-134
air conditioning refrigerant
label
4-138
checking the amount of
air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant 4-137
climate control air filter
4-136
system operation 4-134
coat hook 4-169
combined instrument, see
instrument cluster
4-72
consumer assistance 8-11
cup holder 4-157
D
dashboard illumination, see
instrument cluster control
4-73
dashboard, see instrument
cluster
4-72
day/night rearview mirror 4-63
daytime running light 4-119
declaration of conformity
FCC 4-176
the radio frequency components
(front radar) complies
5-139
the radio frequency components (rear
corner radar) complies
5-143
defogging (windshield) 4-150
defroster 4-133
defrosting (windshield) 4-150
disarmed stage 4-15
displays, see instrument
cluster
4-72
door locks 4-16
central door lock switch 4-18
from inside the vehicle 4-17
from outside the vehicle
4-16
sensing door 4-19
drinks holders, see
cup holders
4-157
drive mode 4-89
drive mode integrated control
system (FWD)
5-47
driver attention warning
(DAW)
5-88
function malfunction and
limitations
5-93
function operation 5-90
function settings 5-89
limitations of the function
5-93
driving at night 5-152
driving in flooded areas 5-153
driving in the rain 5-153
driving info display 4-90
driving on unpaved roads 5-153
E
electric chromic mirror (ECM) 4-63
electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink
4-64
electric power steering (EPS) 4-58
electrical equipment 8-13
electronic child safety lock
system
4-19
4I
electronic stability control
(ESC)
5-36
emergency 6-2
engine will not start
6-4
hazard warning flasher 6-2
road warning 6-2
emergency starting 6-5
jump-starting 6-5
push-starting 6-6
emergency while driving 6-3
engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing
6-3
flat tire while driving 6-3
vehicle stalls while driving 6-3
emission control system 7-82
engine compartment 7-4
engine coolant 7-21
recommended coolant 7-21
engine coolant temperature
gauge
4-74
engine oil and filter 7-19
engine overheats 6-7
engine start/stop button 5-8
illuminated engine start/stop
button
5-8
position 5-8
starting the engine 5-10
starting the engine with smart
key
5-10
engine will not start 6-4
exterior features 4-171
roof rack
4-171
F
flat tire 6-14
changing tires 6-17
jack and tools
6-15
jack label 6-24
storing spare tire 6-17
use of compact spare tire
6-22
floor mat anchor(s) 4-170
fog light (front) 4-122
forward collision-avoidance assist
(FCA) (sensor fusion)
5-55
detecting sensor
5-56
function malfunction and
limitations 5-61
function operation 5-59
function settings
5-57
limitations of the function 5-62
forward/reverse parking distance
warning (PDW)
4-113
fuel filler door 4-44
fuel gauge 4-75
fuel requirements 1-2
fuses 7-48
fuse/relay panel description
7-53
replacing engine compartment
fuse 7-51
replacing inner panel fuse 7-50
G
gauges 4-73
glove box 4-156
glove box lamp 4-131
good braking practices 5-42
H
hazardous driving
conditions
5-150
headlight position 4-120
head-up display (HUD) 4-105
heated steering wheel 4-61
heating and air conditioning
automatically
4-140
heating and air conditioning
manually
4-141
high beam assist (HBA) 4-123
highway driving 5-153
highway driving assist
(HDA)
5-122
highway driving assist
5I
malfunction 5-126
highway driving assist
operation 5-123
highway driving assist setting and
activation
5-123
hill-start assist control (HAC) 5-41
HomeLink 4-64
canadian programming garage & gate
openers
4-67
operating 4-66
programming
4-65
programming rolling code 4-66
hood 4-42
closing the hood 4-43
hood open warning 4-42
opening the hood
4-42
horn 4-62
I
idle stop and go (ISG) 5-43
deactivating 5-46
illuminated engine start/stop
button
5-8
immobilizer system 4-13
indicator lights 4-101
inside rearview mirror 4-62
instrument cluster 4-72
gauges 4-73
instrument cluster control 4-73
interior features 4-157
ac inverter
4-164
air ventilation seat 4-160
coat hook 4-169
cup holder 4-157
floor mat anchor(s)
4-170
luggage net holder 4-170
power outlet 4-162
seat warmer 4-159
side curtain
4-169
sun visor 4-161
USB charger 4-163
wireless smart phone charging
system
4-165
interior light 4-129
automatic turn off function 4-129
glove box lamp 4-131
liftgate room lamp
4-130
map lamp 4-129
room lamp 4-130
vanity mirror lamp 4-131
J
jump-starting 6-5
L
lane following assist (LFA) 5-118
function malfunction and
limitations
5-121
function operation 5-119
function settings
5-118
lane keeping assist (LKA) 5-70
function malfunction and
limitations
5-74
function operation 5-72
function settings
5-70
limitations of the function 5-74
LCD display 4-77
assist mode
4-79
LCD display control 4-77
LCD display modes
4-78
master warning mode 4-80
trip computer mode 4-79
turn by turn (TBT) mode 4-79
user settings mode
4-80
LCD display messages 4-91
LCD display modes 4-78
LCD displays 4-87
drive mode
4-89
driving info display 4-90
LCD display messages 4-91
service mode 4-90
trip information (trip computer)
4-87
liftgate
6I
closing the manual liftgate 4-25
closing the power liftgate 4-29
opening the manual liftgate 4-24
opening the manual liftgate in
emergency
4-25
opening the power liftgate 4-28
power liftgate non-opening
conditions
4-29
resetting the power liftgate 4-32
setting the speed of
opening/closing 4-31
liftgate room lamp 4-130
light bulbs
bulb replacement precaution 7-62
lighting 4-119
auto light
4-120
battery saver function 4-119
daytime running light 4-119
headlight position 4-120
high beam assist (HBA)
4-123
one-touch lane change 4-122
operating front fog light 4-122
operating high beam 4-121
operating turn signals
4-121
position and tail lamp 4-120
lights bulbs 7-62
headlamp bulb 7-65
replacing bulbs 7-65
loss of the smart key 4-10
luggage box 4-157
luggage net holder 4-170
M
maintenance services 7-5
owner maintenance precautions
7-6
owners responsibility 7-5
manual climate control system
heating and air conditioning
manually
4-141
manual liftgate 4-24
map lamp 4-129
master warning mode 4-80
mirrors 4-62
adjusting the outside rearview
mirrors
4-69
day/night rearview mirror 4-63
electric chromic mirror (ECM) 4-63
electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink
4-64
folding the outside rearview
mirror 4-69
inside rearview mirror
4-62
outside rearview mirror 4-68
N
navigation-based smart cruise
control (NSCC)
5-112
function operation
5-113
function settings 5-112
limitations of the function 5-114
O
occupant detection system
(ODS)
3-59
odometer 4-75
online factory authorized
manuals
8-15
operating high beam 4-121
outside rearview mirror 4-68
outside temperature gauge 4-76
owner maintenance 7-7
P
parking distance warning
operation 4-114
self-diagnosis 4-117
parking distance warning
-reverse
4-110
non-operational conditions 4-111
operation
4-111
precautions 4-112
self-diagnosis 4-113
7I
position and tail lamp 4-120
power brakes 5-25
power liftgate 4-26
power outlet 4-162
power window lock switch 4-40
push-starting 6-6
R
rear cross-traffic collision-
avoidance assist (RCCA)
5-128
function malfunction and
limitations
5-135
function operation 5-131
function settings
5-129
limitations of the function 5-136
rear cross-traffic safety 5-129
rear occupant alert (ROA)
system
4-22
rear view monitor (RVM) 4-107
reducing the risk of a
rollover
5-150
replacing smart key battery 4-12
reporting safety defects 8-14
risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle
1-5
rocking the vehicle 5-152
roof rack 4-171
room lamp 4-130
S
safe exit assist (SEA) 4-20
safety precautions 3-3
scheduled maintenance
items
7-15
air cleaner filter 7-16
air conditioning refrigerant
7-18
automatic transmission fluid 7-17
brake discs, pads and calipers 7-18
brake fluid 7-18
brake hoses and lines
7-17
checking fluid levels 7-19
coolant 7-17
cooling system 7-16
drive belts
7-15
drive shafts and boots 7-18
engine oil and filter 7-15
exhaust pipe and muffler 7-18
fuel filter
7-15
fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections 7-16
fuel tank and fuel cap 7-16
parking brake
7-18
propeller shaft 7-18
spark plugs 7-16
steering gear box, linkage and boots/
lower arm ball joint
7-18
suspension mounting bolts 7-18
vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses 7-16
valve clearance
7-16
scheduled maintenance
service
7-9
maintenance under severe usage
conditions
7-14
normal maintenance schedule 7-11
seat 3-5
adjustment 3-9
armrest
3-21
driver position memory 3-12
folding the rear seat 3-21
headrest
3-15
seat leather 3-9
seatback hook 3-18
seatback pocket 3-18
seat belts 3-27
3-point system 3-30
care of seat belts
3-41
child restraint system (CRS) 3-42
installing a CRS 3-45
precautions 3-39
pre-tensioner seat belt
3-37
seat belt warning 3-28
seat warmer 4-159
service mode 4-90
8I
side curtain 4-169
smart cruise control (SCC) 5-95
function malfunction and
limitations
5-106
function operating 5-101
function settings 5-96
limitations of the function
5-106
to adjust the sensitivity of smart
cruise control 5-99
to turn off the function 5-99
smart key 4-7
battery replacement
4-12
immobilizer system 4-13
loss of the smart key 4-10
record your key number 4-7
smart key function
4-7
smart key function 4-7
smart power liftgate 4-33
deactivating
4-35
detecting area 4-35
smooth cornering 5-152
snow tires 5-155
snowy or icy conditions 5-154
special driving conditions 5-150
driving at night
5-152
driving in flooded areas 5-153
driving in the rain 5-153
driving on unpaved roads
5-153
hazardous driving conditions 5-150
highway driving 5-153
reducing the risk of a rollover 5-150
rocking the vehicle
5-152
smooth cornering 5-152
specifications 8-2
bulb wattage 8-4
dimensions 8-2
engine
8-2
gross vehicle weight 8-3
lubricants 8-6
luggage volume 8-3
tire specification and pressure
label
8-9
tires and wheels 8-5
vehicle identification number
(VIN) 8-8
speedometer 4-73
starting difficulties, see vehicle will
not start
6-4
starting the engine 5-10
starting the engine with
smart key
5-10
steering wheel 4-58
adjusting steering wheel angle and
height
4-60
electric power steering (EPS) 4-58
heated steering wheel 4-61
horn
4-62
tilt and telescopic steering 4-60
storage compartment 4-155
center console storage 4-155
glove box 4-156
luggage box
4-157
sunglass holder 4-156
sun visor 4-161
sunglass holder 4-156
sunroof 4-48
dual sunroof
4-48
supplemental restraint system
(SRS)
3-76
surround view monitoring
(SVM)
4-109
T
tachometer 4-74
theft-alarm stage 4-15
theft-alarm system 4-14
armed stage 4-14
disarmed stage
4-15
theft-alarm stage 4-15
tilt and telescopic steering 4-60
tire chains 5-155
tire pressure indicator 6-9
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS)
6-8
9I
malfunction indicator 6-11
tire pressure indicator 6-9
tire replacement with TPMS 6-12
tires and wheels 7-35
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
7-35
tire maintenance 7-39
tire pressure 7-36
tire replacement 7-38
tire sidewall labeling
7-40
tire terminology and definitions 7-43
wheel alignment and tire
balance
7-38
wheel replacement 7-39
towing 6-25
towing service
6-25
without wheel dollies 6-26
trailer stability assist (TSA) 5-41
trailer towing 5-159
driving with a trailer 5-161
hitches
5-160
maintenance when trailer
towing 5-163
pull a trailer 5-164
safety chains
5-160
trailer brakes 5-160
transmission shift indicator 4-76
automatic transmission shift
indicator
4-76
trip computer mode 4-79
trip information
(trip computer)
4-87
turn by turn (TBT) mode 4-79
turn signals 4-121
U
USB charger 4-163
user settings mode 4-80
V
vanity mirror lamp 4-131
vehicle break-in process 1-5
vehicle capacity weight
determining correct load limit 5-168
vehicle data collection and event
data recorders
1-6
vehicle handling instructions 1-6
vehicle identification number
(VIN)
8-8
vehicle load limit 5-167
certification label 5-170
tire and loading information
label
5-167
vehicle stability management
(VSM)
5-39
vehicle weight 5-171
W
warning and indicator lights
indicator lights 4-101
warning lights
4-95
warning lights 4-95
washer fluid 7-25
window opening and closing 4-39
windows 4-37
power window lock switch
4-40
window opening and closing 4-39
windshield defrosting and
defogging
4-150
auto defogging system (ADS)
4-153
defogging logic 4-152
windshield washers 4-126
winter driving 5-154
snow tires 5-155
snowy or icy conditions
5-154
tire chains 5-155
wiper blades 7-29
blade inspection
7-29
replacing wiper blade 7-30
wipers and washers 4-126
auto control 4-127
operating windshield washer
4-128
rear window wiper and washer 4-129
